Transaction Search Form: please type in any of the fields below.

Date: November 25, 2024 Mon

Time: 8:26 pm

Results for violence prevention

189 results found

Author: Great Britain. Department for Communities and Local Government

Title: Preventing Support for Violent Extremism Through Community Interventions: A Review of the Evidence

Summary: This research provides a rapid evidence assessment of the evidence base around preventing violent extremism through community interventions. It focuses on the most relevant evidence in order to identify which interventions present support for violent extremism; how they may best be implemented, and with which groups they are best developed.

Details: London: Department for Communities and Local Government, 2010. 81p.

Source: Internet Resource

Year: 2010

Country: United Kingdom

URL:

Shelf Number: 118097

Keywords:
Extremist Groups
Religiously Motivated Violence
Violence Prevention

Author: Shepherd, Jonathan

Title: The Cardiff Model: Effective NHS Contribution to Violence Prevention

Summary: Emergency departments (EDs) can contribute distinctively and effectively to violence prevention by working with Crime and Disorder Reduction Partnerships (CDRPs) and by sharing, electronically wherever possible, simple anonimized data about precise location of violence, weapon use, assailants and day/time of violence. These data, and the contributions of consultants in CDRP meetings, enhance effectiveness of targeted policing significantly, reduce licensed premises and street violence, and reduce overall A&E violence related attendances - in Cardiff, by 40% since 2002. This protocol for Emergency Medicine involvement in community violence prevention sets out the reasons for contributing, how contributions can be made, what contributions have been found to be effective, who should contribute and when contributions are best made. Misconceptions and barriers to working with local violence reduction agencies are listed, together with ways of overcoming them which are consistent with ethical guidance to doctors and data protection legislation.

Details: Cardiff: University of Wales, 2007. 20p.

Source: Internet Resource; Prepared for Rt Hon Alan Johnson MP, Member of Parliament for Kingston Upon Hull West and Hessle

Year: 2007

Country: United Kingdom

URL:

Shelf Number: 118792

Keywords:
Crime Reduction Partnerships
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime
Weapons

Author: Engel, Robin S.

Title: Implementation of the Cincinnati Initiative to Reduce Violence (CIRV): Year 2 Report

Summary: The Cincinnati Inititive to Reduce Violence is a focused deterrence strategy loosely modeled after the Boston Gun Project from the mid-1990s. Focused deterrence initiatives aim to deliver a deterrent message accurately and directly to those who sustain a culture of violence. This report details the activities and outcomes for the second year of the program.

Details: Cincinnati, OH: University of Cincinnati Policing Institute, 2009. 90p.

Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 7, 2010 at http://www.cincinnati-oh.gov/police/downloads/police_pdf38580.pdf

Year: 2009

Country: United States

URL: http://www.cincinnati-oh.gov/police/downloads/police_pdf38580.pdf

Shelf Number: 118346

Keywords:
Focused Deterrence (Cincinnati)
Gangs
Gun Violence
Homicide
Violence Prevention

Author: Kramen, Alissa

Title: Guide for Preventing and Responding to School Violence. 2nd ed.

Summary: School violence has come into the public eye after deadly multiple shootings in such places as Littleton, Colorado; Jonesboro, Arkansas; Santee, California; Red Lake, Minnesota; Nickel Mines, Pennsylvania; and Cleveland, Ohio. The possibility of school shootings has become an issue for urban, rural, and suburban communities alike. Since 1992, more than 40 schools have experienced multiple victim homicides, many in communities where people previously believed “it couldn’t happen here.” Given the number of students and schools in the United States, multiple-victim homicides are still extremely rare, and in recent years, the overall rate of violence in schools has actually declined. Physical conflicts, threats, and harassment are, however, still common. Many students and teachers are more fearful than ever before when they enter the doors of their school. This climate of fear makes it more difficult for schools to provide positive learning environments. This report provides guidance for school violence prevention and response in each of the following areas: 1) Ways to prevent student violence; 2) Threat assessment; 3) Planning and training for what to do during an actual crisis; 4) How to respond during a crisis; 5) Legal considerations; 6) Recommendations for the media; and 6) Legislative issues.

Details: Alexandria, VA: International Association of Chiefs of Police, 2009. 66p.

Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 8, 2010 at http://www.theiacp.org/Portals/0/pdfs/Publications/schoolviolence2.pdf

Year: 2009

Country: United States

URL: http://www.theiacp.org/Portals/0/pdfs/Publications/schoolviolence2.pdf

Shelf Number: 117383

Keywords:
School Crime
School Safety
School Violence
Violence Prevention

Author: Wilkinson, Deanna

Title: Event Dynamics and the Role of Third Parties in Urban Youth Violence

Summary: This report presents a secondary analysis of qualitative data collected from 1995 through 1998 as part of the New York City Youth Violence Study. The current study’s goal was to identify situational factors and contingencies that facilitated violence among 416 young violent male offenders from the South Bronx and East New York, two of the most violent neighborhoods in the Nation.

Details: Columbus, OH: Ohio State University, Depratment of Human Development and Family Science, 2009. 188p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 18, 2010 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/227781.pdf

Year: 2009

Country: United States

URL: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/227781.pdf

Shelf Number: 120008

Keywords:
Gun Violence
Urban Areas
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime
Youth Violence

Author: Trudeau, James

Title: Independent Evaluation of the National Weed and Seed Strategy: Final Report

Summary: The Weed and Seed (W&S) strategy was launched more than 18 years ago by the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) as a community-based, comprehensive, multiagency approach to law enforcement, crime prevention, and community revitalization in high-crime neighborhoods. Since its start in three demonstration sites, W&S initiatives have been established in hundreds of neighborhoods nationwide. In early 2010, 256 sites were active in 46 states and 2 territories. Beginning around 2007, W&S funding has been limited to 5 years for a given site, with a maximum of $1 million over that time. The W&S Program Guide and Application Kit describes the W&S strategy as “a two-pronged approach: law enforcement agencies and prosecutors cooperate in ‘weeding out’ violent crime and drug abuse; and ‘seeding’ brings human services to the area, encompassing prevention/intervention/treatment and neighborhood revitalization. A community-oriented policing component bridges the weeding and seeding strategies.” Four key principles underlie the W&S strategy: collaboration, including vertical partnerships (e.g., among law enforcement at the local, state, and federal levels) and horizontal partnerships (e.g., among local police, prosecution, and probation and parole agencies); Coordination among government agencies, community organizations, and individuals to reduce overlap and duplication of services, better match services to community needs, and maximize benefits from existing services and programs; Resident participation, with the goal of engaging and empowering community residents to participate in the design and implementation of problem-solving efforts for their community; and Leveraging resources, including other funding or in-kind resources at federal, state, and local levels to support law enforcement, crime prevention, and neighborhood revitalization strategies in the target area. In addition, local W&S initiatives typically share the following features: management by a site coordinator; an operating structure including a large, representative steering committee and focused, working subcommittees; substantive involvement of the U.S. Attorney; active participation of neighborhood residents and organizations; and a central role of one or more Safe Havens (community recreation and resource centers). In 2007, DOJ funded an independent evaluation, conducted by RTI International, to assess the impact of W&S on crime and other target problems (e.g., blight) and to study local W&S implementation, including participation and leadership by residents and other community sectors, partnership functioning, collaboration, and strategies and activities. For all sites in the study (more than 200 sites for some study elements), the evaluation formulated a broad overview of W&S implementation and outcomes through analysis of data collected through a Web-based survey of W&S stakeholders such as agency representatives or involved residents (1,353 respondents in 166 sites) and crime data submitted by grantees (203 sites). In addition, in 13 randomly selected “sentinel sites,” the evaluation developed a more in-depth understanding through analysis of additional information derived from a survey of target and comparison area community residents (a total of 2,205 residents); site visits including interviews with key stakeholders; and review of documents (e.g., grant applications, strategic plans, progress reports). Results of the evaluation suggest that W&S grantees successfully implemented the strategy and achieved important objectives, including: reductions in crime; progress addressing other target area problems; and successful implementation of key components and elements of the W&S strategy. Length of W&S implementation was associated with improvement in resident perceptions of crime problems, suggesting that W&S contributed to the improvement. Improvements in some outcomes were also associated with certain aspects of local W&S implementation (e.g. intensive enforcement; effective collaboration) but associations were not consistent across outcomes or areas of implementation assessed.

Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Community Capacity Development Office, 2010. 141p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 10, 2010 at: http://www.ojp.usdoj.gov/ccdo/pub/pdf/WnSFinalEvaluationReport.pdf

Year: 2010

Country: United States

URL: http://www.ojp.usdoj.gov/ccdo/pub/pdf/WnSFinalEvaluationReport.pdf

Shelf Number: 120440

Keywords:
Drug Law Enforcement
Partnerships
Violence Prevention
Weed and Seed Programs

Author: Bellis, Mark A.

Title: Preventing and Reducing Armed Violence. What Works?

Summary: The paper brings together promising and emerging evidence of what works to prevent interpersonal armed violence (through firearms), primarily in non-conflict situations. The paper provides an overview of the scale of armed violence, its impacts and the risk factors associated with it. It examines both direct approaches to preventing and reducing armed violence, and indirect approaches that do not address armed violence as their primary aim, but target risk factors for violence. Most scientific evidence currently comes from developed countries which generally have greater capacity and resources for designing, implementing and reporting the results of rigorous evaluations. However, the evidence-base from low- and middle-income countries is increasing, and this paper also provides examples of emerging evidence from around the world.

Details: New York: United Nations Development Programme; Oslo: Norwegian Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 2010. 44p.

Source: Internet Resource: Background Paper: Oslo Conference on Armed Violence
Achieving the Millennium Development Goals
20-22 April 2010: Accessed April 2, 2012 at: http://www.osloconferencearmedviolence.no/pop.cfm?FuseAction=Doc&pAction=View&pDocumentId=24291

Year: 2010

Country: International

URL: http://www.osloconferencearmedviolence.no/pop.cfm?FuseAction=Doc&pAction=View&pDocumentId=24291

Shelf Number: 124797

Keywords:
Armed Violence
Gun Violence
Violence Prevention
Weapons

Author: Bayne, Sarah

Title: Preventing and Reducing Armed Violence. Development Plans and Assistance

Summary: The paper provides an overview of some of the emerging lessons learned about how armed violence reduction and prevention (AVR) priorities can be integrated into local, national and donor development plans and assistance strategies. AVR is driven by the humanitarian and development imperative to accelerate global development by reducing the global burden of armed violence. The AVR approach responds to contemporary challenges of violence by addressing the risk factors for crime, interpersonal violence and conflict. Local and national governments experience armed violence most directly and have pioneered a range of preventive responses, often with the support of local communities. The donor community and UN system are also increasingly aware of the potential of targeted preventive measures. They have begun to adapt their strategies and instruments to better assist countries in their struggle to prevent and reduce all forms of violence.

Details: New York: United Nations Development Program; Oslo: Norwegian Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 2010.

Source: Internet Resource: Background Paper, Oslo Conference on Armed Violence
Achieving the Millennium Development Goals
20-22 April 2010: Accessed April 2, 2012 at: http://www.osloconferencearmedviolence.no/pop.cfm?FuseAction=Doc&pAction=View&pDocumentId=24294

Year: 2010

Country: International

URL: http://www.osloconferencearmedviolence.no/pop.cfm?FuseAction=Doc&pAction=View&pDocumentId=24294

Shelf Number: 124798

Keywords:
Armed Violence
Economic Development
Guns
Poverty Reduction
Violence Prevention

Author: Gilgen, Elisabeth

Title: Measuring and Monitoring Armed Violence. Goals, Targets and Indicators

Summary: The paper sets out a framework of goals, targets and indicators to track armed violence, and to support prevention and reduction activities. The framework is based on extensive consultations with UN agencies and specialists in various disciplines. The three overall goals are to (1) reduce the number of people physically harmed from armed violence; (2) reduce the number of people and groups affected by armed violence, and (3) strengthen institutional responses to prevent and reduce armed violence. The paper also introduces eight specific targets that flow from these goals, and proposes specific indicators to measure progress towards achieving them. Taken together, the framework offers a means of comparing and measuring patterns and trends in armed violence to 2015 and beyond.

Details: New York: United Nations Development Program; Oslo: Norwegian Ministry of Justice, 2010. 32p.

Source: Internet Resource: Background Paper, Oslo Conference on Armed Violence
Achieving the Millennium Development Goals
20-22 April 2010: Accessed April 2, 2012 at: http://www.osloconferencearmedviolence.no/pop.cfm?FuseAction=Doc&pAction=View&pDocumentId=24290

Year: 2010

Country: International

URL: http://www.osloconferencearmedviolence.no/pop.cfm?FuseAction=Doc&pAction=View&pDocumentId=24290

Shelf Number: 124800

Keywords:
Armed Violence
Guns
Violence Prevention

Author: Quigg, Zara

Title: Violence-Related Ambulance Call Outs in the North West of England 2010/2011

Summary: Data summary  In 2010/11, the North West Ambulance Service (NWAS) recorded 30,236 violence-related call outs, accounting for 3% of all ambulance call outs.  The majority of patients were male and aged 18 to 34 years old.  Peaks times for violence-related call outs were between 10pm and 3.59am on Fridays/Saturdays and Saturdays/Sundays.  Overall, 13% of violence-related ambulance call outs were recorded as involving a weapon. Over a fifth (6%) were identified as domestic violence.  The crude rate of violence-related ambulance call outs per 1,000 population across the North West was 4.4.  Violence-related call out rates were significantly higher than the regional average in Blackburn with Darwen, Blackpool, Burnley, Halton, Liverpool, Manchester, Preston, Rochdale, St. Helens and Tameside.  For call outs recorded as stab/gunshot, Blackpool, Knowsley, Liverpool, Manchester and Salford had significantly higher rates than the regional average (0.3 per 1,000 population).  Six in ten of all violence-related call outs were transferred to another healthcare provider (e.g. emergency department) for further assessment, and treatment if required.  With the average cost of an emergency ambulance journey being around three hundred pounds, it is estimated that violence-related call outs cost NWAS over five million pounds in 2010/11.

Details: Liverpool: North West Public Health Observatory, 2012. 19p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 30, 2012 at: http://www.nwph.net/nwpho/Publications/NWAS%20violence%20call%20outs%20March%202012.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://www.nwph.net/nwpho/Publications/NWAS%20violence%20call%20outs%20March%202012.pdf

Shelf Number: 125803

Keywords:
Emergency Calls, Ambulances
Emergency Medical Services
Hospitals
Violence (U.K.)
Violence Prevention

Author: Powell, Anastasia

Title: More Than Ready: Bystander Action To Prevent Violence Against Women in the Victorian Community

Summary: Violence against women – including family violence and sexual assault – is a major public health problem and its prevalence remains unacceptably high in Australia. Intimate partner violence is the leading contributor to death, disability and illness in Victorian women aged 15 to 44 years, contributing more to ill health in this age group than other well-known risk factors such as smoking and obesity. Without appropriate action, the cost of this violence to the Australian economy is predicted to rise to $15.6 billion per year by 2021. Preventing violence against women before it occurs requires action to address the social conditions that can lead to violence. Research shows that key prevention actions include the promotion of gender equality and the development of respectful attitudes within organisations and communities. Research points to the need for bystanders to play a more significant role in preventing violence against women. For the purpose of this study, a ‘bystander’ is anyone not directly involved as a victim or perpetrator, who observes an act of violence, discrimination or other unacceptable or offensive behaviour. Recent evidence reviews have identified the potential for bystanders to make a difference to the social conditions that lead to violence against women, for example, by confronting sexist attitudes and challenging organisational policies that discriminate against women.

Details: Carlton, Victoria, AUS: Victorian Health Promotion Foundation (VicHealth), 2012. 54p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 13, 2012 at: http://www.vichealth.vic.gov.au/Publications/Freedom-from-violence/Bystander-Research-Project.aspx

Year: 2012

Country: Australia

URL: http://www.vichealth.vic.gov.au/Publications/Freedom-from-violence/Bystander-Research-Project.aspx

Shelf Number: 125998

Keywords:
Bystander Intervention
Family Violence
Intimate Partner Violence
Sexual Assault
Violence Against Women (Australia)
Violence Prevention

Author: Fergus, Lara

Title: Prevention of Violence Against Women and Girls

Summary: Ending violence against women and girls remains one of the most serious and ongoing challenges for the international system, Governments and civil society worldwide. The long-term efforts and advocacy of women’s and children’s organisations have helped place the issue high on national and international human rights and development agendas, and considerable progress has been made worldwide over recent years, particularly on improving justice and service responses for survivors. However interventions focussed on the aftermath of violence against women and girls, while essential, can only have limited impact on reducing violence itself – strategies are also urgently needed to stop such violence from occurring in the first place. Preventing such violence is a human rights obligation and an achievable goal, but one which requires sustained, coordinated and systematic action by Governments, the international community and civil society. This Background Paper was prepared to inform discussions at an Expert Group Meeting (EGM) on prevention of violence against women and girls, convened for 17–20 September 2012 in Bangkok, as part of the preparations for the fifty-seventh session of the Commission on the Status of Women (CSW). It analyses global progress, challenges and gaps in prevention of violence against women and girls, and identifies key guiding principles and promising practice examples. It makes initial indicative recommendations for international, regional and national stakeholders – particularly Governments as they have the primary responsibility for prevention of violence against women and girls – for further discussion and finalisation at the EGM itself. The Paper focuses on emerging evidence and practice for the development of holistic, multidimensional and long-term approaches to prevention, and highlights the responsibility of States to strengthen and invest in such approaches as part of their human rights obligations towards women and girls. Strategies for prevention of violence against women and girls in situations where States are not functioning effectively, are fragile or are in transition, including conflict, post-conflict and humanitarian settings – while having some commonalities with the practices referred to here – will necessarily be of a different order, and may be driven by different actors (e.g. humanitarian relief agencies). There is very little research and practice to draw upon regarding effective prevention of violence against women and girls in such settings, and the need for further work in this area is identified as a key gap in this Paper. Therefore, the bulk of the practice, evidence and recommendations referred to here is for stable situations where the State is in a position to lead long-term, multi-sectoral policy and programming.

Details: Bangkok, Thailand: United Nations Women, In cooperation with ESCAP, UNDP, UNFPA, UNICEF and WHO, 2012. 60p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2012 at: http://www.unwomen.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/09/cs557-EGM-prevention-background-paper.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: International

URL: http://www.unwomen.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/09/cs557-EGM-prevention-background-paper.pdf

Shelf Number: 126493

Keywords:
Violence Against Girls
Violence Against Women, Children
Violence Prevention

Author: Bellis, Mark A.

Title: Protecting People, Promoting Health – A Public Health Approach to Violence prevention in England

Summary: Preventing violence must be seen as a priority for public health, health care and multi-sectoral working in England. Violence is a major cause of ill health and poor wellbeing as well as a drain on health services and the wider economy. However, it is preventable using measures that save much more money than they cost to implement. Interventions, especially those in early childhood, not only prevent individuals developing a propensity for violence but also improve educational outcomes, employment prospects and long-term health outcomes. Abuse in childhood increases risks of violence in later life, but also risks of cancer, heart disease, sexually transmitted infections, substance use, and a wide range of health conditions that are currently stretching health care resources (see chapter 3). Moreover, without safe and secure communities, measures to encourage people to exercise, socialise or adopt more sustainable lifestyles (e.g. using public transport) are more likely to fail as people feel trapped in their houses and cars and unable to engage with local communities. Even broader economic inequalities can remain stubbornly entrenched when investment in the poorest communities is inhibited by risks of violence to staff and customers. The breadth of individuals and organisations affected by violence and the number that need to be coordinated in order to prevent it mean that public health is uniquely positioned to lead programmes on violence prevention, support the implementation of violence prevention activity by partner agencies and make a major contribution to integrated multi-agency working for violence prevention. This document is designed as a resource for those that wish to rise to this challenge.

Details: London: Department of Health, 2012. 70p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2012 at: https://www.wp.dh.gov.uk/publications/files/2012/11/Violence-prevention.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: United Kingdom

URL: https://www.wp.dh.gov.uk/publications/files/2012/11/Violence-prevention.pdf

Shelf Number: 126821

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Public Health Initiatives
Violence (U.K.)
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Feigelson, Michael

Title: Stopping it Before it Starts: Strategies to Address Violence in Young Children's Lives

Summary: This document advocates for systematic and reliable measures of the effect of violence on young children. It was produced by the Bernard van Leer Foundation as a contribution to the International Expert Consultation on the Prevention and Response to Violence in Early Childhood held in Lima, Peru, August 27-28 2012. It presents evidence that violence in young children's lives can be prevented through programmes such as home visitation, family strengthening, women's economic empowerment, alcohol regulation, and efforts to change social norms. It examines policy windows to achieve impact at scale on violence against children, asserting that leaders need to engage more effectively in areas of social policy such as social protection, employment, women's rights, and public security. The document suggests that more sophisticated communications strategies can drive sustained public political engagement and gain new champions for violence prevention.

Details: The Hague: Bernard van Leer Foundation, 2012. 23p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 17, 2012 at http://srsg.violenceagainstchildren.org/sites/default/files/events/Expert%20Consultation%20Lima/International%20Consultation%20VAc-%20Discussion%20Paper.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: International

URL: http://srsg.violenceagainstchildren.org/sites/default/files/events/Expert%20Consultation%20Lima/International%20Consultation%20VAc-%20Discussion%20Paper.pdf

Shelf Number: 127234

Keywords:
Criminal Justice Policy
Juvenile Victims
Violence
Violence Prevention

Author: World Health Organization

Title: Violence Prevention: The Evidence

Summary: As noted in the World report on violence and health, violence has always been part of the human experience. Today, violence results in more than 1.5 million people being killed each year, and many more suffer non-fatal injuries and chronic, noninjury health consequences as a result of suicide attempts, interpersonal violence (youth violence, intimate partner violence, child maltreatment, elder abuse and sexual violence) and collective violence (war and other forms of armed conflict). Overall, violence is among the leading causes of death worldwide for people aged 15–44 years. “Despite the fact that violence has always been present, the world does not have to accept it as an inevitable part of the human condition. As long as there has been violence, there have also been systems – religious, philosophical, legal and communal – that have grown up to prevent or limit it. None has been completely successful, but all have made their contribution to this defining mark of civilization. Since the early 1980s, the field of public health has been a growing asset in this response. A wide range of public health practitioners, researchers and systems have set themselves the tasks of understanding the roots of violence and preventing its occurrence”. Their experience and the scientific studies they have conducted clearly demonstrate that violence can be prevented and its impact reduced, in the same way that public health efforts have prevented and reduced pregnancy-related complications, workplace injuries, infectious diseases and illness resulting from contaminated food and water in many parts of the world. The factors that contribute to violent responses – whether they are factors of attitude and behaviour or related to larger social, economic, political and cultural conditions – can be changed. Violence can be prevented. This is not an article of faith, but a statement based on evidence. Violence prevention: the evidence is a set of seven briefings based on rigorous reviews of the literature which examines scientific evidence for the effectiveness of interventions to prevent interpersonal and selfdirected violence. Each briefing focuses on a broad strategy for preventing violence, and under that umbrella reviews the evidence for the effectiveness of specific interventions. The violence prevention strategies covered in the seven briefings are: 1. Developing safe, stable and nurturing relationships between children and their parents and caregivers; 2. Developing life skills in children and adolescents; 3. Reducing the availability and harmful use of alcohol; 4. Reducing access to guns, knives and pesticides; 5. Promoting gender equality to prevent violence against women; 6. Changing cultural and social norms that support violence; 7. Victim identification, care and support programmes. This document summarizes the headline findings from each of the seven briefings and spotlights the specific interventions within each strategy that have the strongest evidence for preventing violence.

Details: Geneva, SWIT: World Health Organization, 2010. 134p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 24, 2013 at: http://www.who.int/violence_injury_prevention/violence/4th_milestones_meeting/evidence_briefings_all.pdf

Year: 2010

Country: International

URL: http://www.who.int/violence_injury_prevention/violence/4th_milestones_meeting/evidence_briefings_all.pdf

Shelf Number: 127374

Keywords:
Aggression
Domestic Violence
Interpersonal Violence
Violence (International)
Violence Prevention
Violent Crimes

Author: Dyson, Sue

Title: Building Cultures of Respect and Non-Violence: A Review of Literature Concerning Adult Learning and Violence Prevention Programs with Men

Summary: This report provides a review of effective practice in violence prevention education among men, drawing on literature on both adult education and violence prevention. It focuses in particular on efforts among male athletes in professional sporting and other settings, as well as those using ‘peer mentor’ approaches.

Details: Carlton, South VIC, Australia: VicHealth, 2009. 48p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 25, 2013 at: http://www.vichealth.vic.gov.au/Publications/Freedom-from-violence/Building-Cultures-of-Respect-and-Non-Violence.aspx

Year: 2009

Country: International

URL: http://www.vichealth.vic.gov.au/Publications/Freedom-from-violence/Building-Cultures-of-Respect-and-Non-Violence.aspx

Shelf Number: 127402

Keywords:
Aggression
Athletes
Males
Peer Mentoring
Sports and Violence
Violence Prevention

Author: Butts, Jeffrey A.

Title: Teaming Up for Safer Cities

Summary: The National Forum on Youth Violence Prevention is a White House inspired, locally coordinated effort to strengthen youth violence prevention in selected U.S. cities. Communities electing to participate in the National Forum collaborate to develop youth violence prevention strategies that draw upon a wide array of community and organizational resources, including law enforcement, courts, schools, social services, mental health agencies, faith-based organizations, the business community, and a variety of neighborhood and community-based groups. Six cities began working with the National Forum on Youth Violence Prevention in 2010. They were Boston, Chicago, Detroit, and Memphis, as well as Salinas and San Jose, California. By 2012, the Forum had grown to ten cities, including Camden (New Jersey), Minneapolis, New Orleans, and Philadelphia. Soon after the National Forum began, the federal partners managing the effort asked the Research and Evaluation Center at John Jay College of Criminal Justice to observe the implementation of the National Forum and to prepare an assessment of the strategies pursued by each city. The research team at John Jay College worked with colleagues at Temple University’s Department of Criminal Justice to conduct the assessment. The project employed a number of techniques for measuing the implementation of the National Forum, including direct observations, participant interviews, and stakeholder surveys administered at three points in time. This report describes the results from the series of stakeholder surveys conducted in five of the first six cities to participate in the National Forum: Boston, Detroit, Memphis, Salinas, and San Jose. (By 2012, the National Forum efforts in Chicago had not reached a point that would justify the city’s inclusion in this assessment report.) The first round of surveys was launched (via surveymonkey.com) in June 2011, while the second and third rounds began in February and August 2012, respectively. The last survey in the third round was received in October 2012. Thus, this report describes changes perceived by respondents during 15 months of National Forum implementation. Changes are slow to come in complex violence reduction initiatives. The assessment team didn’t expect to find large and profound improvements in the perceptions of respondents from National Forum cities. There were, however, a number of important indicators of postive change. Across the five surveyed cities, respondents reported improved law enforcement effectiveness, better access to family services and opportunities for youth, and more support for violence prevention from local officials. Most importantly, survey respondents in the third round of surveys were less likely than those in the first round to report increasing levels of particular forms of violence in the community. Perceptions of violence associated with drug sales and family conflict, for example, improved in National Forum cities. Perceptions of gang violence also improved. In the first survey, for example, 46 percent of respondents in the five cities believed that gang activity was becoming more visible in their communities. By the third survey, the same perception was reported by just 33 percent of respondents. Cities involved in the National Forum on Youth Violence Prevention are beginning to see substantive improvements in their efforts to stem youth violence. The results of these efforts are modest and they are almost always slow to develop. Some of the indicators that improved between the first and second surveys did not appear to improve in the third survey. Yet, the existence of any positive and measurable change in just 15 months is reason enough to believe that the efforts of the National Forum are having a beneficial effect on community safety.

Details: New York: Research and Evaluation Center, John Jay College of Criminal Justice, City University of New York, 2012. 46p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2013 at: http://johnjayresearch.org/rec/files/2012/12/teamingup2012.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: United States

URL: http://johnjayresearch.org/rec/files/2012/12/teamingup2012.pdf

Shelf Number: 127931

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime
Youth Violence

Author: Pana, Artemis

Title: Youth4Youth: A Manual for Empowering Young People in Preventing Gender-Based Violence through Peer Education

Summary: The Youth4Youth training manual is the culmination of a series of initiatives undertaken in several European countries that aimed at shedding more light on the issue of gender-based violence among adolescents. A number of projects funded by the European Commission’s Daphne Programme have created a wealth of information on how young people think and act in relation to their gender identity and within romantic relationships, forming the basis for the work undertaken in the Youth4Youth project, a deliverable of which is this manual. Most importantly, they have provided the foundation upon which interventions such as this manual can be developed and implemented in schools and in youth centres to prevent gender-based violence, and violence against women in particular, by addressing its root causes as early as possible. Emerging evidence suggests that patterns of violence and victimization may develop in early adolescence, and soon become difficult to reverse. Hence, primary prevention measures have an essential role in combating gender based violence since schools and other education centres are a critical component of adolescents’ lives and one of the main contexts where gender socialization takes place, as well as where attitudes toward oneself and others are formed and reinforced. This type of work goes on to stress the importance of funding programmes within the EU that prioritize gender equality and the fight against gender-based violence, including primary prevention programmes that aim to provide young people across Europe with the knowledge and skills to live healthier, more empowered lives.

Details: Nicosia, Cyprus: Mediterranean Institute of Gender Studies (MIGS), 2012. 94p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2013 at: http://www.medinstgenderstudies.org/wp-content/uploads/Y4Y-Manual_digital_v12.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: Europe

URL: http://www.medinstgenderstudies.org/wp-content/uploads/Y4Y-Manual_digital_v12.pdf

Shelf Number: 128299

Keywords:
Bullying
Delinquency Prevention
Education
Gender-Based Violence
Peer Groups
School Violence
Sexual Violence
Violence Prevention
Youth Violence

Author: Dahlberg,L.L.

Title: Measuring Violence-Related Attitudes, Behaviors, and Influences Among Youths: A Compendium of Assessment Tools. Second Edition

Summary: This compendium provides researchers and prevention specialists with a set of tools to assess violence-related beliefs, behaviors, and influences, as well as to evaluate programs to prevent youth violence. If you are new to the field of youth violence prevention and unfamiliar with available measures, you may find this compendium to be particularly useful. If you are an experienced researcher, this compendium may serve as a resource to identify additional measures to assess the factors associated with violence among youths. Although this compendium contains more than 170 measures, it is not an exhaustive listing of available measures. A few of the more widely used measures to assess aggression in children, for example, are copyrighted and could not be included here. Other measures being used in the field, but not known to the authors, are also not included. Many of the measures included in the first edition of the compendium focused on individual violence-related attitudes, beliefs, and behaviors. These types of measures are included in this edition as well and may be particularly useful if you are evaluating a school-based curriculum or a community-based program designed to reduce violence among youths. Several measures to assess peer, family, and community influences have been added to the compendium. Many of these measures are from the major longitudinal and prevention research studies of youth violence being conducted in the United States. Most of the measures in this compendium are intended for use with youths between the ages of 11 and 24 years, to assess such factors as serious violent and delinquent behavior, conflict resolution strategies, social and emotional competencies, peer influences, parental monitoring and supervision, family relationships, exposure to violence, collective efficacy, and neighborhood characteristics. The compendium also contains a number of scales and assessments developed for use with children between the ages of 5 and 10 years, to measure factors such as aggressive fantasies, beliefs supportive of aggression, attributional biases, prosocial behavior, and aggressive behavior. When parent and teacher versions of assessments are available, they are included as well.

Details: Atlanta, GA: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Center for Injury Prevention and Control, 2005. 363p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2013 at: http://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/pdf/yv_compendium.pdf

Year: 2005

Country: United States

URL: http://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/pdf/yv_compendium.pdf

Shelf Number: 128420

Keywords:
Delinquency Prevention
Violence Prevention
Youth Violence (U.S.)

Author: Hipple, Natalie Kroovand

Title: Project Safe Neighborhoods Case Study Report: District of Nebraska

Summary: Unlike the other initiatives which were created in local jurisdictions, Project Safe Neighborhoods (PSN) was created as a national program. PSN was designed in 2001 by officials in the U.S. Department of Justice. PSN was coordinated through 93 U.S. Attorneys’ Offices that encompass the United States and its territories. United States Attorneys are federal prosecutors who are considered the chief law enforcement official within each federal jurisdiction. In designing PSN, the U.S. Department of Justice emphasized five core components: partnerships, strategic planning, training, outreach, and accountability. PSN proposed to increase partnerships between federal, state, and local law enforcement agencies through the formation of a local gun crime reduction task force. Additionally, PSN encouraged establishing partnerships with other sectors of local government, social services, community groups, and citizens to increase resources for gun crime prevention components as well as to increase the legitimacy of interventions. The strategic planning and problem solving component of PSN was designed to help jurisdictions tailor PSN to the local context. Specifically, PSN provided resources for the inclusion of a research partner. The research partner would work with the PSN task force to analyze the local gun crime problem and to share the findings with the task force for the development of a proactive plan for gun crime reduction. And, the research partner would assist in the ongoing assessment of the program implementation and provide feedback to the task force. Finally, PSN included a significant commitment of resources to support training and community outreach. Although there was variation across the 93 PSN task forces,2 the provided training emphasized several common features. First, it was a focused deterrence model. Rather than increasing the threat of sanctions for all offenders, this program was highly focused on reducing gun crime. Additionally, emphasis was placed on understanding the patterns of gun crime in the local jurisdiction so that enforcement and prevention resources could be directed to the people, places, and contexts generating gun crime. One example of an intervention that emerged in several communities was the use of a data driven approach to identify high risk, high volume, violent offenders for whom enforcement resources would be concentrated (Bynum et al., 2006). Second, resources were provided to communicate the deterrent message to those at risk for engaging in gun crime as both offenders and victims. This included a media campaign of risk messages through a variety of outlets (e.g., radio, television, billboards, posters in jails and community centers). Third, resources were provided for the development of intervention and prevention programs. Again, there was wide variation across the various PSN sites in terms of the nature of these programs. Following the Boston and Indianapolis programs described above, a number of sites attempted combine a deterrence message with social support opportunities specifically tailored to high risk offenders. This was a common PSN strategy using direct communication to at-risk individuals through what has become known as offender notification meetings (McDevitt et al., 2006). In addition to providing support (e.g., mentoring, vocational training, job preparation) these meetings were intended to increase the sense of fairness and legitimacy of the overall approach. Not only were these individuals being told to stop carrying guns and to stop the violence but they were being offered support and the hope for an alternative set of choices. The current repon focuses on the District of Nebraska. Similar to PSN in the Eastern District of Missouri and in the District ofMassaehusetts, PSN in Nebraska built upon prior experience with multi-agency strategic problem solving through the district's panicipation as an informal participant in the SACS I initiative.

Details: East Lansing, MI: School of Criminal Justice, Michigan State University, 2007. 44p.

Source: Internet Resource: Case Study 9: Accessed April 22, 2013 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/241727.pdf

Year: 2007

Country: United States

URL: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/241727.pdf

Shelf Number: 128426

Keywords:
Collaboration
Gun Violence (Nebraska)
Media Campaigns
Partnerships
Project Safe Neighborhoods
Violence Prevention
Youth Violence

Author: Schäfer, Rita

Title: Men as Perpetrators and Victims of Armed Conflicts: Innovative Projects Aimed at Overcoming Male Violence

Summary: A more detailed analysis of various diverging war experiences of boys, male adolescents and men is essential for development cooperation in post-war societies and must be taken into consideration for project planning and implementation. Differentiated gender perspectives are required in order to put an end to tolerated, widespread gender-specific and sexualized violence. In addition, violence among male youth and men is a threat to often very fragile peacebuilding processes. Many of them were ex-combatants or soldiers and most of them face an uncertain future and unemployment after their release. This study outlines the formation of the male identity before and after wars, thereby also touching on the problem of child soldiers. On the basis of country studies, projects and programs will be presented that have contributed to changes in behavior and attitudes among boys, adolescents and men after wars or armed conflicts. The research focuses on innovative approaches from African countries. Additionally, examples from other continents will be presented. The selection of projects and programs represents the priority and cooperation countries of the Austrian Development Cooperation (ADC). Guidelines from the ADC and international treaties are referenced in detail. The many concrete examples draw on experiences at local, national and international level, as well as on theme-related studies from various organizations of the United Nations and numerous non-governmental organizations. Moreover, the study examines projects for education and awareness raising on masculine gender identity, sexuality, fatherhood and health. Noteworthy are also the cultural, media and sports programs for community building among youth. The powers of traditional, religious and local authorities are expounded through examples, as they can promote or interfere with change processes. Lastly, the study provides recommendations for the ADC. This study builds on previous work from the Vienna Institute for International Dialogue and Cooperation (VIDC) on gender and children in armed conflicts.

Details: Vienna: VIDC – Vienna Institute for International Dialogue and Cooperation, 2013. 96p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 25, 2013 at: http://www.vidc.org/fileadmin/Bibliothek/DP/Nadja/VIDC_Schaefer_E_Druckversion.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: International

URL: http://www.vidc.org/fileadmin/Bibliothek/DP/Nadja/VIDC_Schaefer_E_Druckversion.pdf

Shelf Number: 128794

Keywords:
Armed Conflicts
Child Soldiers
Gender-Based Violence
Males
Masculinity
Sexual Violence
Violence Prevention

Author: Lenis, David

Title: The Effect of the Argentine Gun Buy-Back Program on Crime and Violence

Summary: The effect of policies and regulations affecting the availability of guns in the population is an unsettled and controversial issue. In this paper, we contribute to this debate by analyzing the effect of PEVAF, a large national gun buy-back program implemented in Argentina, on crime and violence. The empirical evidence suggests that the program has been successful in reducing the number of deaths from firearm accidents, but has not achieved a reduction in suicides, homicides and car theft.

Details: Unpublished paper, 2010. 30p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 1, 2013 at: http://socrates.berkeley.edu/~raphael/IGERT/Workshop/PEVAF_September_27_2010.pdf

Year: 2010

Country: Argentina

URL: http://socrates.berkeley.edu/~raphael/IGERT/Workshop/PEVAF_September_27_2010.pdf

Shelf Number: 128902

Keywords:
Gun Control Programs
Gun Violence (Argentina)
Gun-Buy Back Programs
Homicides
Violence Prevention
Violent Crimes

Author: Hipple, Natalie Kroovand

Title: Project Safe Neighborhoods Case Study Report: Middle District of North Carolina (Case Study 11)

Summary: In 2001 the Bush Administration made the reduction of gun crime one of the two major priorities of the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ), along with defeating terrorism and enhancing homeland security. The vehicle for translating this goal into action is Project Safe Neighborhoods (PSN). PSN represents a commitment to gun crime reduction through a network of local partnerships coordinated through the nation's 94 United States Attorney's Offices. These local partnerships are supported by a strategy to provide them with the resources that they need to be successful. These site-specific case studies are intended to provide information about how PSN has been structured and implemented in different jurisdictions. PSN is a national program tailored to address varying gun crime pattems in localjurisdictions. One of the key roles of the research partner is to analyze these patterns to help inform the PSN task force. The local nature of PSN, however, makes it important to examine implementation and impact at the local level. Consequently, this series of site-specific cases studies addresses these issues.

Details: East Lansing, MI: School of Criminal Justice, Michigan State University, 2007. 49p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 1, 2013 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/241729.pdf

Year: 2007

Country: United States

URL: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/241729.pdf

Shelf Number: 128917

Keywords:
Gang Violence
Gun Violence
Project Safe Neighborhoods (North Carolina, U.S.)
Violence Prevention
Violent Crimes

Author: Anderson, Jessica

Title: Good Practice Lessons from Australian Crime and Violence Prevention Awards Winners

Summary: Implementing effective crime prevention strategies relies on practitioners having access to information that helps them know how best to implement interventions. Generating the required information for practitioners starts with documenting how existing crime prevention projects operate, not just documenting whether a project is effective (Bullock & Ekblom 2010). This information can enable practitioners to improve the way they implement projects (Homel 2010). However, relatively few research studies examine in detail the implementation process of crime prevention projects. Existing crime prevention awards programs, such as the Australian Crime and Violence Prevention Awards (ACVPA), provide a potentially valuable source of material for identifying good implementation practice from which universal lessons can be drawn. This paper provides the results of an initial attempt to identify good practice lessons from such projects.

Details: Canberra: Australian Institute of Criminology, 2013. 12p.

Source: Internet Resource: Trends & Issues in Crime and Criminal Justice No. 455: Accessed June 6, 2013 at: http://www.aic.gov.au/publications/current%20series/tandi/441-460/tandi455.html

Year: 2013

Country: Australia

URL: http://www.aic.gov.au/publications/current%20series/tandi/441-460/tandi455.html

Shelf Number: 128968

Keywords:
Crime Prevention Programs (Australia)
Violence Prevention

Author: Dickson, Sandra

Title: Preventing Sexual Violence: A Stocktake of Tauiwi & Bicultural Primary Prevention Activities 2013

Summary: In 2011 with funding from the Ministry of Justice, Te Ohaakii a Hine – National Network Ending Sexual Violence Together (TOAH-NNEST) established two parallel primary prevention projects, for Ngā Kaitiaki Mauri and Tauiwi Caucus. One key outcome area for Tauiwi Caucus was completing a national stocktake of community groups and state sector agencies delivering or participating in any kind of primary prevention of sexual violence in Tauiwi and Bicultural communities.5 The field of “primary prevention” is relatively young, with specific funding in New Zealand in place for just four years from the Ministry of Justice, though it builds on decades of prevention knowledge held predominantly by the specialist sexual violence sector. This national stocktake was completed in 2012 by Tauiwi Caucus. The stocktake survey defined primary prevention of sexual violence as: “Activities that seek to prevent sexual violence before it occurs by educating people about the issue of sexual violence and by promoting safe and respectful environments, behaviours and social norms.” This report from the Tauiwi Caucus of TOAH-NNEST summarises data gained from the stocktake survey, begun by 52 respondents. Forty-four respondents answered a majority of questions. The analysis in the report reflects only these 44 “active” responses.

Details: West Auckland, NZ:WAVES, 2013. 49p.

Source: Internet Resource: www.waves.org.nz

Year: 2013

Country: New Zealand

URL:

Shelf Number: 0

Keywords:
Rape
Sexual Assault
Sexual Violence (New Zealand)
Violence Prevention

Author: Interpeace

Title: National Public Policy Proposal: Prevention of Youth-Involved Violence in Belize 2012-2022

Summary: Over the last decade, Belize has been confronted by a significant increase in violence - mostly among adolescents and youths. Official statistics show that Belizean youths between the ages of 14 to 24 are getting involved in the illegal drug trade at young ages and dropping out of primary and secondary school at very high rates. As a result, they are overrepresented in prison populations and are increasingly the victims of violence. Much of the violence among this age cohort is attributed to drug-related gang violence. The proposal, titled National Public Policy Proposal: Prevention of Youth-Involved Violence in Belize 2012-2022 is based on a collaborative approach that draws from all sectors of Belizean society including the government, civil society and families. It gives a 10-year implementation framework that entails 17 strategies for addressing the underlying factors of youth-related violence. Several of these strategies are already being implemented. The strategies primarily address education as a means of empowering youths and reducing the vulnerability and marginalization of youths who are most at risk of becoming gang members. It also gives an integrated approach to confronting the risk factors of youths through suggesting initiatives that promote community participation, youth employment, and opportunities for citizen dialogue, education, sports, recreation, and culture. Aside from these prevention-oriented strategies, the proposal states the need for increasing the availability of reintegration and rehabilitation programmes for young people who have already become immersed in the culture of violence. The policy proposal serves as a tool to guide decision-making among both the Belizean state and civil society as programmes, projects, and interventions are developed and implemented. The contextual framework that takes the voices of young people into account can contribute to the implementation of the policy proposal in a way that best addresses the needs of the impacted youths.

Details: Geneva, SWIT: Interpeace, 2013. 101p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 17, 2013 at: http://www.interpeace.org/2011-08-08-15-19-20/latest-news/427-belize-proposal

Year: 2013

Country: Belize

URL: http://www.interpeace.org/2011-08-08-15-19-20/latest-news/427-belize-proposal

Shelf Number: 129422

Keywords:
Drug-Related Violence
Violence Prevention
Youth Gangs
Youth Violence (Belize)

Author: Spangaro, Jo

Title: What is the Evidence of the Impact of Initiatives to Reduce Risk and Iincidence of Sexual Violence in Conflict and Post-Conflict Zones and other Humanitarian Crises in Lower- and Middle-Income Countries? A Systematic Review

Summary: What evidence exists for the impact of initiatives to reduce risk and incidence of sexual violence in conflict and post-conflict zones and other humanitarian crises in lower and middle-income countries? Who wants to know and why? Sexual violence in the context of conflict and other humanitarian crises is widespread, with at least one in four women in conflict situations affected. Men and children are also at heightened risk. In these settings, sexual violence may be committed i) as a tactic of armed conflict, ii) opportunistically due to situational vulnerability, iii) as a form of sexual exploitation by peacekeepers or humanitarian staff, or iv) as a form of familial or community violence exacerbated by weakened social or legal structures. Since 2000, the United Nations (UN) Security Council has passed five resolutions that addressed this problem among others, prompting the issue of various guidelines and training packages. No previous systematic reviews of evidence for reducing risk and incidence of sexual violence in conflict or other crisis have been undertaken to date. There is now a need to gauge the impact of interventions undertaken to address this problem. Methods of the review A realist approach was adopted, suited to complex problems as it enables analysis of contextual factors and underlying program mechanisms. An extensive literature search employed 23 bibliographic databases, 26 websites, and a hand search of three journals. Included studies were those containing primary empirical data describing implementation or impact of interventions aimed at reducing risk or incidence, or addressing harm from sexual violence occurring in conflict, postconflict or other humanitarian crisis settings in lower or middle-income countries. Studies included were published from 1 January 1990 to 1 September 2011. A total of 2,656 studies was identified, after removal of duplicates. Following the application of exclusion criteria, 49 studies were selected as being in scope for the review and were mapped. Nine studies which reported on overarching policy responses were excluded, leaving 40 studies in the full review. Although much of the broader literature refers to militarised sexual violence committed by combatants, the majority of studies found addressed sexual violence committed opportunistically or within the family/community. Twenty studies reported outcomes and the other twenty reported only on the implementation of interventions (see Appendix 3.1 for a map of the studies). The majority of the studies identified in the review described interventions for sexual violence in post-conflict settings, with few addressing prevention or the conflict context. Most interventions were provided by multilateral agencies, international non-government organisations (NGOs) or national governments, with a few provided by local NGOs or community groups. Seven strategy types were identified: i) survivor care interventions (10 studies); ii) livelihood initiatives (2 studies); iii) community mobilisation initiatives (3 studies); iv) personnel initiatives, e.g. recruitment or training (3 studies); v) systems and security, predominantly firewood patrols or fuel alternatives (3 studies); vi) interventions using a combination of these strategies (13 studies); and vii) legal interventions (6 studies). Most interventions targeted women or were non-specific. Two interventions targeted young people specifically, both were disarmament, demobilisation and reintegration (DDR) interventions, but neither found reduced risk/incidence (Amone-P'Olak 2006; Denov 2006). No studies were found which targeted men specifically as victims.

Details: London: EPPI-Centre, Social Science Research Unit, Institute of Education, University of London, 2013. 170p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 13, 2013 at: http://reliefweb.int/sites/reliefweb.int/files/resources/Conflict_zones_2013Spangaro_report.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: International

URL:

Shelf Number: 131642

Keywords:
Conflict-Related Sexual Violence
Gender-Based Violence
Sexual Violence
Violence Against Women
Violence Prevention

Author: Mytton, J.A.

Title: School-Based Secondary Prevention Programmes for Preventing Violence (Review)

Summary: Are school-based programmes aimed at children who are considered at risk of aggressive behaviour, effective in reducing violence? Violence is recognised as a major global public health problem, thus there has been much attention placed on interventions aimed at preventing aggressive and violent behaviour. As aggressive behaviour in childhood is considered to be a risk factor for violence and criminal behaviour in adulthood, violence prevention strategies targeted at children and adolescents, such as school-based programmes, are considered to be promising interventions. Some school-based prevention programmes target all children attending a school or class, whilst others confine the intervention to those children who have already been identified as exhibiting, or threatening, behaviour considered to be aggressive, such an approach is known as 'secondary prevention'. A wide variety of school-based violence prevention programmes have been implemented over the last 20 years, yet we are still without a full understanding of their effectiveness. The objective of this systematic review was to determine the effectiveness of school-based secondary prevention programmes to prevent violence (that is those interventions targeted at children identified as aggressive or at risk of being aggressive). The authors examined all trials investigating the effectiveness of secondary violence prevention programmes targeted at children in mandatory education compared to no intervention or a placebo intervention. The authors found 56 studies; the overall findings show that school-based secondary prevention programmes aimed at reducing aggressive behaviour do appear to produce improvements in behaviour. The improvements can be achieved in both primary and secondary school age groups and in both mixed sex groups and boy-only groups. Further research is needed to investigate if the apparent beneficial programmes effects can be realised outside the experimental setting and in settings other than schools. None of the studies collected data on violent injury, so we can not be certain of the extent to which an improvement in behaviour translates to an actual injury reduction. In addition, more research is needed to determine if the beneficial effects can be maintained over time, and if the benefits can be justified against the costs of implementing such programmes.

Details: Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 2006, Issue 3. 97p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 19, 2014 at: http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/14651858.CD004606.pub2/pdf

Year: 2006

Country: International

URL: http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/14651858.CD004606.pub2/pdf

Shelf Number: 131964

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Delinquency Prevention
School-Based Programs
Secondary Prevention Programs
Violence Prevention

Author: Ingram, Matthew C.

Title: The Local Educational and Regional Economic Foundations of Violence: A Subnational, Spatial Analysis of Homicide Rates across Mexico's Municipalities

Summary: Violence diminishes well-being, and public insecurity erodes the rule of law, undermining the quality of democracy and constraining business and commercial interactions. A better understanding of the origins of violence is therefore crucial. Examining 2010 homicide rates across Mexico's 2455 municipalities, this paper offers a sub-national and spatial study of the patterns and sources of violence. Offering the first spatial Durbin model of homicide in Mexico, the analysis generates novel and rich findings. Core findings include (1) homicide is not randomly distributed across municipalities, (2) homicide rates follow a spatial lag effect, suggesting violence in one community spills over into neighboring communities, (3) education has a meaningful protective effect against violence, but this is only a local, direct effect; and (4) economic inactivity exerts an unexpectedly negative direct effect, but a strong positive indirect effect from neighboring communities; that is, when economic conditions deteriorate in nearby communities, local violence increases, suggesting homicide is committed locally but by individuals in economically depressed, outlying areas. Violence-reduction policies, then, require coordination across nearby communities and should proceed on two fronts: (a) localized improvements in education attainment, which can be addressed within individual jurisdictions, and (b) economic development policies targeted at intermediate regions below the state level but above the municipal level, which require cross-jurisdictional collaboration, even by municipalities across state boundaries - what I refer to as a "local-schools/regional-economy" approach to violence prevention.

Details: Washington, DC: Wilson Center, Mexico Institute, 2014. 52p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 24, 2014 at: http://www.wilsoncenter.org/sites/default/files/mex_hom_analysis_ingram_0.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: Mexico

URL: http://www.wilsoncenter.org/sites/default/files/mex_hom_analysis_ingram_0.pdf

Shelf Number: 132173

Keywords:
Homicides
Violence (Mexico)
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Campie, Patricia E.

Title: Strategies to Prevent Urban Violence. A Companion Report to the SSYI Evidence and Implementation Review

Summary: The Massachusetts Safe and Successful Youth Initiative (SSYI) commissioned a review of strategies utilized by the federal government, states and cities trying to address serious youth violence among older youth ages 14-24. The goal of this work is to provide Massachusetts with a sense of where its own violence prevention efforts fit among the range of initiatives implemented in localities nationwide and provide additional insights on strategies that SSYI may want to employ in the future. This strategy review complements the 2013 report "What Works to Prevent Urban Violence Among Proven Risk Young Men? The Safe and Successful Youth Initiative Evidence and Implementation Review". In that report, the SSYI evaluation team reviewed the state of the research on effective urban violence prevention programs targeting highest risk older youth, ages 14-24. Taken together, the guidance from research on effective programs and high quality implementation, along with the best thinking from state and local policymakers, provide SSYI with valuable information to inform SSYI moving forward.

Details: Boston, MA: Massachusetts Executive Office of Health and Human Services, 2013. 47p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2014 at: http://www.air.org/sites/default/files/downloads/report/Strategies%20to%20Prevent%20Urban%20Violence.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: United States

URL: http://www.air.org/sites/default/files/downloads/report/Strategies%20to%20Prevent%20Urban%20Violence.pdf

Shelf Number: 132214

Keywords:
At-Risk Yough
Crime Prevention
Delinquency Prevention
Urban Violence
Violence Prevention

Author: Dobbs, Terry

Title: Kaupapa Maori wellbeing framework: The basis for whanau violence prevention and intervention

Summary: Key messages - Maori are over-represented in family violence statistics as both victims and perpetrators. The causes of whanau violence are acknowledged as complex and as sourced from both historical and contemporary factors. The impact of colonisation needs to be considered in order to respond effectively to whanau violence. - Western approaches have not curbed the epidemic of whanau violence. Multi-level approaches to whanau violence prevention and intervention are more likely to achieve the best results. - Understanding the difference between whanau and family is critical in terms of any prevention and intervention practices, policies and legislation. - The use of cultural imperatives, for example, whakapapa, tikanga, wairua, tapu, mauri, and mana, has the potential to inform wellbeing in intimate partner and whanau relationships, transform behaviours and provide alternatives to violence. Using these imperatives can guide transformative practices and inform strategies for whanau violence prevention and whanau wellbeing. They can also be seen as protective factors within whanau, hapu and iwi. - Culturally responsive initiatives and programmes that restore and strengthen whanau and communities should be considered as well as the individual based interventions of mainstream for Maori whanau. Kaupapa Maori conceptual frameworks, for example the Mauri Ora framework, advocate for the development of Maori models that change the way whanau violence is understood and managed. --Successful programmes are likely to have: - Maori population based responses that complement the work of Maori and other community-based intervention services. These should be grounded in te reo me ona tikanga (Maori language and culture), underpinned by Maori values and beliefs, Maori cultural paradigms and frameworks - Government agencies working in close collaboration with iwi organisations to facilitate the implementation of Maori whanau violence prevention initiatives that meet the needs, priorities and aspirations of iwi - Funding sufficient to (a) engage leaders and staff who have the nationally and locally recognised skills to ensure successful implementation of violence prevention initiatives, and (b) to allow for local consultation and subsequent responsiveness in planned activities and projects - Support for capacity building opportunities for both prevention and intervention staff, including opportunities for networking, advocacy, and training - Maori violence prevention initiatives that are funded for research and evaluation in a way that builds local knowledge within a Maori worldview.

Details: Auckland, New Zealand: New Zealand Family Violence Clearinghouse, University of Auckland, 2014. 45p.

Source: Internet Resource: Issues Paper 6: Accessed May 6, 2014 at: http://www.nzfvc.org.nz/issues-papers-6

Year: 2014

Country: New Zealand

URL: http://www.nzfvc.org.nz/issues-papers-6

Shelf Number: 132250

Keywords:
Aboriginals
Crime Prevention
Domestic Violence
Family Violence (New Zealand)
Indigenous Peoples
Violence Prevention

Author: Richardson, Roslyn

Title: Fighting Fire with Fire: Target audience responses to online anti-violence campaigns

Summary: This report documents young Muslim Sydneysiders' responses to a variety of online campaigns that promote non-violent political activism or aim to 'counter violent extremism' (CVE). In undertaking this study, which involved interviews with Muslim communities in Western Sydney - communities that have been targeted by both violent propaganda and government communication campaigns - two things became apparent. First, there's a pool of highly educated, discerning and media-savvy young people in these communities. Second, rather than merely being an audience for government-sponsored communication campaigns, they're creating their own websites, YouTube clips, radio programs and Facebook groups. - Some of these websites and other initiatives directly challenge violent narratives while others provide avenues for non‑violent political protest and expression. The popularity and reach of this entirely community-generated web content significantly outshines the reach of any government-sponsored internet-based CVE strategies developed to date. - The young people responsible for these initiatives, some of whom are communication professionals, understand and to some extent share their target audiences' needs and wants. As journalism and marketing graduates, they also have the professional know-how to produce high quality and attention-grabbing campaigns. Furthermore, when they take the lead in creating these initiatives they generate more interest and praise from their target audiences than when they merely support government‑sponsored programs. - Outside of the online space, young people from across Sydney's Muslim communities engage in a range of activities that directly assist others to move away from violent and criminal paths. A number of the respondents in this study, for example, are volunteer youth mentors who assist young people identified by their schools, the justice system or both as 'vulnerable' (to criminalisation). These interventions in real life are augmented by their efforts through online forums to reach out to young people they identify as at risk. - The efforts of these young volunteers both inside and outside the online space seem largely unknown beyond their immediate communities. Nevertheless their contribution in creating communities that are empowered and resilient to violent messaging may be considerable. The core recommendation of this report is: Where possible, government agencies should support existing popular community-driven anti-violence online campaigns rather than prioritising the development of new websites to counter violent narratives. Government agencies should directly engage with the young people involved in these popular initiatives and investigate ways to support them and their campaigns where possible. - While this study offers many findings that government agencies and communities might view with optimism, it also reveals that there are significant barriers that undermine young Muslim Sydneysiders' engagement with CVE communication campaigns and government agencies. These barriers are also likely to undermine government agencies' engagement with the young communication professionals who are currently producing a range of popular anti-violence campaigns. The report identifies and discusses these barriers. However, it is anticipated that from the large amount of data collected there will be subsequent publications describing some in greater detail. - The most significant barrier identified in this study relates to the pervasive prejudice young Muslims report experiencing as a result of being Muslim and/or of Arab background. Many of the study's respondents rejected government-produced CVE websites because they felt such strategies perpetuate the stereotyping of Muslim communities as potentially threatening and deviant. From their perspective, Australia's CVE agenda fuels Islamophobia, making them more vulnerable to discrimination including verbal and physical attacks. - The respondents also rejected the government's CVE agenda because they perceived government agencies as doing little to address social issues of greater importance to them. This includes the violent crime and socioeconomic disadvantage experienced by those living in their Western Sydney suburbs. In this respect, they believed that government agencies' engagement with them on CVE issues is largely self-serving and does little to address the 'real' violence they see afflicting their communities. - Another significant barrier undermining young Muslim Sydneysiders' engagement with Australia's CVE agenda is their lack of trust in government agencies. Some perceive an irony when the Australian Government asks them to support campaigns denouncing violence when it is waging violent wars in other countries. Government CVE interventions in Muslim communities have also fuelled community paranoia and young Muslims' belief that they are under constant surveillance. As a result of a variety of issues affecting Muslim communities inside and outside Australia, the respondents perceived the Australian Government as not being 'on their side' and not representing their interests. - While some respondents displayed a deep cynicism about the Australian Government and its CVE agenda, for moral and religious reasons many were devoted to assisting 'at risk' youth in their communities. The ASPI research team also found that even self-described 'radicals', 'conservatives' and those who decry Australia's counterterrorism policies, want to engage better with police and other government agencies. This report offers 13 recommendations to facilitate this engagement and enhance communication campaigns that challenge violence. - However, this report also offers a warning that online communication strategies are unlikely to provide a solution for those at greatest risk of becoming involved in violent extremism. The respondents of this study, who included sheikhs involved in deradicalisation work, argued that one-on-one intervention strategies are a far more effective way to reach and influence vulnerable individuals. - This study shows that it's difficult to motivate young people to view government-sponsored CVE websites; it's undoubtedly much more of a challenge to entice 'at risk' youth to visit such sites. - By focusing on Muslim youth this report potentially supports discourses that position Muslim Australians as a 'problem community' and security threat. The research team doesn't support such views and sees them as counterproductive to our aim of enhancing government agencies' interaction with young Muslims. In fact, this study shows that the securitisation of Muslim communities directly causes young Muslim Sydneysiders to reject CVE websites and shun interaction with government agencies. - Nevertheless, some of our respondents expressed deep concern about groups and individuals in their communities sympathetic to using violence to achieve political-religious aims. Some believed it was important for their communities to develop online strategies to challenge violent narratives and provide more avenues for young people to express their views in a non-violent manner. In addition, some felt it was the correct role of government agencies to support communities in these endeavours. - On the whole this report challenges approaches that only discuss Muslim youth as being highly vulnerable and in dire need of empowerment to resist violent propaganda. Instead, it shows that some have taken a lead role in challenging violent narratives and are empowering themselves. This report is intended for use by government agencies and communities to inform their future work in this area. - Included as an appendix to this report is a separate ASPI study examining the online CVE strategies developed by five countries: UK, US, the Netherlands, Canada and Denmark.

Details: Barton, ACT: Australian Strategic Policy Institute, 2013. 82p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 26, 2014 at: https://www.aspi.org.au/publications/fighting-fire-with-fire-target-audience-responses-to-online-anti-violence-campaigns/Fight_fire_long_paper_web.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: Australia

URL: https://www.aspi.org.au/publications/fighting-fire-with-fire-target-audience-responses-to-online-anti-violence-campaigns/Fight_fire_long_paper_web.pdf

Shelf Number: 132545

Keywords:
At-Risk Youth
Media Campaigns
Muslims
Online Communication
Radical Groups
Violence Prevention
Violent Extremism
Youth Violence

Author: Berg, Louis-Alexandre

Title: Crime, Violence and Community-Based Prevention in Honduras

Summary: Violent crime has emerged as a growing development challenge, affecting large segments of societies and taking a severe toll on economic development. In Honduras, the most violent country in the world as measured by its homicide rate of 90.4 per 100,000 inhabitants in 2013, variations in the level of violence across time and space suggest that some communities have successfully prevented crime. This note summarizes the findings of a study of crime dynamics and prevention practices in Honduras. The research revealed that while the transnational drug trade, economic downturn and political crisis have deepened the effects of organized crime, some communities have prevented these forces from taking root in their neighborhoods. The study identified practices that communities have pursued to prevent violence, and examined the capabilities of communities, municipal governments and national institutions that enable or constrain these responses. In the context of the World Bank�s Safer Municipalities Project in Honduras, this research points to evidence-based approaches for preventing violence at the community level.

Details: Washington, DC: The World Bank, 2014. 8p.

Source: Internet Resource: Just Development, Issue 4: Accessed July 1, 2014 at: http://web.worldbank.org/WBSITE/EXTERNAL/TOPICS/EXTLAWJUSTINST/0,,contentMDK:23587510~pagePK:148956~piPK:216618~theSitePK:1974062~isCURL:Y,00.html

Year: 2014

Country: Honduras

URL: http://web.worldbank.org/WBSITE/EXTERNAL/TOPICS/EXTLAWJUSTINST/0,,contentMDK:23587510~pagePK:148956~piPK:216618~theSitePK:1974062~isCURL:Y,00.html

Shelf Number: 132574

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Neighborhoods and Crime
Organized Crime
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Ricardo, Christine

Title: Engaging Boys and Young Men in the Prevention of Sexual Violence: A Systematic and Global Review of Evaluated Interventions

Summary: Violence against women is a widespread issue, one that exists in all cultural and socio-economic contexts. Among the various forms of violence that girls and women suffer, rape is often the least visible and least reported. In many cases, such as in dating or married relationships, rape or other forms of sexual violence may not even be recognized by social or legal norms. While the underlying causes of sexual violence are multiple and complex, among the core causes are unequal gender norms and power dynamics between men and women. Throughout the world, boys and men are largely the perpetrators of sexual violence, and girls and women are the victims. It is increasingly understood that men's use of violence is generally a learned behavior, rooted in the ways that boys and men are socialized. There is evidence that this is often at an earlier age than many of the current violence prevention and sexuality education programs target. Adolescence is a time when many boys and young men first explore and experiment with their beliefs about roles in intimate relationships, about dating dynamics and male-female interactions. Research has shown that this is also the time when intimate partner violence first starts to manifest itself, and the earlier and more often it occurs, the more it reinforces the idea that violence is a "normal" part of dating relationships (Laner 1990). A key challenge, therefore, in primary rape prevention is to intervene before the first perpetration of rape or sexual violence, and to reach boys and young men when their attitudes and beliefs about gender stereotypes and sexuality are developing. In this context, it is necessary to reach boys and young men (and girls and young women) with programs that address sexual violence before expectations, attitudes and behaviors about dating are well developed (Fay and Medway 2006). It is also necessary to challenge gender norms and sexual scripts that often underlie coercion and violence in relationships, including "those cultural norms that normalize intimate sexual violence as a 'natural' or 'exaggerated' expression of innate male sexuality" (Carmody and Carrington 2000). In addition, it is necessary to teach adolescents effective communication and problem-solving skills and to promote a culture of responsibility for preventing sexual violence (Berkowitz 2004). In recent years, there has been a significant increase in attention to programming with boys and men and the evidence base regarding what works and what does not work. Violence prevention is still an area in which there are many questions and there is a need for consolidating evidence for advocacy and practice purposes. While there are already many existing reviews of rape prevention programs with male university students and dating violence prevention programs with adolescents, these reviews have largely been limited to North American or Australian context and most often focused only on those programs published in the academic literature - not grey literature. This review is more extensive, in terms of age range (adolescents) and settings (global), and in terms of program goals and scope because it includes those programs that do not have rape prevention as primary focus, but which address underlying risk factors.

Details: Washington, DC: Promundo, 2011. 72p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 2, 2014 at: http://reliefweb.int/sites/reliefweb.int/files/resources/menandboys.pdf

Year: 2011

Country: International

URL: http://reliefweb.int/sites/reliefweb.int/files/resources/menandboys.pdf

Shelf Number: 132611

Keywords:
Dating Violence
Gender-Based Violence
Rape
Sexual Assault
Sexual Violence
Violence Against Women
Violence Prevention

Author: Mitchell, David

Title: Men at Work: Men's views on a stopping violence service

Summary: There is no doubt that family violence is a serious and on-going issue in our community. As a local community initiative a panel was organised in 2010 by Nelson's Te Rito Family Violence Prevention Network to discuss the issue of family violence. This panel discussion led representatives from SVS - Living Safe; Public Health, Nelson Marlborough District Health Board (NMDHB); and the Bachelor of Nursing Programme, Nelson Marlborough Institute of Technology (NMIT) to meet and consider the possibility of working together on a project that could serve to add constructively to reducing family violence. Underpinning the project was the belief that male perpetrators of violence against partners, as service users, have an important role in providing guidance for service development. The aim of the project was to collect data from men who had completed or were completing the SVS - Living Safe's 'Stopping Violence' group to surface their views on: - The effectiveness of the 'Stopping Violence' group. - How SVS - Living Safe's services could be further developed. - Strategies that would be useful in reducing the incidence of family violence in our community. In order to achieve the above aims above the project used both a written survey and focus groups. Thirty one men responded to the survey and 12 participated in the focus groups. Support to proceed with the project was obtained from NMIT's Research & Ethics Advisory Committee. The survey looked at respondent characteristics as well as group structure, processes and quality. The feedback overall was positive in all areas. Of particular note here were: - That the group was life-changing. - The benefit of the initial interview. - The benefit of group participation being augmented with 1:1 support. - Having both male and female facilitators. - The sense of respect the men encountered. - The skills the men developed. In the two focus groups the participants were asked firstly, with reference to the results from the survey, to critique SVS - Living Safe Stopping Violence services for men. Secondly, they were asked to consider initiatives in stopping violence more broadly. There were 12 participants in the first group with 11 returning for the second group. Three main themes evolved from the two consecutive groups. - SVS - Living Safe should revisit how it is promoted. - The complexity of intimate partner violence (IPV) needs to be better appreciated. - The need for a different approach to education on IPV especially exploring differing models of how IPV is both understood and addressed.

Details: Nelson, NZ: SVS Living Safe, 2014. 28p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 3, 2014 at:

Year: 2014

Country: New Zealand

URL:

Shelf Number: 132050

Keywords:
Abusive Men
Domestic Violence
Family Violence
Violence Against Women
Violence Prevention

Author: Schultze-Kraft, Markus

Title: 'External Stresses' and Violence Mitigation in Fragile Contexts: Setting the Stage for Policy Analysis

Summary: Following on from the World Bank's World Development Report 2011 on conflict, security and development, a debate has emerged about the role of so-called 'external stresses' in generating 'new' forms of violence and insecurity in poor and fragile countries. The Bank posits that the combination of internal stresses (e.g. low income levels, high youth unemployment) and external stresses (e.g. cross-border conflict spillovers, illicit drug trafficking) heightens the risk of different forms of violence, which are not confined to inter-state and civil war but range from communal conflicts to criminal violence and terrorism. This perspective is useful in as much as it makes explicit that instability and political disorder are not only related to domestic weaknesses of fragile states, but are also conditioned by outside forces. Yet the binary internal-external/fragility-vulnerability model that underpins the World Bank's analysis of external stresses appears to be too limited to inform strategies to address the challenges that arise from pressures as diverse as illicit transnational trafficking, price and resource shocks, and cross-border conflict spillovers. A more comprehensive and nuanced framework for policy analysis is called for, based on the recognition that external stresses: (a) tend to involve external, internal as well as transnational actors and variables that are often interrelated; (b) create both losers and winners, and can promote the interests of powerful state and non-state groups in and outside of the country or world region under 'stress'; and (c) do not all have the same kind of impact on states and societies in terms of generating violence.

Details: Brighton, UK: Institute Of Development Studies, 2013. 15p.

Source: Internet Resource: Evidence Report No. 36: Accessed July 11, 2014 at: https://www.ids.ac.uk/files/dmfile/ER36FinalOnline.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: International

URL: https://www.ids.ac.uk/files/dmfile/ER36FinalOnline.pdf

Shelf Number: 132645

Keywords:
Drug Trafficking
Socioeconomic Conditions and Crime
Terrorism
Violence
Violence Prevention

Author: David-Ferdon, Corinne

Title: Preventing Youth Violence: Opportunities for Action

Summary: All forms of violence, including youth violence, suicidal behavior, child maltreatment, sexual violence, intimate partner violence, and elder abuse, negatively affect the health and well-being of our country. Youth violence, in particular, is a significant public health problem. Each and every day, approximately 13 young people in the United States are victims of homicide and an additional 1,642 visit our hospital emergency departments because of physical assault-related injuries. Among high school students, 1 in 4 report being in at least one physical fight and 1 in 5 report being bullied in the last year. Youth who are victims of violence also have a higher risk for many other poor physical and mental health problems, including smoking, obesity, high-risk sexual behavior, asthma, depression, academic problems, and suicide. Young people are frequently the ones hurting other youth and commit a significant proportion of the violence in communities-youth aged 10-24 years represented 40% of all arrests for violent crimes in 2012. The damage resulting from youth violence extends beyond the young perpetrators and victims. Each year, youth homicides and nonfatal assault injuries result in an estimated $17.5 billion in combined medical and lost productivity costs. Violence can increase health care costs for everyone, decrease property values, and disrupt social services. Many of our young people and communities view the grim facts about youth violence as unavoidable and have accepted youth violence as a societal reality. However, the truth is that youth violence is not inevitable. Youth violence is preventable. The past investment into monitoring, understanding, and preventing youth violence is paying off and proving that youth violence can be stopped before it occurs. We cannot continue to just respond to violence after it happens�the public health burden of youth violence is too high and our potential to prevent youth violence is too great. Our understanding about youth violence and our ability to prevent it is based on decades of work by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and the larger field of youth violence prevention researchers and practitioners. From systematic surveillance, rigorous research on modifiable factors that predict violence, evaluation of prevention strategies, and the strengthening of the capacity of communities to use approaches that work, we have learned a great deal about how to prevent youth violence. To help communities take advantage of the available knowledge, CDC has developed, Preventing Youth Violence: Opportunities for Action. This resource summarizes what we currently know about youth violence-the health consequences, trends, disparities, causes, costs, and prevention strategies. This resource outlines important strategies for youth violence prevention that are based on strong evidence and experience. It includes examples of specific programs and activities that have been found to be effective. These evidence-based youth violence prevention strategies focus on reducing the factors that put young people at risk for violence and bolstering the factors that strengthen their positive development and buffer against violence. Everyone has a role to play in preventing youth violence. Preventing Youth Violence: Opportunities for Action provides information and action steps that can help public health and other community leaders work with partners to prevent youth violence. This resource also describes actions that young people, families, caregivers, adults who work with youth, and other community members can take to reduce youth violence. A companion document, titled Taking Action to Prevent Youth Violence, is available to help these groups better understand the steps they can take.

Details: Atlanta, GA: National Center for Injury Prevention and Control, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2014. 54p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 17, 2014 at: http://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/youthviolence/pdf/opportunities-for-action.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: United States

URL: http://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/youthviolence/pdf/opportunities-for-action.pdf

Shelf Number: 132706

Keywords:
At-Risk Youth
Crime Prevention
Delinquency Prevention
Juvenile Offenders
Violence Prevention
Youth Programs
Youth Violence

Author: Wells, Lana

Title: Engaging Men and Boys in Domestic Violence Prevention: Opportunities and Promising Approaches

Summary: This report outlines seven 'entry points' for engaging men and boys in domestic violence prevention: 1. Engaging fathers in domestic violence prevention; 2. Men's health and domestic violence prevention; 3. The role of sports and recreation in domestic violence prevention; 4. The role of the workplace in domestic violence prevention; 5. The role of peer relationships in domestic violence prevention; 6. Men as allies in preventing domestic violence; and 7. Aboriginal healing and domestic violence prevention. This research provides an analysis of the literature and highlights 67 promising approaches in the areas of policy, programs and practices, and citizen-led initiatives.

Details: Calgary, AB, Canada: University of Calgary, Shift: The Project to End Domestic Violence, 2013. 86p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 17, 2014 at: http://www.calgaryunitedway.org/socialvoice/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/Shift-Engaging-Men-and-Boys.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: Canada

URL: http://www.calgaryunitedway.org/socialvoice/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/Shift-Engaging-Men-and-Boys.pdf

Shelf Number: 132710

Keywords:
Abusive Men
Domestic Violence
Family Violence
Violence Against Women
Violence Prevention

Author: Flynn, David

Title: Fathers, Fathering and Preventing Violence Against Women

Summary: Contributing to the prevention of men's violence against women requires more than simply being a non-violent man. It requires an understanding of the factors which underlie and contribute to violence against women and how these factors are deeply engrained in our culture, to the degree to which they are sometimes not immediately obvious. It requires an awareness of how these factors influence our beliefs, attitudes and behaviours - about what it is to be a man and how to relate to others. It requires the courage to change, to adopt new beliefs and new attitudes, and it requires the knowledge and skills to put new actions and behaviours in place. Fatherhood provides this opportunity. Perhaps more than any other life stage, it delivers the chance for men to examine how the factors that contribute to violence against women impact on their choices and behaviours on a daily basis. A good father is a non-violent father. Yet fathers can do much more to prevent violence against women than being non-violent men themselves. Through their relationships with women and children and their involvement in family tasks and responsibilities, fathers are well positioned to reflect on issues of masculinity and gendered power relations, to do more than just practice non-violence, but actively work towards the creation and maintenance of equal and respectful relationships, and to contribute significantly to the prevention of men's violence against women.

Details: Sydney, AUS: White Ribbon Foundation, 2012. 30p.

Source: Internet Resource: White Ribbon Research Series - Preventing Men's Violence Against Women, Report No. 5: Accessed July 30, 2014 at: http://www.whiteribbon.org.au/uploads/media/microsites/fathers/whiteribbon-fd-report-2012.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: Australia

URL: http://www.whiteribbon.org.au/uploads/media/microsites/fathers/whiteribbon-fd-report-2012.pdf

Shelf Number: 132817

Keywords:
Abusive Men
Family Violence
Fathers
Intimate Partner Violence
Violence Against Women
Violence Prevention

Author: Couture, Krista London

Title: A Gendered Approach To Countering Violent Extremism. Lessons Learned From Women In Peacebuilding And Conflict Prevention Applied Successfully In Bangladesh And Morocco

Summary: As the United States and world transition from a reflexive and hard approach in counterterrorism to a more reflective and soft one for the prevention of terrorism, the search for best practices and lessons learned is more critical than ever. While programming related to countering violent extremism (CVE) continues to grapple with the adoption of official definitions, priorities, evaluation methodologies, and qualitative and quantitative metrics, there is a growing awareness of the importance of harnessing female actors as positive, operational agents of change. Women continue to be an underutilized and under-tapped resource in the fight against extremism. This research identifies best practices through lessons learned from efforts that utilize women to encouragingly affect catalysts and circumstances that drive individuals to engage in terrorism. The empowerment of women not only makes practical sense, but also is a good investment in economics, business, and counterterrorism. In micro lending, for every $1US a woman earns, she reinvests 90 percent back into her family and/or community; men re-invest only 40 percent. When a woman has an education, she marries on average four years later, enters into non-abusive relationships, and has 2.2 children who are healthier and better educated. Extremism is most effectively countered through increased education, better critical thinking, and enhanced opportunities. These empowerment scenarios and positive outcomes become manifest in the impact a woman has within her family and community. In the words of former Secretary to the United Nations Kofi Annan, "There is no development strategy more beneficial to society as a whole - women and men alike - than the one which involves women as central players." While originally intended to only bring awareness of the role of women in preventing terrorism, this research reveals several additional important findings. Most notably, as is the case with their impact on peace and stability, women play a critical role in the security realm, and CVE is no exception. Empowering women in culturally and country-specific ways enables them to be valuable players in the extremism paradigm.

Details: Washington, DC: Brookings Institute, 2014. 74p.

Source: Internet Resource: Policy Paper: Accessed August 4, 2014 at: http://www.brookings.edu/~/media/research/files/papers/2014/07/30%20gender%20conflict%20prevention%20countering%20violent%20extremism%20couture/women%20cve%20formatted%2072914%20couture%20final2.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: Bangladesh

URL: http://www.brookings.edu/~/media/research/files/papers/2014/07/30%20gender%20conflict%20prevention%20countering%20violent%20extremism%20couture/women%20cve%20formatted%2072914%20couture%20final2.pdf

Shelf Number: 132873

Keywords:
Counter-Terrorism
Extremist Groups
Radical Groups
Terrorists
Violence Prevention
Violent Extremism (Bangladesh, Morocco)

Author: Campbell, Lesley

Title: ReachOut Men's Community Outreach Service: Connections and Conversations With a Purpose

Summary: Family violence is a major issue that affects the lives of many New Zealanders and creates significant social and economic costs across the wider society (Ministry of Social Development, 2002). The New Zealand Police's reported incidences of family violence have substantially increased over the past decade. Incidents rose by 140% from about 11,300 in 1994/1995 to 27,165 in 2004/2005. Offences rose by 87%, from about 14,600 to 27,343 (Lievore and Mayhew, 2007). In the Canterbury region, the reported incidence and severity of family violence has also increased since the significant earthquake events and continued aftershocks during the period from September 2010. For example, a "53% ... increase in domestic violence (was reported) following the September 2010 earthquake" and in the Waimakariri district, immediately after the February 2011 earthquake event, the North Canterbury Police reported a 40% increase in reported family violence and levels of reported family violence continued to be greater than those recorded before this natural disaster. In order to address this burgeoning problem of family violence in North Canterbury and to address a significant service gap for men responsible for family violence incidents, Aviva (formerly Christchurch Women's Refuge) applied for and successfully secured funding to support the design, implementation and evaluation of ReachOut. A first in New Zealand, this unique and innovative service is an outreach initiative involving collaborative partnerships with the Police, Child Protection Workers and those working across the family violence, criminal justice, local government and other sectors. In 2012 Aviva commissioned an independent evaluation of the process and impact of ReachOut during its first twelve months of operation. The objectives for the evaluation of ReachOut were: - To provide an indication about the benefits and the extent and level of progress made against the outcomes sought for a) men as family violence perpetrators b) women and children, who have experience of family violence and c) the North Canterbury community. - To understand more fully and articulate key aspects of the ReachOut service that are expected to influence and bring about the desired outcomes - To provide an evidence base with which to inform decisions about continuous quality improvements to ReachOut's operation - To provide an evidence base to inform decisions about its potential for rollout and transferability to other locations. The evaluation adopted a multiple methods approach in order to maximise the comprehensiveness of the qualitative and quantitative information collected to answer the evaluation questions and address the evaluation objectives. The principle evaluation methods used included the synthesis of the pertinent international and national literature and the operationalisation of a single case, time series design. This design involved a holistic analysis of the people, service, decisions, policies and organisations involved in the ReachOut service and drew on both secondary data and primary data collected through participant observation, interview and focus group methods.

Details: Christchurch, NZ: Aviva, 2014. 283p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 6, 2014 at: http://www.avivafamilies.org.nz/resources/file/final_evaluation_report_reachout_april_2014.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: New Zealand

URL: http://www.avivafamilies.org.nz/resources/file/final_evaluation_report_reachout_april_2014.pdf

Shelf Number: 132906

Keywords:
Abusive Men
Child Abuse and Neglect
Domestic Violence
Family Violence (New Zealand)
Intimate Partner Violence
Treatment Programs
Violence Against Women, Children
Violence Prevention

Author: Denney, Lisa

Title: A problem-focused approach to violence against women: The political-economy of justice and security programming

Summary: The United Nations Commission on the Status of Women ended its 57th session on 15 March 2013 with an outcome document affirming the importance of eliminating violence against women (VAW). The Commission was unable, however, to achieve consensus on a global action plan. The negative reaction of some UN member states to an action plan is a worrying reminder of ongoing resistance to reform. These persistent challenges highlight the continuing struggle to gain a serious global commitment to address VAW and recognise it as a breach of women's fundamental human rights. Engaging in this struggle, many donors have put addressing VAW generally, and in fragile and conflict-affected situations (FCAS) specifically, at the top of the development agenda and made it a major priority of international policy. But in practice progress remains difficult, not least due to entrenched resistance and discriminatory socio-political norms and gender relations that persist in many societies. The problem of violence against women therefore needs to be addressed from the perspective of the concrete socio-political and cultural conditions that shape its particular features and the relevant context specific dynamics of conflict, post-conflict patterns of violence and fragility. International efforts to support reform in the area of VAW in FCAS need to go beyond prescriptive approaches that focus on what access to protection, justice and redress should look like. We propose here an approach that engages with the specificities of the problem - paying attention to context, and the concrete political-economy dynamics of the drivers of VAW - and takes account of the real options that women face in navigating the available security and justice chains to seek protection, redress and justice.

Details: London: Overseas Development Office, 2013. 12p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2014 at: http://www.odi.org/sites/odi.org.uk/files/odi-assets/publications-opinion-files/8325.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: International

URL: http://www.odi.org/sites/odi.org.uk/files/odi-assets/publications-opinion-files/8325.pdf

Shelf Number: 133145

Keywords:
Domestic Violence
Sexual Violence
Violence Against Women
Violence Prevention

Author: Chi, Jocelyn

Title: Reducing Drug Violence in Mexico: Options for Implementing Targeted Enforcement

Summary: Between 2006 and 2012, drug-related violence in Mexico escalated to unprecedented levels. During this time, five of the top ten most violent cities in the world were found in Mexico, and over 60,000 Mexicans were killed at the hands of Violent Drug Trafficking Organizations (VDTOs). This reign of terror has expanded to include other types of violence, such as extortion, robbery, kidnapping, and spectacular public displays of violence. Most alarmingly, VDTO victims increasingly include ordinary citizens, journalists, law enforcement and military, and other government officials. To date, enforcement efforts in the United States (U.S.) have focused almost exclusively on reducing the flow of drugs from, and through, Mexico. Violence reduction has been a secondary concern, and has been mostly considered as a potential side-benefit of flow reduction policies. Until recently, Mexican authorities have focused their attacks on the upper leadership of major organized crime groups as a method of reducing flows, and in an effort to address threats to public safety. However, freshly elected President Enrique Pena Nieto has indicated that his administration will shift focus away from drug flows, in order to prioritize crime prevention and violence reduction. Given that both the Bush and Obama Administrations have acknowledged that the U.S. market for illegal drugs is largely responsible for fueling the Mexican drug trade, and that the U.S. has a strategic interest in Mexican security, the U.S. may have a currently-unexploited opportunity to reduce violence in Mexico. In this project, we explore whether the adoption of targeted enforcement in the Unites States could theoretically effect a reduction in violence in Mexico, and, if so, what form that strategy might take. We consider the operational and informational requirements for implementation, as well as the information a decision-maker would require in order to elect targeted enforcement as a strategy for addressing the security problem in Mexico. Targeted enforcement is novel in several respects. While it is not inconsistent with flow-reduction goals, the strategy leverages enforcement resources in the United States to effect violence reduction in Mexico. Furthermore, because it is a deterrent strategy, targeted enforcement requires authorities on both sides to clearly and publicly identify the target and communicate that violence will no longer be accepted as a method of conducting business. Finally, the target will encompass entire VDTOs, and not just individual offenders, which increases the cost of individual offending through internal organizational pressure. Keeping in mind current budgetary constraints, we develop four design options for violence-focused U.S.-side targeted enforcement. We evaluate our options with reference to the potential for crime and violence reduction, intelligence demands, implementation and political feasibility, and community impacts. Through a series of interviews with experts in the field, and an exhaustive review of secondary sources, we find that not only is U.S. adoption of targeted enforcement possible within existing frameworks, but that this approach has great potential for reducing Mexican-side violence. Our findings suggest: - First and foremost, we note that the adoption of a targeted violence-reduction approach need not conflict with current U.S. efforts to reduce drug flows; thus, there should be no cost in terms of drug abuse in the U.S. - While a short-term surge in violence is possible, attacking drug-trafficking revenues in the U.S. could incentivize VDTOs away from using violence to advance their drug-trafficking interests. Authorities would need to better understand the revenue portfolios of VDTOs in order to estimate how responsive organizations might be to attacks on revenues, and measure the cost-effectiveness of such a strategy. - Successful implementation requires sophisticated intelligence, and while there is some indication that both the U.S. and Mexico possess the capacity to gather this intelligence, this capacity would likely need to be refined and/or expanded. - The necessary administrative and enforcement infrastructures appear to be in place in the U.S., though resources would need to be reallocated, and additional funding might be necessary. - In the U.S., policies targeting drug flows are popular due to a perception that they decrease drug consumption; a shift towards violence reduction would probably require intensive outreach to educate stakeholders. In Mexico, current distrust in government would require clear and public communication about target selection and the role of Mexican authorities in U.S.-side enforcement. - Finally, a number of possible community impacts exist, and U.S. and Mexican authorities would need to establish mechanisms for collecting data and tracking trends in order to respond to negative externalities.

Details: Los Angeles: UCLA Luskin School of Public Affairs, 2013. 52p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2014 at: http://www.wilsoncenter.org/sites/default/files/reducing_drug_violence_mexico.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: Mexico

URL: http://www.wilsoncenter.org/sites/default/files/reducing_drug_violence_mexico.pdf

Shelf Number: 129923

Keywords:
Criminal Networks
Drug Markets
Drug Trafficking
Drug-Related Violence (Mexico)
Homicides
Kidnappings
Organized Crime
Targeted Law Enforcement
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violence Reduction
Violent Crime

Author: Briggs, Rachel

Title: Review of Programs to Counter Narratives of Violent Extremism: What Works and What are the Implications for Government?

Summary: It is now recognised that violent extremists have made effective use of the Internet and social media to advance their aims, whether through engagement, propaganda, radicalisation or recruitment. While the quality of their output varies, a growing proportion is professional, well produced, contains compelling messages and is delivered by charismatic individuals. In short, it appeals to the new YouTube generation, which expects high-end products that are well-timed and effective. These extremist groups and networks are also transitioning from their own standalone websites and forums towards social media platforms, such as Facebook, Twitter and YouTube, to take their messages to a much wider audience. Governments are interested in understanding what can be done to counter this content, both illegal and legal, which can incite or glamorise the use of violence. Much of the emphasis to date has been placed on restrictive measures, such as takedowns and filtering. While it is important for governments to enforce the law - and be seen to be doing so - there are severe limitations on the effectiveness of this response, given the speed with which new data is uploaded and the limited capacity of law enforcement agencies. More recently, there has been growing interest in alternative approaches to the problem. One such potential solution is provided by 'counter-narratives'; attempts to challenge extremist and violent extremist messages, whether directly or indirectly, through a range of online and offline means. Counter-narrative has become a catch-all term for a wide range of activities with different aims and tactics, everything from public diplomacy and strategic communications by government, to targeted campaigns to discredit the ideologies and actions of violent extremists. In order to make sense of the complex range of actions and initiatives described as 'counter-narratives', the report sets out a 'counter-messaging spectrum', which is comprised of three main types of activities: government strategic communications, alternative narratives and counter-narratives. The counter-messaging spectrum is summarised in the table overleaf. This report was commissioned by Public Safety Canada. It aims to review the state of knowledge about efforts to counter narratives of violent extremism and make recommendations for governments, such as the Canadian government, to guide their emerging work in this sensitive area of policy. It is important to stress that counter-narrative work as an area of public policy is in its infancy. While community and civil society groups have been conducting this work for many years, governments are new to the issue and the private sector is feeling its way with extreme caution. This means that there are only a small number of case studies to draw upon. For this reason, as well as the limited scope of the project, the recommendations for government are tentative.

Details: London: Institute for Strategic Dialogue, 2013. 68p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2014 at: http://www.strategicdialogue.org/CounterNarrativesFN2011.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: International

URL: http://www.strategicdialogue.org/CounterNarrativesFN2011.pdf

Shelf Number: 133316

Keywords:
Extremist Groups
Radical Groups
Terrorism
Violence Prevention
Violent Extremism

Author: Sethi, Dinesh

Title: European report on preventing violence and knife crime among young people

Summary: This report highlights interpersonal violence as the third leading cause of death and a leading cause of disability among people aged 10-29 years in the 53 countries of the WHO European Region. This burden is unequally distributed, and 9 of 10 homicide deaths in the Region occur in low- and middle-income countries. Irrespective of country income, interpersonal violence disproportionately affects young people from deprived sections of society and males, who comprise 4 of 5 homicide deaths. Numerous biological, social, cultural, economic and environmental factors interact to increase young people's risk of being involved in violence and knife-related crime. Factors that can protect against violence developing among young people include good social skills, self-esteem, academic achievement, strong bonds with parents, positive peer groups, good attachment to school, community involvement and access to social support. Good evidence indicates that reducing risk factors and enhancing protective factors will reduce violence among young people. The experience accumulated by several countries in the Region and elsewhere shows that social policy and sustained and systematic approaches that address the underlying causes of violence can make countries in the Region much safer. These make compelling arguments for advocating for increased investment in prevention and for mainstreaming objectives for preventing violence among young people into other areas of health and social policy.

Details: Copenhagen: WHO Regional Office for Europe, 2010. 117p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2014 at: http://www.euro.who.int/__data/assets/pdf_file/0012/121314/E94277.pdf

Year: 2010

Country: Europe

URL: http://www.euro.who.int/__data/assets/pdf_file/0012/121314/E94277.pdf

Shelf Number: 121192

Keywords:
Homicides
Interpersonal Violence
Juvenile Offenders
Knife Crime (Europe)
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime
Youth Violence

Author: Fellmeth, Gracia LT

Title: Educational and skills-based interventions for preventing relationship and dating violence in adolescents and young adults (Review)

Summary: Relationship and dating violence is a significant problem among adolescents and young adults. Relationship violence includes a range of violent behaviours, from verbal abuse to physical and sexual assault, and from threats to rape and murder. Currently there are many programmes in schools and universities and within community settings that aim to prevent relationship violence. It is important to establish whether these programmes work and whether they result in long-term reductions in relationship violence. This review looked at the results of 38 studies. The results showed no convincing evidence that the programmes decreased relationship violence, or that they improved participants' attitudes, behaviours and skills related to relationship violence. The results showed that participants' knowledge about relationships improved slightly following the programmes. These results should be interpreted with caution, as individual studies differed in the types of participants and interventions that they used and the ways in which changes were measured. None of the studies looked at the effect of the programmes on physical and mental health. Further studies, which follow participants for a longer period of time and which look at the relationship between attitudes, knowledge, behaviour, skills and the number of times relationship violence occurs, are required to improve our understanding of how well these programmes work.

Details: Cochrane Collaboration, 2013. 83p.

Source: Internet Resource: The Cochrane Database of Systematic Review2013, Issue 6: Accessed September 24, 2014 at: http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/14651858.CD004534.pub3/pdf/standard

Year: 2013

Country: International

URL: http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/14651858.CD004534.pub3/pdf/standard

Shelf Number: 133404

Keywords:
Dating Violence
Educational Program
Evidence Based Practices
Interpersonal Violence
Interventions
School-Based Programs
Violence Prevention

Author: Krafchik, Max

Title: Evaluation of Young and Safe Project: London Borough of Lambeth

Summary: Programme outline 1.4 The Young and Safe programme grew out of Lambeth's determination to reduce the level of serious youth violence in the borough. The programme was established in 2009, with its role and approach evolving since then as understanding of the issues and potential responses has developed. 1.5 The programme's action plan for 2010-2013, Help if you want It, consequences if you don't, sets out the approach currently adopted. As well as emphasising the message conveyed by the title, the plan has as its core strands: a focus on young people involved in gangs and violent offending along with a first point of contact role in prevention and early intervention; targeted use of Young and Safe resources, avoiding duplication with other agencies; and a recognition of the vulnerability of their target group. 1.6 The programme works with young people aged 8-19 who are at significant risk of involvement or are involved with criminal activity, gangs and violence. The various interventions it supports are intended to help individuals avoid future involvement or to withdraw if they are already engaged. 1.7 The programme has become increasingly sophisticated in identifying which young people it should prioritise for support and the role that the programme should take in working with them. The programme has devised a risk and vulnerability framework, reflecting its experience of work with young people, and directs its support to those at high or medium risk against these criteria. 1.8 The programme has also spelt out how its role fits in alongside other agencies, especially the Youth Offending Service, children's social care and anti-social behaviour teams. In summary, this is based on the following approach: i) Young and Safe takes responsibility for the assessment, supervision and provision of services to young people who have entered the criminal justice system but do not have a current community supervision order ii) Young and Safe provide access to its services for other young people who have entered the criminal justice system and are under the supervision of the Youth Offending Service, as well as to young people who are the responsibility of children's social care either as child looked after, child in need or having a child protection plan iii) Young and Safe also provides access to its services for young people who are identified as at significant risk of entering the youth justice system and are at medium / high risk on the vulnerability criteria. Inspira Consulting was commissioned by Lambeth's Young and Safe programme in August 2010 to undertake an external evaluation of the programme. This report provides an overview of the work that has been commissioned by Young and Safe, presents feedback from young people and project staff, and reports on interviews with professionals in key agencies who work alongside Young and Safe and refer young people to them.

Details: Dudley, UK: Inspira Consulting, 2011. 50p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 2, 2014 at: http://moderngov.lambeth.gov.uk/mgConvert2PDF.aspx?ID=31339

Year: 2011

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://moderngov.lambeth.gov.uk/mgConvert2PDF.aspx?ID=31339

Shelf Number: 133547

Keywords:
Delinquency Prevention
Interventions
Juvenile Offenders (U.K.)
Serious Juvenile Offenders
Violence Prevention
Youth Gangs
Youth Violence

Author: Rabey, Sarah

Title: Outcome Evaluation of the Moderate Intensity Family Violence Prevention Program (MIFVPP)

Summary: Diversion of abuse is essential in the protection of domestic abuse and assault victims. The Moderate Intensity Family Violence Prevention Program (MIFVPP) is a prison based intervention aimed at reducing subsequent violent behavior of inmates. The purpose of this evaluation is to examine the extent to which participation in MIFVPP is associated with lower rates of subsequent violent assault convictions. The data consists of offenders who exited prison or work release supervision by way of parole or sentence expiration from January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2011. Offenders who successfully completed MIFVPP and closed supervision were included in the program participant group while offenders with a prior domestic abuse conviction who closed supervision during the timeframe and did not receive MIFVPP, were included in the comparison group. Eligibility for program participation is determined by court order and/or correctional staff discretion based on prior convictions, disclosure of domestic abuse behavior, and offender attitudes reflecting a desire to reduce abusive behavior. Staff discretion influences program placement and explains why not all inmates with domestic abuse convictions receive MIFVPP. Offenders were grouped in cohorts by the year in which they completed supervision. The data set drawn from the Justice Data Warehouse (JDW) consisted of 871 inmates, including 532 program participants and 339 non‐program participants. Recidivism was tracked from January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2012 and defined as any new violent assault conviction (simple misdemeanor or greater) following an offender's supervision status end date. Recidivism was tracked one, two, and three years following prison exit. The summary of findings is below.  MIFVPP participants released on 2009 and 2011 had lower one‐year recidivism rates than the comparison group. o Recidivism rates for the 2011 MIFVPP participants were significantly lower than the comparison group (4.7% vs. 11.6%). o Recidivism rates for the 2009 MIFVPP participants were slightly lower than the comparison group but failed to reach statistical significance (2.3% vs. 3.7%).  The 2009 MIFVPP participants had significantly higher recidivism rates than the comparison group at two‐year recidivism (34.3% vs. 17.2%) and three‐year recidivism (43.4% vs. 22.4%).  The length of time between intervention completion and supervision closure did not influence recidivism for MIFVPP participants.  MIFVPP participants who were African American had significantly higher two‐year recidivism rates than the African American comparison group (26.2% vs. 13.2%). However, MIFVPP participants who were Caucasian and African American had similar rates of recidivism.  MIFVPP participants with the lowest two‐year rates of recidivism were between the ages of 30‐39 (25.0%) and over 50 (10.5%).

Details: Des Moines, IA: Iowa Department of Human Rights, Division of Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning, Statistical Analysis Center, 2013. 7p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 6, 2014 at: http://www.humanrights.iowa.gov/cjjp/images/pdf/MIFVPP_Report_2013.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: United States

URL: http://www.humanrights.iowa.gov/cjjp/images/pdf/MIFVPP_Report_2013.pdf

Shelf Number: 133589

Keywords:
Domestic Violence
Family Violence (Iowa)
Intimate Partner Violence
Recidivism
Violence Prevention

Author: American Psychological Association

Title: Gun Violence: Prediction, Prevention, and Policy

Summary: This report summarizes the psychological research that has helped develop evidence-based programs that can prevent violence through both primary and secondary interventions. Primary prevention programs can reduce risk factors for violence in the general population. Secondary prevention programs can help individuals who are experiencing emotional difficulties or interpersonal conflicts before they escalate into violence.

Details: Washington, DC: APA, 2014. 52p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2014 at: http://www.apa.org/pubs/info/reports/gun-violence-report.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: United States

URL: http://www.apa.org/pubs/info/reports/gun-violence-report.pdf

Shelf Number: 134223

Keywords:
Gun Violence
Gun-Related Violence (U.S.)
Homicides
Violence Prevention

Author: Donais, Timothy

Title: Vertically Integrated Peace Building and Community Violence Reduction in Haiti

Summary: Gang-driven violence in the urban slums of Haiti's capital, Port-au-Prince, has been a preoccupation of international peace-building efforts for the past decade, yet continues to pose a serious threat to peace and stability in the country. These communities have, in recent years, been the site of an ongoing series of experiments, involving a range of different actors, aimed at reclaiming them from armed gangs; however, the isolated and fragmented nature of these interventions has reduced their cumulative impact. This paper makes a case for greater coherence and coordination between bottom-up community violence reduction efforts and top-down police reform, based on a broader argument around the importance of "vertically integrated peace building." Based on field interviews with community leaders as well as officials from both the UN and the Haitian government, this paper suggests that, in the public security realm as elsewhere, the careful integration of top-down and bottom-up efforts represents an important avenue for strengthening state-society relations, increasingly recognized as a crucial component of any sustainable peace-building process.

Details: Waterloo, ON, Canada: Centre for International Governance Innovation, 2014. 22p.

Source: Internet Resource: CIGI Papers No. 25: Accessed October 15, 2014 at: http://www.cigionline.org/sites/default/files/no25_0.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: Haiti

URL: http://www.cigionline.org/sites/default/files/no25_0.pdf

Shelf Number: 133667

Keywords:
Gang Violence
Gangs (Haiti)
Urban Crime
Violence Prevention

Author: New South Wales. Parliament. Legislative Assembly. Committee on Law and Safety

Title: Measures to reduce alcohol and and drug-related violence: Preliminary inquiry

Summary: The committee will inquire into, and report on, the effectiveness of recent measures to reduce alcohol and drug related violence in the Sydney Central Business District (CBD), with particular reference to: � Trends in alcohol and drug related violence in licensed venues and general street areas � The impact of measures to reduce violence on Police, the Courts, hospitals, and the liquor industry � Possible further measures to reduce alcohol and drug-related violence � The effectiveness of measures taken to reduce alcohol and drug related violence in other jurisdictions, and � Any other related matter. This report presents the findings of the inquiry.

Details: Sydney: NSW Parliament, 2014. 100p.

Source: Internet Resource: Report 4/55: Accessed December 8, 2014 at: https://www.parliament.nsw.gov.au/Prod/parlment/committee.nsf/0/7a337e047dd84b50ca257d96000bb5ac/$FILE/Measures%20to%20Reduce%20Alcohol%20and%20Drug-related%20Violence.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: Australia

URL: https://www.parliament.nsw.gov.au/Prod/parlment/committee.nsf/0/7a337e047dd84b50ca257d96000bb5ac/$FILE/Measures%20to%20Reduce%20Alcohol%20and%20Drug-related%20Violence.pdf

Shelf Number: 134272

Keywords:
Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder
Drug-Related Violence (Australia)
Violence Prevention

Author: Berk-Seligson, Susan

Title: Impact Evaluation of USAID's Community-Based Crime and Violence Prevention Approach in Central America: Regional Report for El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras and Panama

Summary: The countries of Central America - especially "the Northern Triangle" of Guatemala, El Salvador, and Honduras - are among the most criminally violent nations in the world. As part of the U.S. Government's (USG) Central America Regional Security Initiative (CARSI), the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID) has designed and implemented a set of programs to improve citizen security in Central America by strengthening community capacity to combat crime and by creating educational and employment opportunities for at-risk youth. USAID's crime prevention work has been implemented through its field Missions in five countries: El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua, and Panama. USAID/Washington, via its Cooperative Agreement with the Latin American Public Opinion Project (LAPOP) at Vanderbilt University, asked LAPOP to design and carry out an impact evaluation of the crime prevention interventions under CARSI in Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, and Panama. This evaluation is part of a broader effort to determine the effectiveness of community-based crime prevention, in contrast to the traditionally more common law enforcement, or mano dura ("iron fist"), approach to addressing the widespread crime and violence permeating Central America. The crime prevention approach attempts to address the root causes of crime, rather than deal with crime after it has become endemic. This multi-method, multi-country, multi-year evaluation was designed to contribute to an understanding of the effectiveness of USAID's community-based crime and violence prevention approach. This package of interventions - that is, the "treatment" in this impact evaluation - includes activities such as planning by municipal-level committees; crime observatories and data collection; crime prevention through environmental design (such as improved street lighting, graffiti removal, cleaned up public spaces); programs for at-risk youth (such as outreach centers, workforce development, mentorships); and community policing. USAID's community-based crime prevention projects are inherently cross-sectoral. That is, they integrate education and workforce development, economic growth and employment, public health, and governance interventions. This scientifically rigorous impact evaluation is based on recommendations found in the comprehensive study by the National Academy of Sciences (National Research Council 2008). It presents a summary of the main findings for the region as a whole. For each of the four focus countries, a more extensive, detailed country-level report has been prepared and is available online at http://www.vanderbilt.edu/lapop/ carsi-study.php.

Details: Nashville, TN: The Latin American Public Opinion Project (LAPOP), Vanderbilt University, 2014. 66p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2014 at: http://www.vanderbilt.edu/lapop/carsi/Regional_Report_v12c_final_W_111914.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: Central America

URL: http://www.vanderbilt.edu/lapop/carsi/Regional_Report_v12c_final_W_111914.pdf

Shelf Number: 134288

Keywords:
Community-Based Programs
Crime Prevention Programs
Interventions
Situational Crime Prevention
Violence (Central America)
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: World Health Organization

Title: Global Status Report on Violence Prevention 2014

Summary: Despite indications that homicide rates decreased by 16% globally between 2000 and 2012, violence remains widespread. Released today, the "Global status report on violence prevention 2014" reveals that 475 000 people were murdered in 2012. Homicide is the third leading cause of death globally for males aged 15-44 years. These facts highlight the importance of creating more decisive action to prevent violence. Jointly published today by WHO, the United Nations Development Programme, and the United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime, the report indicates that: only one third of the 133 countries surveyed are implementing large-scale initiatives to prevent violence, such as bullying prevention programmes, visits by nurses to families at risk, and support to those who care for older people; just over half the countries are fully enforcing a set of 12 laws generally acknowledged to prevent violence, although 80% of countries have enacted them; only half of all countries have services in place to protect and support victims of violence The "Global status report on violence prevention 2014" is the first report of its kind to assess national efforts to address interpersonal violence, namely child maltreatment, youth violence, intimate partner and sexual violence, and elder abuse. Individual country profiles reflect the extent to which key violence prevention programmes and laws and selected services for victims of violence are being implemented.

Details: Geneva, SWIT: WHO, 2014. 292p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 10, 2014 at: http://www.who.int/violence_injury_prevention/violence/status_report/2014/en/

Year: 2014

Country: International

URL: http://www.who.int/violence_injury_prevention/violence/status_report/2014/en/

Shelf Number: 134305

Keywords:
Child Abuse and Neglect
Child Maltreatment
Elder Abuse
Homicides
Interpersonal Violence
Sexual Violence
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime
Youth Violence

Author: Bakrania, Shivit

Title: Policy responses to criminal violence in Latin America and the Caribbean

Summary: Mediation efforts between the 'maras' in El Salvador have led to a significant reduction in homicide rates. What other policy responses to gang and criminal violence, including but not limited to formal and informal mediation efforts, exist in Latin America and the Caribbean? What lessons can the donor community learn from them? Combatting the threat posed by transnational and domestic criminal organisations has become a critical concern of governments throughout Latin America and the Caribbean. Ideas of how to reduce crime and organised violence in this region vary between those who advocate for state-security led approaches and those who argue for approaches that tackle the causes of crime and the factors that incentivise people to engage in risky behaviour (Basombrio & Dammert, 2013). Policy responses in Latin America and the Caribbean have been implemented at a range of levels, from local to regional, and have involved a range of different actors. The following lessons and recommendations were identified from the literature reviewed: - Several authors argue that state-security led approaches such as the mano dura (strong handed) approach in the northern triangle have been ineffective at reducing organised crime -Several authors recommend more comprehensive and preventative approaches -Several authors emphasise the importance of targeting preventative programmes -Initiatives should involve a broad range of stakeholders: The World Bank (2011) suggests an inclusive coalition of agencies and individuals across governments as well as civil society -Policies and programmes should be based upon facts and evidence: Basombrio & Dammert (2013) argue that policymakers in Latin America should examine lessons learned from previous successes and failures and take an evidence-based approach in order to implement effective, efficient, and just public policies in their countries. -Several authors suggest that criminal justice reform is needed in order to tackle organised violence effectively -The impacts of gang truces in Latin America and the Caribbean are as yet inconclusive A regional approach is needed: The World Bank (2011) argues that issues relating to organised crime, particularly in the areas of drug trafficking and firearms, transcend boundaries in Latin America and require a coordinated response.

Details: GSDRC Research Helpdesk, 2013. 14p.

Source: Internet Resource: Helpdesk Research Report: Accessed March 3, 2015 at: http://www.gsdrc.org/docs/open/HDQ934.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: Latin America

URL: http://www.gsdrc.org/docs/open/HDQ934.pdf

Shelf Number: 134733

Keywords:
Criminal Gangs
Drug Related Violence
Organized Crime (Latin America)
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Womankind Worldwide

Title: Prevention is Possible: The role of women's rights organisations in ending violence against women and girls in Ethiopia, Ghana and Zambia

Summary: This synthesis report draws together key findings and learning from three linked research studies commissioned by Womankind Worldwide (Womankind) to examine the contribution of community and rights-based approaches to the prevention of violence against women and girls (VAWG). The research studies examine three different programmes implemented by partner women's rights organisations (WROs): The Women's Empowerment and Reduction of Harmful Practices programme implemented by Siiqqee Women's Development Association in Ethiopia, The Nkyinkyim (COMBAT) project implemented by Window of Hope Foundation (with the Gender Studies and Human Rights Documentation Centre) in Ghana, and the Popular Education and Community-led Mobilisation approach implemented by Women for Change in Zambia. The report firstly outlines the research methodology and then situates the different programme approaches in the wider evidence on different community-level and rights-based approaches to VAWG prevention and the role of WROs. It then outlines the specific country and community contexts in which each of the three programmes operates. Based on participatory research with key stakeholders, programme participants and other community members in two target communities in each country, the report analyses the factors and processes that impede or enable change at a community level and assesses the contribution of the three programmes to the prevention of VAWG. It also reflects on the factors that contributed to successful outcomes as well as the challenges faced by WROs in implementing the programmes. The final section of the report presents conclusions and a number of recommendations for donor agencies, national governments and international NGOs and civil society organisations.

Details: London: Womankind Worldwide, 2014. 83p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 11, 2015 at: http://www.womankind.org.uk/policy-and-resources/resources/reports/

Year: 2014

Country: Africa

URL: http://www.womankind.org.uk/policy-and-resources/resources/reports/

Shelf Number: 134901

Keywords:
Family Violence
Intimate Partner Violence
Violence Against Women (Africa)
Violence Prevention

Author: Philadelphia. Mayor's Office

Title: Philadelphia's Strategic Plan to Prevention Youth Violence

Summary: Since Mayor Michael Nutter took office in 2008, Philadelphia has reduced violent crime by 15% and property crimes by 9%. This modest success does not change the fact that a shocking number of the city's children, particularly African-American children, are growing up in one of the most violent cities in the United States. That is, if they manage to grow up. The goal of the newly-created Philadelphia Youth Violence Prevention Collaborative (YVPC) is nothing less than a reversal of the current situation for far too many of Philadelphia's youth. This Youth Violence Prevention Plan creates the blueprint for the initial strategy to mobilize the collective resources of our community-- including business, academic, non-profit, philanthropic, religious and government-- to turn one of the nation's most violent cities into one of its safest. This goal requires that Philadelphia government: 1) embeds youth violence prevention and reduction in the work and priority of every relevant city agency through accountability metrics; 2) ensures that youth and high impact communities are engaged in the work; and 3) takes a long-term approach. The Collaborative was created when the U.S. Department of Justice's Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) selected Philadelphia to be among the ten cities participating in the National Forum on Youth Violence Prevention. The Forum is a network of communities and federal agencies that work together, share information and build local capacity to prevent and reduce youth violence. The Forum brings together people from diverse professions and perspectives to learn from each other about the crisis of youth and gang violence and to build comprehensive solutions at the local and national levels. Over 30 leaders from government, academia and other stakeholder groups in Philadelphia are part of the Collaborative, which is co-chaired by Anne Marie Ambrose, Commissioner of the Philadelphia Department of Human Services, Kevin Dougherty, Administrative Judge of the Family Court of Philadelphia, and Charles Ramsey, Philadelphia Police Commissioner. The Collaborative members represent the city's leadership across a wide cross-section of disciplines in recognition that many factors contribute to and can alleviate youth violence.

Details: Philadelphia: Mayor's Office, 2013. 55p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2015 at: http://www.phila.gov/Newsletters/Youth_Violence_Strategic_Plan_%20FINAL%20September%202013.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: United States

URL: http://www.phila.gov/Newsletters/Youth_Violence_Strategic_Plan_%20FINAL%20September%202013.pdf

Shelf Number: 134940

Keywords:
Delinquency Prevention Programs
Juvenile Offenders
Partnerships
Violence Prevention
Violent Offenders
Youth Violence (Philadelphia)

Author: Moore, Kristin A.

Title: Preventing Violence: A Review of Research, Evaluation, Gaps, and Opportunities

Summary: Rates of violence have declined substantially in the United States across all types of violence. Nevertheless, rates of violence and the numbers of children and youth affected by violence remain high compared with other countries. Moreover, data indicate great variation across states and communities. The fact that there is so much variation across states and countries suggests that there is substantial opportunity to reduce high rates of violence. Violence comes, of course, in many forms. In this report, we use the following definition of violence: "The intentional use of physical force or power, threatened or actual, against oneself, another person, or against a group or community that either results in or has a high likelihood of resulting in injury, death, psychological harm, maldevelopment, or deprivation." While Child Trends takes the lens of the child in this review, violence is often intergenerational; hence adults are frequently critical actors. Our purview includes varied forms of violence, including child maltreatment, crime/delinquency, gang violence, intimate partner violence, suicide, self-harm, and general physical aggression. Our review identifies a number of critical themes. - Violence appears in many forms, but there are common determinants across types of violence; these are the risk and protective factors that are found across types of violence. A child or family that experiences multiple risk factors and few protective factors faces a particularly high risk of experiencing violence, either as a victim, as a perpetrator, or both. - While the U.S. has high rates of violence compared with other countries, many programs and approaches have been identified that could reduce violence, if scaled up with quality. - Prevention of violence is preferable to treatment, but emerging evidence from neuroscientists indicates significant plasticity of the human brain, including individuals experiencing trauma, supporting the perspective that treatment can make a difference. - Social and economic disparities are strongly correlated with violence and are malleable; however, we have not focused on these because other interventions seem more realistic. - Interventions are available at the level of individuals, the family, schools, and communities. - For individuals, problems with self-regulation, sleep, hostile attributions about other people's intentions, and abuse of substances are risk factors. While mental health problems are not generally a cause of violence, the combination of substance use and mental health issues does elevate the risk of violence. Individuals with mental health issues and disabilities are more likely to be victims of violence. - Family factors represent an important determinant of violence. Potential interventions include the prevention of unintended pregnancy, programs to prevent and treat intimate partner violence, and parenting education. - Schools are another important locus for intervention, and efforts to improve school climate include a focus on improving engagement, safety, and environment by developing social and emotional skills, reduction of bullying and other physical and emotional safety issues, and creating consistent and fair disciplinary policies. - High levels of violence across the U.S. compared with other countries suggest that there are beliefs, values, and policies underlying our national culture that, if better understood and thoughtfully discussed, could reduce violence. - Many of the interventions that might be pursued to reduce violence are useful in their own right (e.g., reducing substance abuse); the fact that these interventions can also reduce violence should give them added importance and urgency.

Details: Bethesda, MD: Child Trends, 2015. 152p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2015 at: http://www.childtrends.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/03/2015-15FuturesWithoutViolence1.pdf

Year: 2015

Country: United States

URL: http://www.childtrends.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/03/2015-15FuturesWithoutViolence1.pdf

Shelf Number: 135146

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Interventions
Violence (U.S.)
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Victoria. Auditor-General

Title: Occupational Violence Against Healthcare Workers

Summary: Healthcare workers, including doctors, nurses and paramedics, provide a critical role in caring for the community. The community has come to expect that healthcare workers will provide care as and when needed. Occupational violence has been recognised as a significant issue for healthcare workers both in Australia and internationally. Healthcare workers face particular risks because they are at the frontline when it comes to dealing with people in stressful, unpredictable and potentially volatile situations. For example, some of the day-to-day challenges that healthcare workers may experience include dealing with patients whose clinical condition may lead to unintentional violent behaviour, concerned family members who may become agitated in response to a loved one's situation, and individuals whose drug or alcohol-fuelled aggression threatens the safety of paramedics and health professionals. It is important that healthcare workers are protected from the risks and incidence of occupational violence both for their own health and safety and to protect the continuity and quality of healthcare services provided to the community. In its 2011 policy, Preventing occupational violence: A policy framework including principles for managing weapons in Victorian health services, the Department of Health & Human Services (DHHS) defines occupational violence as 'Any incident where an employee is abused, threatened or assaulted in circumstances arising out of, or in the course of, their employment'. In this audit, we examined whether local and statewide systems are sufficiently and appropriately protecting healthcare workers from the risks and incidence of occupational violence. We focused on: - DHHS' role as manager of the Victorian health system - WorkSafe's role as the occupational health and safety regulator in supporting employers to reduce and control occupational violence risks through its education and enforcement activities - Ambulance Victoria (AV) and selected health services-with a particular focus on three hospitals-in their role as employers responsible for identifying, responding to and preventing or mitigating the risk of occupational violence to protect their workers.

Details: Melbourne: Victorian Auditor-General, 2015. 72p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2015 at: http://www.audit.vic.gov.au/publications/20150506-Occ-Violence/20150506-Occ-Violence.pdf

Year: 2015

Country: Australia

URL: http://www.audit.vic.gov.au/publications/20150506-Occ-Violence/20150506-Occ-Violence.pdf

Shelf Number: 135635

Keywords:
Healthcare Workers
Occupational Violence
Violence Prevention
Workplace Violence

Author: Meima, Yolanda

Title: An evaluation of a New Zealand safe@home service: Using a crime prevention approach to enhance the safety and overall well-being for high risk victims of domestic violence

Summary: Numerous women have left their homes in their attempt to stop the violence used against them by their partner and potentially saving their lives. Mothers often move into a safe place, taking their offspring with them. Despite the leavers being the victims or the ones who are wrongly harmed, leaving their homes often goes unchallenged and indeed, encouraged by others. Safe at home models work on the premise that victims of domestic violence should have the right to choose whether they want to remain in their homes, be able to do this safely and have the support of community and government organisations. Such models are informed by Routine Activity Theory (RAT), a crime prevention approach, vary in design and have been implemented and operating over recent decades in the United Kingdom (UK) and Australia. The safe@home service evaluated in this research is unique to New Zealand and has been provided since late 2008 by Safer Homes in New Zealand Everyday (Shine), a non-government agency that works to reduce domestic abuse. The study has two parts that include qualitative data and quantitative analysis. This project involved a review of over 100 pre and post-service questionnaires that clients of Shine's safe@home service completed prior to the service and within 1 - 3 months following the service, and interviews with 10 of these clients at least 12 months after the service. Sixty four clients' self-assessed pre and post-service questionnaires were fully completed and analysed, showing that 97% of these clients had substantial reductions in their level of fear; with equivalent improvements in their quality of life and whom reported major changes in many aspects of their lives. The data was then ranked and grouped according to those least and most satisfied with the service. Five clients from each group were the research participants and interviewed. Thematic analysis was used to identify, analyse and report on patterns or themes within the data collected from these in-depth semi-structured interviews. The interview data found that contrary to concerns in the literature regarding the safety for women who remain in their homes, the women and children in this study were able to continue to live free from violence in their homes. The interviews included the participants rating of their and their children's level of fear of their ex-partner experienced prior to the service and currently. Again there were huge reductions from pre-service levels, with the reduction continuing over the period from post-service levels right up to the time of the interview. Despite some on-going abuse by their former partners, previously successful attempts to break into their homes now proved fruitless. Other topics covered in this research study include their current quality of life and well-being, relationships with others, study and work, social activities and their future aspirations. A discussion about the role of counselling for the participants and their children is provided along with the influence of discourses as identified by the participants. Recommendations on how the Shine's safe@home service can be improved is based on the suggestions made by the participants and the research findings.

Details: Auckland: UNITEC New Zealand, 2014. 142p.

Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 23, 2015 at: http://unitec.researchbank.ac.nz/bitstream/handle/10652/2476/Yolandas%20Meima.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y

Year: 2014

Country: New Zealand

URL: http://unitec.researchbank.ac.nz/bitstream/handle/10652/2476/Yolandas%20Meima.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y

Shelf Number: 135758

Keywords:
Domestic Violence
Family Violence
Intimate Partner Violence
Victim Services
Violence Against Women
Violence Prevention

Author: Hann, Cheryl

Title: Creating Change: Mobilising New Zealand Communities to Prevent Family Violence

Summary: Key Messages - Community mobilisation is a complex and long-term approach but has the potential to transform communities. - Principles of community mobilisation include: a social change perspective; whole community engagement; collaboration; being community-led; and, a vision for - better world. - Community mobilisation approaches make theoretical and practical sense. As a recent approach, the necessary components of community mobilisation are still emerging, and projects are learning as they go. - Supporting this work to develop requires thinking in new ways from all involved, from funders and policy makers to NGO leaders, practitioners and community members. - It also requires some different and sustained investment in coordination roles, workforce development, and new leadership skills. - Internationally, there are a few examples which show promise in terms of effectiveness, and there are also promising NZ initiatives. However most have not been evaluated. There must be investment in research and evaluation to learn more about what works to create change. - Findings from international projects indicate that CM efforts can result in substantial reductions in violence in relatively short periods of time, e.g. 2-3 years.

Details: Auckland, New Zealand: New Zealand Family Violence Clearinghouse, University of Auckland, 2015. 32p.

Source: Internet Resource: Issues Paper 8: Accessed May 26, 2015 at: https://nzfvc.org.nz/sites/nzfvc.org.nz/files/issues-paper-8-creating-change-2015.pdf

Year: 2015

Country: New Zealand

URL:

Shelf Number: 135784

Keywords:
Community Participation
Family Violence
Intimate Partner Violence
Violence Prevention

Author: Engel, Robin S.

Title: Evaluation of the Cincinnati Initiative to Reduce Violence (CIRV)

Summary: From 1991 to 2000, Cincinnati averaged 41.3 homicides per year, a relatively low per capita rate compared to other large Ohio and regional cities. From 2001 to 2006, however, the city averaged 73.3 homicides per year, representing a 300% increase in homicides and culminating in a modern-day high of 89 homicides in 2006 (Engel et al., 2008). Through systematic research with front-line law enforcement officers, a vivid picture of a hyperactive offender population in Cincinnati was revealed: Approximately 0.3% of the city's population, with prior records averaging 35 charges apiece, were members of violent groups in 2007. Further analyses revealed that these violent groups were associated with three-quarters of the city's homicides during a one year period (Engel et al., 2009). Historically, there have been very few highly organized, intergenerational gangs with national affiliations in Cincinnati. Rather, the violent crime problem in Cincinnati is associated with loosely-knit social networks of individuals that hang together on the street and promote violence as a means of handling conflict (Engel et al., 2008; Engel and Dunham, 2009). These are the type of episodic groups and gangs that are typical in most mid-sized urban centers, and are quickly spreading to suburban and rural areas (Howell, 2007). This report provides a brief overview of the Cincinnati Initiative to Reduce Violence (CIRV), and an empirical evaluation of its impact on group/gang-related violence in Cincinnati. This evaluation provides an overall assessment, and relies on quantitative data provided by the Cincinnati Police Department (CPD), Community Police Partnering Center (CPPC), Cincinnati Human Relations Commission (CHRC), Talbert House, and Cincinnati Works. The research presented in this report provides an initial evaluation of the initiative as a whole. Previous reports (Engel et al. 2008, 2009) more thoroughly document the detailed processes of the initiative, while future reports will examine the individual contributions of various strategies in more depth. The initial findings documented within this report demonstrate a statistically significant 35% reduction in group/gang-related homicides, and a 21.3% decline in fatal and non-fatal shootings in Cincinnati that corresponds directly with the implementation of CIRV.

Details: Cincinnati: University of Cincinnati, Policing Institute, 2010. 41p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2015 at: http://nnscommunities.org/old-site-files/CIRV__Evaluation_Report_2010_FINAL.pdf

Year: 2010

Country: United States

URL: http://nnscommunities.org/old-site-files/CIRV__Evaluation_Report_2010_FINAL.pdf

Shelf Number: 135854

Keywords:
Focused Deterrence (Cincinnati)
Gangs
Gun Violence
Homicide
Violence Prevention

Author: Australia. Office of the Status of Women

Title: Community awareness and education to prevent, reduce and respond to domestic violence : phase 1 meta-evaluation report

Summary: A meta evaluation has been conducted of the first phase of the $50 million Partnerships Against Domestic Violence Initiative (PADV1), which aims to find better ways of working to prevent, reduce and respond to domestic violence. This volume of the meta evaluation discusses the potential of community education and awareness raising to prevent domestic violence as well as issues in designing, implementing and evaluating such campaigns, and then presents findings from the meta evaluation of PADV projects which primarily focused on community education activities. These ranged from broad statewide campaigns to more targeted projects, such as the development of a kit for educating general practitioners about domestic violence. They also included a number of projects which explored approaches to awareness raising and education with Indigenous communities and people from culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds. The evaluation finds, overall, that PADV community education projects have been effective in developing a range of strategies for educating the general community and specific communities about domestic violence, and have demonstrated that domestic violence prevention community education should continue using both community wide and community based programs. The report also identifies elements of good practice in this area, as well as priorities for future action.

Details: Canberra: Office of the Status of Women, 2003. 68p.

Source: Available from the Don M. Gottfredson Library.

Year: 2003

Country: Australia

URL:

Shelf Number: 135893

Keywords:
Domestic Violence
Family Violence
Intimate Partner Violence
Violence Prevention

Author: Kennedy, David M.

Title: Custom Notifications: Individualized Communication in the Group Violence Intervention

Summary: The National Network for Safe Communities' Group Violence Intervention (GVI) has repeatedly demonstrated that serious violence can be reduced when law enforcement, community members, and social service providers join together to engage directly with violent street groups and clearly communicate (1) a credible, moral message against violence; (2) a credible law enforcement message about the group consequences of further violence; and (3) a genuine offer of help for those who want it. Custom Notifications: Individualized Communication in the Group Violence Intervention provides practical information about "custom notifications," an independent element of GVI that enables quick, tactical, direct communication to particular group members. Custom notifications articulate that group members are valued members of the community, give individualized information about their legal risk, and offer opportunities for help. They effectively interrupt group "beefs," avoid retaliation after incidents, calm outbreaks of violence, and reinforce the GVI message. This publication presents the custom notification process, explains its value within the broader strategy, details its use by several national practitioners, and encourages further development.

Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2014. 56p.

Source: Internet Resource: accessed June 4, 2015 at: http://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p304-pub.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: United States

URL: http://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p304-pub.pdf

Shelf Number: 135904

Keywords:
Communications
Community Participation
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Karahasan, Barbara

Title: Evaluation report of the Aboriginal Family Violence Prevention and Legal Service Victoria's early intervention and prevention program

Summary: Aboriginal Family Violence Prevention and Legal Service (FVPLS) Victoria provides legal services to Aboriginal victims of family violence and sexual assault, advocates for legal and policy reform and conducts a range of activities as part of its Community Legal Education (CLE) program. The CLE program incorporates Early Intervention and Prevention (EIP) activities which have been created by, and for, Aboriginal women. This evaluation study considers outcomes of these EIP activities: Sisters Day Out, Dilly Bag and Dilly Bag: The Journey. The evaluation project aims to provide information to FVPLS Victoria and assist in its assessment of: whether the programs' expected outcomes are being achieved; whether the programs are meeting the needs of Aboriginal victims/survivors of family violence and sexual assault. The evaluation project also aimed to provide a qualitative and quantitative evidence base which will allow FVPLS Victoria to explore further funding options. This report presents the findings of the EIP Program Evaluation Project.

Details: Melbourne: Aboriginal Family Violence Prevention and Legal Service (FVPLS) Victoria, 2014. 32p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2015 at: http://www.fvpls.org/images/files/Evaluation%20report%20EIPP%20Document%20REV%20WEB.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: Australia

URL: http://www.fvpls.org/images/files/Evaluation%20report%20EIPP%20Document%20REV%20WEB.pdf

Shelf Number: 135908

Keywords:
Aboriginals
Family Violence
Indigenous Peoples
Intimate Partner Violence
Sexual Violence
Violence Prevention

Author: Jensen, Elise

Title: Through the NOVA Door: A Process Evaluation of Shelby County's Defending Childhood Initiative

Summary: As part of the U.S. Attorney General's Defending Childhood Demonstration Program, eight sites around the country were funded by the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention and the Office of Violence Against Women to use a collaborative process to develop and implement programming to address children's exposure to violence in their communities. Shelby County, Tennessee was chosen as one of these sites, and, since 2010, has received over $3 million in federal funding for this initiative. Led by the Shelby County Office of Early Childhood and Youth, the Shelby County Defending Childhood Initiative is known as the Network for Overcoming Violence and Abuse ("NOVA"). The program serves children ages 0-17 who have directly or indirectly been exposed to violence and initially targeted three apartment complexes in the Frayser and Hickory Hill neighborhoods in Memphis. These locations were chosen because of their high concentrations of violent crime and poverty. A major component of the initiative was to place staff in the three target apartment complexes, where staff conducted outreach to children and families in need, and, through case management and advocacy, referred and connected families to necessary services for therapeutic treatment and to organizations that could help them meet other basic needs (e.g., rental assistance). NOVA also created a service delivery model based on a "No Wrong Door" approach where at-risk children or children who have been exposed to violence and their parents in the targeted neighborhoods could receive treatment services as well as support for taking care of their basic needs no matter where their needs are identified. Other components of NOVA's programming included holding two community awareness campaigns. One targeted the professional community-law enforcement, treatment providers, and others who work with children and youth-to let them know about the services available through NOVA. A separate community awareness campaign was created for community members, particularly residents in the targeted apartment complexes and consisted of fairs and community cafes where apartment residents would learn about different topics, such as child abuse prevention and nurturing parenting. In addition, NOVA partnered with the University of Memphis' Department of Social Work to train professionals who work with children on children's exposure to violence. Finally, NOVA contracted with external consultants to create a shared data management system to be used as a trauma surveillance, referral and case management tool by NOVA agencies and others after the Defending Childhood grant ends. NOVA created many opportunities for both children and adults of Shelby County who have been affected by violence, and the collaboration among NOVA's many partner agencies has been one of the initiative's notable successes. However, the strategy of place-based targeted outreach and case management, although successful in helping families in need, may have shifted the focus of the initiative away from addressing children's exposure to violence to a focus on the associated problems of concentrated poverty and housing instability found in the targeted apartment complexes. A place-based approach may be more appropriate for initiatives that address poverty than for ones that have a specific focus on children's exposure to violence. Despite this caution arising from the research on the NOVA program, evidence is insufficient to conclude definitively that a place-based model for addressing exposure to violence could not be strengthened.

Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2015.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 8, 2015 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/Shelby_County.pdf

Year: 2015

Country: United States

URL: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/Shelby_County.pdf

Shelf Number: 135969

Keywords:
At Risk Youth
Children and Violence
Victims of Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Butts, Jeffrey A.

Title: Denormalizing Violence: Evaluation Framework for a Public Health Model of Violence Prevention

Summary: Despite having one of the lowest murder rates among major U.S. cities, gun violence continues to be a serious problem in New York City. In 2011, the New York City Council created the Task Force to Combat Gun Violence. In a December 2012 report, the Task Force recommended the initiation of a multi-agency and multi-disciplinary "crisis management system" to reduce the incidence and severity of gun violence. The system was based on the Cure Violence model of violence reduction. Cure Violence utilizes a public health approach. It considers gun violence to be analogous to a communicable disease that passes from person to person when left untreated. According to the logic of Cure Violence, gun violence is most effectively reduced by changing the behavior of individuals at risk to participate in gun violence and "denormalizing" violence by working to change the community norms that support and perpetuate gun violence. The Research & Evaluation (R&E) Center at John Jay College of Criminal Justice is currently evaluating the effectiveness of the Cure Violence approach to violence reduction. Between April 2013 and February 2014, staff from the R&E Center began the project by visiting Cure Violence sites in New York City and Chicago, the home base for Cure Violence. Researchers observed the operation of the program and assessed the suitability of the model for detailed evaluation. The team reviewed documents and websites about the project, interviewed program staff, and spoke with local officials involved in the design and launch of the initiative in both cities. Researchers also met with staff of the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation, which supports the Cure Violence model and contributed partial funding for this research. The following report addresses the operations of the Cure Violence model and how it differs from other approaches for reducing gun violence. It reviews the evidence underlying these models and proposes an agenda for future evaluation research.

Details: New York: John Jay College of Criminal Justice, Research & Evaluation Center, 2014. 29p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 14, 2015 at: http://johnjayresearch.org/rec/files/2014/03/denormalizing.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: United States

URL: http://johnjayresearch.org/rec/files/2014/03/denormalizing.pdf

Shelf Number: 136030

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Gun-Related Violence
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Marczak, Jason

Title: Security in Central America's Northern Triangle: Violence Reduction and the Role of the Private Sector in El Salvador

Summary: In the Northern Triangle countries of El Salvador, Guatemala, and Honduras, the increase in violence and organized crime highlights the need for new approaches to improve citizen security. In the case of El Salvador, a March 2012 gang truce has halved the daily homicide rate, opening an opportunity to build on existing efforts or to launch new approaches aimed at violence prevention. While public safety is the responsibility of the state, this Americas Society policy brief highlights the role of the private sector in violence prevention. It highlights innovative corporate efforts in violence prevention so that policymakers, businesses leaders, and others concerned about improvements in security can learn from these initiatives and obtain a more nuanced grasp of the possible space that can be filled by the private sector. Security in Central America's Northern Triangle: Violence Reduction and the Role of the Private Sector in El Salvador focuses on the role that multinational corporations can play in forging an integrated approach to crime reduction. This is a little known field in Central America. While the policy brief analyzes reinsertion efforts for former gang members and at-risk youth programs in the Salvadoran context, it also serves as a reference point for Honduras and Guatemala. Drawing examples from a larger sample of violence prevention efforts, the Americas Society policy brief highlights five corporate efforts that are creating safer communities and contributing to business bottom line. The local focus and the direct or indirect cooperation with the public sector are critical to program success. One of the companies, Grupo Calvo, employs 90 rehabilitated former gang members in its El Salvador plant-about 5 percent of its staff-and facilitates employment opportunities with suppliers for an additional 100 former gang members. These workers are some of the strongest and most productive employees at Grupo Calvo as well as at League Collegiate Wear, where 15 percent (40 employees) of its Salvadoran workforce joined the company through its reinsertion program. Additional companies featured in the policy brief include the AES Corporation, Microsoft Corporation, and Rio Grande Foods. Five recommendations are issued: 1.The private and public sectors each bring unique ideas, resources, and skills to violence prevention efforts and must find ways to coordinate these efforts, especially at the local level. 2.Corporate practices to improve security must be continuously catalogued and updated with a central repository and coordinating institution. 3.Private-sector violence prevention programs must be recognized both for their value in improving local communities as well the potential benefits they can bring to corporate bottom lines. 4.Reinsertion efforts and at-risk youth programs analyzed in the Salvadoran context should serve as examples-both the lessons learned and the overall strategies-for other Northern Triangle countries. 5.Regular dialogue between the public and private sectors is critical for identifying medium- to long-term violence prevention programs that will outlast the period in office of one particular official or political party.

Details: New York: Americas Society, 2011. 21p.

Source: Internet Resource: Americas Society Policy Brief: Accessed July 23, 2015 at: http://www.as-coa.org/sites/default/files/Central%20American%20Security%202012.pdf

Year: 2011

Country: Central America

URL: http://www.as-coa.org/sites/default/files/Central%20American%20Security%202012.pdf

Shelf Number: 136141

Keywords:
At-Risk Youth
Drug Trafficking
Gangs
Public Safety
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Roguski, Michael

Title: 'It's not OK' Campaign community evaluation report

Summary: The 'It's not OK' Campaign has resulted in increased awareness of family violence and a number of attitude and behaviour changes at an individual, families/whanau and community level. However,. these changes have occurred incrementally. Within a context of intergenerational family violence and wider cultural antecedents that contribute to family violence there is a need for a long-term family violence Campaign. The evaluation found that the campaign had: - increased awareness and message infiltration; - increased willingness to discuss family violence; - inspired people to intervene; - led to young people changing their behaviour; - led to changes to organisational culture; - developed a sense of community ownership; and, - led to an increase in family violence reports to Police and lower thresholds for people reporting. The critical success factors in common across the seven communities show how the Campaign has supported change. They were identified as: - the national It's not OK media campaign - support and resourcing from the national It's not OK Campaign; - local leadership; - a dedicated local Campaign coordinator; - community awareness of family violent incidents; and, - local champions. The national Campaign and the campaign team were seen as critical in providing expertise, funding and resources to the projects. Local projects could leverage off the national media messages. The national Campaign team's partnership approach in encouraging local ownership and leadership of the Campaign, local messages and the development of local champions was also seen as a factor of success.

Details: Wellington, NZ: Ministry of Social Development, 2015. 31p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 10, 2015 at: http://www.areyouok.org.nz/assets/RUOK-Uploads/f-MDS17572-Evaluation-Doc-1a.pdf

Year: 2015

Country: New Zealand

URL: http://www.areyouok.org.nz/assets/RUOK-Uploads/f-MDS17572-Evaluation-Doc-1a.pdf

Shelf Number: 136374

Keywords:
Child Abuse and Neglect
Community Programs
Family Violence
Violence Prevention

Author: Rubenfeld, Sara

Title: Assessment of the Women's Violence Prevention Program

Summary: Acknowledging a need for programming that would target the needs of repeatedly violent women offenders, the CSC developed WVPP. The goal of WVPP was to help women develop lifestyles that would be incompatible with violence and would therefore reduce their risk to re-offend violently. The current study is an assessment of the pilot phase of the WVPP. Results show that the Women's Violence Prevention Program (WVPP) was successfully implemented and that participants benefited in a number of areas. However, institutional adjustment did not appear to improve after program participation. Release outcomes were also examined; however, low-base rates of reoffending and limited follow-up precluded our ability to draw conclusive findings regarding the impact of WVPP on release outcomes at this time. In fiscal year 2010-2011, the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) began implementing a new continuum of correctional programming for women. Given this new direction in program offerings, WVPP is no longer offered to women as it has been replaced by the High Intensity streams of the Women Offender Correctional Program (WOCP) and Aboriginal Women Offender Correctional Program (AWOCP). However, many of the skills, program material, and framework in the High Intensity Program are based upon and are similar to the WVPP; therefore, results continue to be relevant. Despite the similarities, the High Intensity Program is lengthier and of greater intensity, which may be better suited to the needs of violent women offenders than the WVPP. What we found Results of the pre- and post-program assessment battery and participant feedback reflected positively on the program. These results revealed significant differences in women's scores before and after completing WVPP. Specifically, upon completing the program, there was a decrease in women's expression of anger, hostility, and aggression; an increase in problem-solving and decision-making ability; and a decrease in criminal values and attitudes. Participants' feedback reflected positively on aspects relating to the program content, delivery, and program facilitators. Less favourable results emerged concerning women's involvement in minor and major institutional misconduct before and after programming. There were increases seen in the rate of minor institutional misconducts from six months before the program to six months after completing the program. The less favourable results in this area may be attributed to issues of offenders' responsivity (i.e. motivation) or program intensity (violent behavior may be best targeted through high intensity programs). Similarly, the program did not appear to impact release outcomes, although this could be attributable to the length of follow-up and low overall rates of reoffending rather than program efficacy.

Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2014. 47p.

Source: Internet Resource: Research Report No. R-330: Accessed August 10, 2015 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/005/008/092/005008-0330-eng.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: Canada

URL: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/005/008/092/005008-0330-eng.pdf

Shelf Number: 136380

Keywords:
Correctional Programs
Female Inmates
Female Offenders
Female Prisoners
Prisoner Misconduct
Violence Prevention
Violent Offenders

Author: Fulu, E.

Title: Why Do Some Men Use Violence Against Women and How Can We Prevent It? Quantitative Findings from the United Nations Multi-country Study on Men and Violence in Asia and the Pacific

Summary: How do masculinities relate to men's perceptions and perpetrations of violence against women? What do these gendered norms, identities and practices mean for violence prevention? From 2010 to 2013, over 10,000 men and women across Bangladesh, Cambodia, China, Indonesia, Sri Lanka and Papua New Guinea were interviewed using the UN Multi-country Study on Men and Violence household survey to help answer these questions. The study derives from the Partners for Prevention (P4P) initiative, and focused on intimate partner violence and non-partner rape. The regional analysis found that between 26 and 80 percent of men reported using physical and/or sexual violence against a female partner. The research shows that sexual and gender-based violence is not caused by individual men's beliefs and practices alone, but are situated within wider societal contexts characterised by gender inequalities and power imbalances between men and women, which women also play a role in maintaining. Work to prevent violence against women must reflect this by working at the individual, relationship, community and greater society levels. Recommendations on how the data supports violence prevention initiatives are as follows: - Change social norms related to the acceptability of violence and the subordination of women; - Promote non-violence masculinities oriented towards equality and respect; - Address child abuse and promote healthy families and nurturing, violence-free environments for children; - Work with young boys to address early ages of sexual violence perpetration; - Promote healthy sexuality for men and address male sexual entitlement; - End impunity for men who rape; - Develop interventions that respond to specific patterns of violence in each context.

Details: Bangkok: UNDP, UNFPA, UN Women and UNV, 2013. 121p.

Source: Accessed August 13, 2015 at: http://www.partners4prevention.org/node/515

Year: 2013

Country: Asia

URL:

Shelf Number: 131395

Keywords:
Abusive Men
Child Abuse and Neglect
Family Violence
Gender-Based Violence
Sexual Violence
Violence Against Women
Violence Prevention

Author: Kelly, Maura

Title: Evaluation of the Potential for Adapting the Green Dot Bystander Intervention Program for the Construction Trades in Oregon

Summary: This project was conducted by researchers from the Department of Sociology at Portland State University (PSU) in partnership with the staff of Oregon Tradeswomen Inc (OTI), Green Dot etc Inc (Green Dot), and Portland Community College (PCC). The goal of the project was to evaluate the potential for adapting the Green Dot bystander intervention program for the construction trades in Oregon in order to reduce harassment on construction job sites. The intent of bystander interventions is to encourage people to intervene when they see harassment occurring and, ultimately, to change the social norms so that harassment is viewed as unacceptable (see Box 1 on Green Dot Strategy). The Green Dot program has primarily been used on college campuses but Green Dot has also developed adaptations for community and statewide organizations and for the military. In order to assess the potential for the Green Dot program for the trades in Oregon, staff from PSU, OTI, Green Dot, and PCC worked together to plan and implement focus groups with stakeholders in the construction trades. Ten qualitative focus groups were held to over a two day period in February 2015. There were a total of 42 participants in the focus groups, representing tradespeople, supervisors/ foremen, contractor staff, union staff, apprenticeship program staff, as well as staff of other community organizations. In the focus groups, participants were asked about harassing behaviors they had observed or heard about as well as questions aimed as assessing how the Green Dot strategy might best be implemented in the trades. In this report, we first review the findings from the focus groups. We then discuss the May 2015 report written by Green Dot staff: "Preventing Hazing, Harassment, and Bullying in Oregon's Trades: Findings and Recommendations." We provide our response to the Green Dot report and suggestions for implementation. Finally, we offer a discussion of our main findings and recommendations.

Details: Portland, OR: Department of Sociology, Portland State University, 2015. 24p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2015 at: http://pdxscholar.library.pdx.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1032&context=soc_fac

Year: 2015

Country: United States

URL: http://pdxscholar.library.pdx.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1032&context=soc_fac

Shelf Number: 136741

Keywords:
Bystander Intervention
Sexual Harassment
Violence Prevention

Author: Long, Julia Bridget Vickers

Title: University of Virginia�s Step Up! Program: An Evaluation

Summary: The University of Virginia�s Step Up! program is an educational intervention designed to determine participants� opinions on their role and others� role in risky situations and give them the tools to intervene in such situations. An evaluation of the program compared pre-intervention and post-intervention data from 1,626 students. Results indicated that the Step Up! program was effective in increasing the likelihood of students recognizing risky situations, assuming personal responsibility for the situation, and using effective tools for intervening safely as shown by the increase in the percentage of people who agreed with the five statements when the pre-intervention survey was compared to the post-intervention survey. Additionally, differences in student-athletes and non-student athletes were noted. A lower percentage of student-athletes agreed with the five statements on the pre-intervention survey compared to non-student-athletes. However, on the post-intervention survey, a larger percentage of student-athletes agreed with the five statements compared to the non-student-athletes. Finally, recommendations were made to improve the Step Up! program. These recommendations included implementing a follow-up survey to determine program effects in the long-term, collecting identifiable student data to link pre- and post-intervention scores, and implementing student suggestions to increase participant �buy-in� of the program. More research is needed to determine whether this change in students� opinions has influenced their actions in a long-term capacity.

Details: Norfolk, VA: Step Up Inc., 2012. 30p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2015 at: http://stepupprogram.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/04/UVA_StepUp_Evaluation_Bridget_Long_May3_2012.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: United States

URL: http://stepupprogram.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/04/UVA_StepUp_Evaluation_Bridget_Long_May3_2012.pdf

Shelf Number: 136742

Keywords:
Bystander Intervention
Violence Prevention

Author: Werblow, Jacob

Title: Continuing the Dream: The Effect of Kingian Nonviolence on Youth Affected by Incarceration

Summary: The ThinKING program was presented as a three-week course in Kingian Nonviolence to self-selected high school students enrolled in the City of Hartford's Summer Youth Employment and Learning Program (SYELP). Thirty-two students, nearly half of which were children of incarcerated parents (CIP) and many of whom had an incarcerated family member, enrolled during the summer of 2012. The Connecticut Center for Nonviolence (CTCN) developed the ThinKING curriculum based off the Kingian nonviolence Leaders Manual (LaFayette & Jehnsen, 1995). Youth participating in the program received over 80 hours of instruction, involving Kingian Nonviolence Conflict Reconciliation curriculum (level-I), daily arts enrichment, and weekly structured group therapy conversations about incarceration and violence. Twenty-six students successfully completed the program and received certification in Thinking Level-I Kingian Nonviolence Conflict Reconciliation. Pre-and post-test results strongly indicate that the three-week program significantly increased intentions to use nonviolent strategies for the youth and also increased youth's self-efficacy, including confidence in their ability to stay out of fights. After completing the three-week training, youth were 92% less likely to define violence as only a physical act and 81% more likely to describe violence as something that is both physical and nonphysical (both). When asked, "The last time you were in a serious conflict situation, what was the conflict about? How did you respond?" There was no change in the number of students who responded with physical violence; however, there was a 325% increase in the number of participants reporting that they had deescalated the conflict, and a 75% reduction in the number of participants who said they had escalated the situation. These findings suggest that the ThinKING program is a promising strategy for violence prevention for youth with incarcerated parents or family members.

Details: New Haven, CT: Institute for Municipal and Regional Policy and the Connecticut Center for Nonviolence, 2013. 19p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 18, 2015 at: http://www.ctcip.org/publications/imrp/

Year: 2013

Country: United States

URL: http://www.ctcip.org/publications/imrp/

Shelf Number: 136828

Keywords:
At-Risk Youth
Children of Prisoners
Delinquency Prevention
Violence
Violence Crime
Violence Prevention

Author: McLean, Fiona

Title: Factors associated with serious or persistent violent offending: Findings from a rapid evidence assessment

Summary: Identification of serially violent individuals by the police could allow forces to be aware of and, where possible develop strategies to manage the risk to the public. This paper presents findings from a Rapid Evidence Assessment (REA) designed to explore the evidence base on factors associated with, or predictive of, known serious or persistent violent offending excluding domestic or sexual violence. The REA is based on 53 studies from a systematic search of 7 databases using a strictly applied set of search and assessment criteria and recommended sources by academic experts. The factors identified and discussed in this report have been found by some research studies to be predictive of repeat violent behaviour. The characteristics identified are associated with an increased relative risk of repeat violent offending - that is that offenders with these characteristics are more likely to commit a further offence compared with other offenders. An increased relative risk does not mean that all offenders with that characteristic will go on to commit further offences. Key findings from the REA The range of factors identified by the evidence reviewed as being associated with persistent violent offending is presented in the full report. Those factors identified through studies graded with the highest quality and most likely to be of use to police analysts are listed below. The evidence on factors associated with serial violent offending in women is limited; therefore the factors primarily apply to male offenders: - An offending career that begins before the age of 14 is highly predictive of later violent offending and a longer criminal career (reported in 9 studies of which 4 were graded 1). - Individuals with a long criminal career are more likely to commit violent crimes (reported in 7 studies of which 5 were graded 1). - Individuals with a history of violence are more likely to commit further violent crimes (reported in 10 studies of which 5 were graded 1). There were also several other factors where there is some evidence that suggests it may be associated with violent reoffending but that evidence is not as strong. These may be worth considering when refining the prioritisation of those identified as high risk. These factors include drug use in adolescence (4 studies), gang membership (5 studies) and antisocial behaviour at a young age or anti-social personality traits in adults (4 studies). In addition, there is some limited evidence that previous convictions for certain specific offences such as kidnapping and blackmail are associated with an increased relative risk of committing further serious offences such as homicide and rape (3 studies). A number of 'protective factors' were identified which could be used to filter any high risk population identified. These factors include: marriage, particularly a cohesive or 'good' marriage before the age of 25 (6 studies) and employment (5 studies). The REA also identified literature on many existing violent risk assessment tools that have been developed to try and predict the risk of reoffending, typically in prisons or forensic psychiatric units. Most of the tools identified use a combination of clinical and actuarial measures. Clinical data such as the offender's response to questionnaires and behavioural indicators would not be readily available to the police and so such tools have been excluded from the REA. Where the tools use actuarial data - such as age - that would be available, the factors included in the tools have been examined and found to be largely consistent with those identified separately in the REA. These tools have been discussed within the report.

Details: National Policing Improvement Agency, 2012. 57p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 24, 2015 at: http://whatworks.college.police.uk/Research/Documents/REA_violent_reoffending.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://whatworks.college.police.uk/Research/Documents/REA_violent_reoffending.pdf

Shelf Number: 136853

Keywords:
Evidence-Based Practices
Sexual Violence
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime
Violent Offenders

Author: Parker, Imogen

Title: A link in the chain: The role of friends and family in tackling domestic abuse

Summary: A link in the chain examines the role of informal networks (friends, family, colleagues and neighbours) in minimising domestic abuse. Despite the harm domestic abuse causes, victims struggle to acknowledge and disclose what's happening to them and seek support. They face complex personal and practical barriers to admitting abuse and accessing help, as their lives are often intricately intertwined, in terms of emotions, networks and resources, with that of the perpetrator. As individuals struggle to proactively seek help, many victims remain invisible to services, never accessing effective support. Few victims engage with police or specialist services, with abusive relationships escalating, going unrecognised and undiscussed, sometimes for years. Victims can become increasingly isolated, making the gap to trained specialist services (helplines, refuges, police or health professionals) yawn large. Friends and family can be a key link in the chain to leaving abuse behind, as these are the individuals most likely to be aware of abuse early on. Informal networks can offer help by encouraging victims to reach out to specialist services or the police (acting as a conduit), or by offering practical and emotional aid themselves (supporter), from bolstering self-esteem to providing somewhere to stay. However, informal networks face complex barriers to engaging: they may struggle to recognise abuse, and feel ill-equipped to intervene, fearful of causing problems or nervous about intruding. This report argues that to successfully minimise abuse, policy and practice must consider the social context of abusive relationships, to equip and support friends and family who may be aware of abuse. We consider how social and professional networks can help bridge the gap between victims and specialist support. This report draws on new primary data to explore: 1.what barriers prevent victims speaking up about abuse, and how these can be overcome 2.how we can widen the net of people aware and involved in aiding victims of abuse, whilst ensuring those supporters feel confident and able to engage safely and appropriately 3.what structures need to be in place to ensure there is emotional and practical specialist support in place following disclosure, both for the victim and supporter

Details: London: Citizens Advice, 2015. 44p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 19, 2015 at: https://www.citizensadvice.org.uk/about-us/policy/policy-research-topics/crime-and-justice-policy-research/a-link-in-the-chain-the-role-of-friends-and-family-in-tackling-domestic-abuse/

Year: 2015

Country: United Kingdom

URL: https://www.citizensadvice.org.uk/about-us/policy/policy-research-topics/crime-and-justice-policy-research/a-link-in-the-chain-the-role-of-friends-and-family-in-tackling-domestic-abuse/

Shelf Number: 136994

Keywords:
Domestic Violence
Family Violence
Victim Services
Victims of Violence
Violence Prevention

Author: World Health Organization

Title: Preventing Youth Violence: An Overview of the Evidence

Summary: Each year an estimated 200 000 young people aged 10-29 years are murdered, making homicide the fourth leading cause of death for this age group. Millions more sustain violence-related injuries that require emergency medical treatment, and countless others go on to develop mental health problems and adopt high-risk behaviours such as smoking and alcohol and drug abuse as a result the violence they experience. Produced with the financial support of the Jacobs Foundation, German International Cooperation, and the United States Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Preventing youth violence: an overview of the evidence aims to help policy-makers and planners - particularly in settings with limited human and financial resources - to address youth violence using an evidence-informed approach. Twenty-one strategies to prevent youth violence are reviewed, including programmes relating to parenting, early childhood development, and social skills development, as well as policies related to the harmful use of alcohol, problem oriented policing, and urban upgrading.

Details: Geneva, SWIT: World Health Organization, 2015. 100p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 19, 2015 at: http://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/10665/181008/1/9789241509251_eng.pdf?ua=1&ua=1

Year: 2015

Country: International

URL: http://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/10665/181008/1/9789241509251_eng.pdf?ua=1&ua=1

Shelf Number: 137011

Keywords:
Evidence-Based Practices
Family Interventions
Juvenile Delinquency
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime
Young Adult Offenders

Author: Cvitkovich, Yuri

Title: Preventing violent and aggressive behaviour in healthcare : a literature review

Summary: Since the late 1980's there has been a concerted effort to prevent violence in the workplace however it was not until the mid-90's that government agencies have produced guidelines for violence prevention programs. A systematic approach was used to search the literature for relevant studies from: peer-review journals, government and academic reports, PubMed database, books, reference lists, websites and journal "Table of Contents". Keywords used were: "workplace violence prevention" strategies; workplace violence prevention strategies in healthcare; evaluating "workplace violence prevention programs" in healthcare; healthcare workplace violence prevention; and violence in the healthcare workplace. Inclusion criteria were that the study describe violence prevention programs and provide specific details of interventions. After screening for pertinence we obtained 175 studies/reports for our reference list. We excluded 62 studies that were primarily epidemiological. Of the remaining 113 most described violence prevention programs in various settings: - General application - 65 - Acute care - 17 (some mental health) - Mental Health - 24 (some complex care) - Complex care - 12 (some mental health) - Community Care - 14 (some mental health) After reading the resulting 113 articles, we screened out those only provided a description of the violence prevention program without reporting evaluations. Although a substantial list of violence prevention studies were identified, only 32 studies demonstrated the effectiveness of these interventions. The 32 articles that did some sort of evaluation of intervention were comprised of 5 environmental / administrative, 11 training, and 16 post-incident. Three of the 5 environmental/administrative intervention studies were not in healthcare settings specifically, whereas one was in acute care and another was in a Veterans Administration facility. The eleven training intervention studies were all in healthcare settings: one in nursing homes whereas the remainder were in hospitals (two in emergency departments, two in Veterans Administration facilities, three in mental health hospitals, and five giving a generic acute care description). The sixteen post-incident intervention evaluations comprised of nine studies in healthcare settings and seven studies not in healthcare (armed forces, women experiencing early miscarriage, victims of violent crime, acute burns trauma victims, police officers, and two studies of road traffic accident victims). The nine healthcare setting post-intervention evaluations were distributed as follows: six in psychiatric (forensic) hospitals, one in Veterans Administrative facilities, one in a long-term care facility, and one in community homes for developmental and psychiatric residents. Most evaluation studies did not use a control group but used a one-group pre/post design. Tables 1 to 4 provide a summary of the evaluation studies. The evaluation studies demonstrate some consistency in perception that the greatest quantity of aggressive behaviour incidents arise from patients/clients/residents who have psychiatric or dementia illness or individuals who are in the crowded high-pressure environments of emergency department. However there is very little mention of the integration of clinical guidelines as they relate to violence prevention and OH&S strategies. Now that more people with psychiatric problems and dementia are living in the community rather than being institutionalized, these expanded violence prevention strategies from mental health hospitals may be applicable for community care settings.

Details: Vancouver, BC: Occupational Health and Safety Agency for Healthcare (OHSAH) in BC, 2005. 81p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2015 at: http://www.phsa.ca/Documents/Occupational-Health-Safety/ReportPreventingViolentandAggressiveBehaviourinHea.pdf

Year: 2005

Country: Canada

URL: http://www.phsa.ca/Documents/Occupational-Health-Safety/ReportPreventingViolentandAggressiveBehaviourinHea.pdf

Shelf Number: 137190

Keywords:
Healthcare Violence
Hospitals
Violence and Aggression
Violence Prevention
Workplace Violence

Author: Victoria. Department of Health

Title: Progress on Occupational Violence Prevention in Victorian Health Services; Including a snapshot of the work arising from the Taskforce on Violence in Nursing

Summary: The Victorian Taskforce on Violence in Nursing was asked to identify and review existing systems, procedures and policies in place in Victorian health services and recommend strategies to reduce the incidence of violence. The extensive experience of the taskforce members provided a valuable contribution to the development of solutions which culminated in 29 recommendations. The department was responsible for ensuring the implementation of a number of the recommendations, whilst health services were also responsible for the direct implementation of some recommendations. The work required strong engagement with the sector and a focus that included local solutions to local problems. The department played a major role in identifying and disseminating best practice in the prevention and management of occupational violence. Clearly, health services did not start the process of implementation from a level playing field, so the department played a large role in promoting greater consistency and building capacity of health services in the prevention and management of occupational violence. Accordingly, distribution of available resources required an equitable approach, which considered the varying needs of health services. Evaluating and reporting on the implementation required the development of a program logic. At the outset of the program implementation, the department's evaluation team worked with Nursing and Midwifery Policy to develop a framework for assessing the impacts of the work undertaken. The first key rationale for the work was that occupational violence adversely impacts on health workforce retention and service provision. The second rationale for the work was that the taskforce had identified community attitudes and organisational culture as key factors contributing to violence against health workers. These factors are much harder to quantify and often there is a considerable lag time between implementation and culture change. Therefore, the feedback sought from health services post implementation included qualitative impacts in addition to the fiscal accountability requirements for program funding. This included both subjective and objective views, including responses from staff, clients and visitors. The feedback has helped to identify future requirements and options for the prevention and better management of occupational violence against nurses and health workers. The program logic for the evaluation was agreed to by the implementation reference group, which was appointed by the Minister and included representatives from health services, WorkSafe and health sector unions. The improvements sought through the implementation and evaluation through the program logic included: - improved awareness of the impact of violence in health care settings - improved collaboration between health services and police in managing violence (refer to the Building Better Partnerships Project on page 29) - improved health service understanding of and compliance with relevant legislation - improved availability and analysis of occupational violence data (refer to strategy 5 page 36). Further medium term impacts sought were targeted training, improved worker satisfaction with the management of workplace violence and maintaining the community perception of health service environment safety. This report will demonstrate the achievement of the short and medium term impacts set out in the program logic. It also outlines case studies of taskforce members and staff feedback about prevention initiatives.

Details: Melbourne: Victorian Department of Health, 2012. 76p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 16, 2015 at: http://www.health.vic.gov.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0007/757105/1111008_Violence-in-Nursing_WEB_FA.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: Australia

URL: http://www.health.vic.gov.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0007/757105/1111008_Violence-in-Nursing_WEB_FA.pdf

Shelf Number: 137289

Keywords:
Healthcare Workers
Occupational Violence
Violence Prevention
Workplace Violence

Author: Fulu, E.

Title: What works to prevent violence against women and girls evidence reviews. Paper 2: Interventions to prevent violence against women and girls

Summary: Violence against women and girls (VAWG) is one of the most widespread violations of human rights worldwide, affecting one-third of all women in their lifetime. It is the leading cause of death and disability of women of all ages and has many other health consequences. VAWG is a fundamental barrier to eradicating poverty and building peace. To prevent VAWG, we need to address the underlying causes of the problem. Evidence shows that no single factor causes violence, nor is there a single pathway to perpetration. Violence emerges from the interplay of multiple interacting factors at different levels of the social 'ecology', as discussed below. These include genetic endowment, experiences of violence and abuse in childhood, relationship dynamics, household and community structures and social norms, the macro-level and global-level forces that shape prevailing norms, access to resources, gender roles and the relative power of men versus women. Interventions that have the potential to reduce rates of VAWG are, similarly, many and varied: they may target one or more risk factors and operate across single or multiple settings. 1.1 What Works global programme and evidence review This paper is the second in a series of four evidence reviews that were produced by What Works to Prevent Violence against Women and Girls (What Works). What Works is a UK Department for International Development (DFID)-funded global programme that is investing an unprecedented $25 million over five years to assist with the prevention of VAWG. It supports primary prevention efforts across Africa, Asia, and the Middle East, which seek to understand and address the underlying causes of violence in order to stop it before it starts. The papers were produced to assess the current state of research and the evidence base in order to inform the research agenda of the ensuing global program. The focus of What Works is to advance the field of primary prevention in particular, however this is understood to be closely aligned with response efforts. The papers therefore focus on prevention, although response mechanisms are also considered, particularly in Paper 3. The outline of the four papers is as follows: Paper 1: State of the field of research on violence against women and girls Paper 2: Interventions to prevent violence against women and girls. Paper 3: Response mechanisms to prevent violence against women and girls. Paper 4: Approaches to scale-up and assessing cost effectiveness of programmes to prevent violence against women and girls.

Details: Pretoria, South Africa: What Works to Prevent Violence, 2015. 67p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2015 at: http://www.whatworks.co.za/documents/publications/15-global-evidence-reviews-paper-2-interventions-to-prevent-violence-against-women-and-girls/file

Year: 2015

Country: International

URL: http://www.whatworks.co.za/documents/publications/15-global-evidence-reviews-paper-2-interventions-to-prevent-violence-against-women-and-girls/file

Shelf Number: 137348

Keywords:
Child Abuse and Neglect
Gender-Related Violence
Violence Against Women, Girls
Violence Prevention

Author: Holden, Jenny

Title: We Want to Learn About Good Love: Findings from a Qualitative Study Assessing the Links Between Comprehensive Sexuality Education and Violence Against Women and Girls

Summary: Comprehensive sexuality education (CSE) - including learning about relationships, gender and gender-based violence (GBV), sex, sexuality, and sexual and reproductive health and rights (SRHR) - can empower young people to make informed, autonomous decisions regarding their current and future relationships. CSE may also influence a positive shift in social norms which underpin violence against women and girls (VAWG), such as harmful notions of masculinity, and rigid gender roles and stereotypes - both in schools and the wider community. Drawing on global evidence on CSE interventions and primary and secondary research in Cambodia and Uganda1, this report explores the extent to which CSE may be a key mechanism to promote gender equality, shift harmful social norms and prevent VAWG. This report finds compelling evidence that CSE can be seen not only as part of a quality education, but also as part of a holistic approach to preventing VAWG. However, more evidence on 'what works' in changing attitudes on gender equality and reducing VAWG as part of CSE delivery is needed.

Details: London: Plan International UK and Social Development Direct, 2015. 52p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2015 at: http://www.plan-uk.org/assets/Documents/pdf/we-want-to-learn-about-good-love

Year: 2015

Country: International

URL: http://www.plan-uk.org/assets/Documents/pdf/we-want-to-learn-about-good-love

Shelf Number: 137347

Keywords:
Educational Programs
Gender-Related Violence
Sex Education
Sexual Violence
Violence Against Women, Girls
Violence Prevention

Author: Our Watch

Title: Change the story: A shared framework for the primary prevention of violence

Summary: No country in the world has a national, evidence-based road map to prevent violence against women and their children in a coordinated way. Our Watch partnered with VicHealth and ANROWS to create Change the story: A shared framework for the primary prevention of violence against women and their children in Australia. Ending violence against women and their children is a national priority. Work is already being undertaken across a range of sectors - by governments, nongovernment organisations, researchers and practitioners - to change the attitudes, behaviours and environments that perpetuate this violence. But much of this work happens on a small-scale or in isolation from other projects. Violence cannot be prevented project by project - coordination and collaboration is fundamental to our success. The National Framework to Prevent Violence against Women and their Children brings together the international research, and nationwide experience, on what works to prevent violence. It establishes a shared understanding of the evidence and principles of effective prevention, and presents a way forward for a coordinated national approach.

Details: Melbourne: Our Watch, VicHealth, ANROWS, 2015. 75p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2015 at: http://www.ourwatch.org.au/getmedia/1462998c-c32b-4772-ad02-cbf359e0d8e6/Change-the-story-framework-prevent-violence-women-children.pdf.aspx

Year: 2015

Country: Australia

URL: http://www.ourwatch.org.au/getmedia/1462998c-c32b-4772-ad02-cbf359e0d8e6/Change-the-story-framework-prevent-violence-women-children.pdf.aspx

Shelf Number: 137351

Keywords:
Child Abuse and Neglect
Family Violence
Gender-Related Violence
Violence Against Women, Girls
Violence Prevention

Author: Sutherland, Georgina

Title: Media representations of violence against women and their children: State of knowledge paper

Summary: This paper provides an overview of the best available contemporary evidence on the way news and information media portray violence against women. In the paper studies are grouped into three broad areas of inquiry: 1) media representation (how content and discourse are used in news items on violence against women); 2) audience reception (how audiences interpret news on violence against women and how risk is perceived and managed); and 3) news production (what practices are used in reporting on violence against women and their children). The paper finds that: To date, most research attention has focused on how the media represents violence against women and their children. Collectively these studies illustrate that the media frequently mirrors society's confusion and ambivalence about violence against women. The audience reception literature shows an association between representations of violence against women in the news and audience attitudes and perceptions of blame and responsibility. There is also emerging evidence of an association between televised news reports of intimate partner violence and observed rates in the community. The few studies available on news production confirm that the pressures of newsworthiness and profitability present formidable challenges to the task of responsible and sensitive reporting of violence against women. Despite an expanding body of research, gaps in our knowledge remain. For example, there is a need to better align media representation studies with the emerging work on audience reception and news production, and for a better understanding of online news production, reporting and audience contribution.

Details: Melbourne: Australia's National Research Organisation for Women's Safety Limited (ANROWS), 2015. 57p.

Source: Internet Resource: Landscapes, Issue 15: Accessed November 28, 2015 at: http://media.aomx.com/anrows.org.au/s3fs-public/FINAL%20Co-branded%20Media%20Representations_WEB.pdf

Year: 2015

Country: Australia

URL: http://media.aomx.com/anrows.org.au/s3fs-public/FINAL%20Co-branded%20Media%20Representations_WEB.pdf

Shelf Number: 137354

Keywords:
Family Violence
Gender-Based Violence
Media
Violence Against Women, Children
Violence Prevention

Author: Fulu, E.

Title: What works to prevent violence against women and girls evidence reviews. Paper 1: State of the field of research on violence against women and girls

Summary: This paper outlines our current knowledge base regarding the issue of VAWG and identifies where the evidence base needs to be expanded in order to inform more sophisticated interventions and make a real impact on the prevalence of VAWG globally. It highlights the implications of this knowledge for prevention interventions and points to how information can be used to drive current policies and programmes as well as future research endeavours.

Details: Pretoria, South Africa: What Works to Prevent Violence, 2015. 47p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 2, 2015 at: http://www.whatworks.co.za/documents/publications/16-global-evidence-reviews-paper-1-state-of-the-field-of-research-on-violence-against-women-and-girls/file

Year: 2015

Country: International

URL: http://www.whatworks.co.za/documents/publications/16-global-evidence-reviews-paper-1-state-of-the-field-of-research-on-violence-against-women-and-girls/file

Shelf Number: 137416

Keywords:
Child Abuse and Neglect
Gender-Related Violence
Violence Against Women, Girls
Violence Prevention

Author: Foote, Jeff

Title: Selecting interventions to reduce family violence and child abuse in New Zealand

Summary: This report provides an intervention framework to support the review, selection and implementation of initiatives to reduce child abuse and/or family violence in New Zealand. The intervention framework builds on previous work to specify what a transformed system to address child abuse and family violence may look like as well as separately reported literature reviews in relation to high performing systems and effectiveness of family violence and child abuse interventions. The research team was mindful of the stories submitted by both victim/survivors and perpetrators of family violence to The People's Inquiry. These accounts made painful and oftentimes disturbing reading. Research deals with processed data but there is no doubt that the voices of victim/survivors helped to keep the research team grounded in the reality of the long term impacts of family violence. Many of the recorded experiences resonated with the research that was reviewed. At all times our priority has been to uphold the protection of human rights in which safety is paramount and must be the overriding goal of theories and approaches to violence. There is on-going debate about the terms that have been used to describe family violence throughout both Parts One and Two of this report. It was not possible to resolve such debates; instead we chose the generic terms 'family violence' (FV) and 'child abuse and neglect'(CAN) in an attempt to reflect the many types of relationships and types of conflict represented within both sectors. The decision to consistently focus on the interface between FV and CAN illustrates the overall holistic approach taken by the research team. Family violence (FV), in this report, includes intimate partner violence, child abuse and neglect, elder abuse, inter-sibling abuse and parental abuse. We recognise that, for some purposes, dealing with particular forms of family violence requires particular strategies and treatments.

Details: Wellington, NZ: Institute of Environmental Science and Research Limited, 2014. 69p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 5, 2016 at: https://www.esr.cri.nz/assets/SOCIAL-CONTENT/TGI.-Intervention-framework-report.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: New Zealand

URL: https://www.esr.cri.nz/assets/SOCIAL-CONTENT/TGI.-Intervention-framework-report.pdf

Shelf Number: 137773

Keywords:
Child Abuse and Neglect
Domestic Violence
Family Interventions
Family Violence
Intimate Partner Violence
Violence Prevention

Author: Foote, Jeff

Title: Toward a transformed system to address child abuse and family violence in New Zealand

Summary: The Glenn Inquiry (TGI) has contracted ESR to bring together the relevant experience and expertise to collaboratively model a transformed system to address child abuse and neglect (CAN) and family violence (FV) in New Zealand. Our approach We have treated the task of reducing FV and CAN as a 'wicked problem'; that is, reducing FV and CAN is a problem that cannot be solved once and for all, and is not a matter of simply applying expert knowledge. The methods used in this project have been chosen because they are appropriate for working with wicked problems: stakeholder engagement, systems thinking and inter-disciplinary analysis. In this report, we refer to both CAN and FV. We recognise that, for some purposes, dealing with CAN requires particular strategies and treatment; however, the purpose of this report is to develop a transformed system that will reduce both CAN and other forms of FV. While the underlying causes of CAN and other FV may be considered independently, and some responses to each form of abuse will need to be particular, this report proposes a wider system of responses that will enable targeted interventions for each form of abuse. We use the term 'family violence' in this report in the sense it has come to be understood in Aotearoa, and is used in Te Rito: New Zealand Family Violence Prevention Strategy. In this use, FV includes intimate partner violence, child abuse and neglect, elder abuse, inter-sibling abuse and parental abuse. The project consisted of four work-streams: 1. A review of the international and national literature on what would constitute a high performing system to address CAN and FV, including a review of New Zealand's current approach with a focus on government legalisation, policies and initiatives; 2. Qualitative modelling of the system dynamics associated with the existing way in which New Zealand has responded to CAN and FV; 3. A secondary (sociological) analysis of suggestions for system improvement from the People's Report; and, 4. Developing a systemic model of a transformed system through collaborative workshops with sector experts. Literature Four appraisals of the literature have been carried out to inform what would constitute a high performing system to reduce CAN and FV: 1. New Zealand's current approach to addressing CAN/FV, with a focus on government legalisation, policies and initiatives; 2. Research on prevalence, incidence, different types, impacts and challenges in responding to intimate partner violence; 3. Research on the prevalence, incidence, risk and protective factors and key interventions associated with child maltreatment/sexual abuse, including the interface between intimate partner violence and child abuse; and 4. Review of international frameworks for addressing violence against women, including the need to adopt a holistic framework to guide interventions.

Details: Wellington, NZ: Institute of Environmental Science and Research Limited, 2014. 150p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 5, 2016 at: https://www.esr.cri.nz/assets/SOCIAL-CONTENT/TGI.-Towards-a-transformed-system.-Final-report.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: New Zealand

URL: https://www.esr.cri.nz/assets/SOCIAL-CONTENT/TGI.-Towards-a-transformed-system.-Final-report.pdf

Shelf Number: 137774

Keywords:
Child Abuse and Neglect
Domestic Violence
Family Interventions
Family Violence
Intimate Partner Violence
Violence Prevention

Author: Carswell, Sue

Title: Formative Evaluation of the Christchurch Metro Police Safety Order Project

Summary: This report presents the findings of a formative evaluation of the Christchurch Metro Police Safety Order Project. The project is a joint collaboration between the New Zealand Police, Stopping Violence Services (SVS), Battered Women's Trust (BWT), Otautahi Maori Women's Refuge (OWR), West Christchurch Women's Refuge (WWR) and Aviva (formerly known as Christchurch Women's Refuge). The Metro PSO Project commenced as a pilot project on the 25th December 2012. The evaluation examines pilot implementation from January - December 2013. Police Safety Orders (PSO) were introduced nationally on the 1st July 2010 by the Domestic Violence Amendment Act 2009 (Domestic Violence Act insertion Part 6A, sections 124A - 124S). A PSO is issued by Police at family violence events to persons at risk of committing family violence (bound person) where there is no arrest; however an officer has reasonable grounds to believe that temporary separation is necessary to ensure the safety of persons at risk in the household. A PSO aims to deescalate a violent situation as the person bound by the order has to leave the household and cannot contact the persons at risk or the children who reside with them. The effect of the PSO can last up to five days. The Christchurch Metro Police Safety Order Project aims to improve safety within families by providing early intervention/prevention services to bound persons within the PSO timeframe where possible. The intervention services are provided by Stopping Violence Services, who contact bound persons to provide brief intervention including planning safety strategies to reduce the likelihood of family violence. SVS offers bound persons free access to further SVS services and information about other services they can access. The SVS approach is based on enabling people to take responsibility and be accountable for their behaviour. The Metro Project is based on a collaborative approach towards family safety and complements the crisis intervention already provided by Refuges to persons identified as being at risk on Police family violence reports (POL1310) where a PSO had been served. Similar to Refuge, SVS endeavour to contact bound persons as soon as possible services separately to avoid any inadvertent disclosure of information that may compromise safety. The pilot is integrated into the Family Violence Interagency Response System (FVIARS) and the FVIARS coordinator has oversight of referral processes. Bound persons are under no obligation to engage with SVS services and any engagement would be voluntary. The timing of offering intervention services was hypothesised as optimal for engagement as the bound person may be more receptive and motivated to engage shortly after receiving a PSO. The pilot has been managed by an interagency Project Management Team including NZ Police, SVS and Refuges, and is supported by an Advisory Group from the wider sector. A cross-agency professional supervision group supports operational staff after the incident.

Details: Christchurch, NZ: Te Awatea Violence Research Centre, University of Canterbury, 2014. 81p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 5, 2016 at: http://www.vrc.canterbury.ac.nz/docs/Formative%20Evaluation%20of%20Christchurch%20Metro%20Police%20Safety%20Order%20Project%2028.3.14.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: New Zealand

URL: http://www.vrc.canterbury.ac.nz/docs/Formative%20Evaluation%20of%20Christchurch%20Metro%20Police%20Safety%20Order%20Project%2028.3.14.pdf

Shelf Number: 137775

Keywords:
Battered Women
Collaboration
Family Violence
Family Violence Prevention
Policing
Protection Orders
Victims of Family Violence
Violence Prevention

Author: New Zealand. Ministry for Women

Title: A malu i 'aiga, e malu f'o'i fafo: Protection for the family, protection for all. Samoan people's understanding of primary prevention of violence against women

Summary: Samoan communities in New Zealand understand primary prevention of violence against women and girls largely, if not entirely, within the context of fa'aSamoa (Samoan culture). Samoan principles such as the va tapuia, feagaiga and fa'asinomaga help to inform this uniquely Samoan context. These concepts and others were designed to keep women and girls safe from violence. When they were understood and observed this was perceived to be so. However, when they were misinterpreted, ignored and breached, women's and girls' safety were undermined or at risk. Research participants shared similar views and experiences about primary prevention. They also held varied views, including for example, what it meant to have and gain respect, or what it meant to grow up as a Samoan in Samoa as opposed to New Zealand, or about issues of cultural adaptation, cultural identity, and Samoan life. Participants find that Samoan communities do know what works to protect or keep Samoan women and girls safe from violence. They spoke of the potential in social marketing approaches and of open dialogue forums, such as in churches and community programmes, led by Samoan role models and leaders, and involve a good cross-section of the community. This report recognises that there are programmes that specifically target Samoan men's attitudes and behaviours towards violence. The findings are favourable of these programmes. Samoan communities also know what does not work to prevent violence. Including, clear misunderstandings about the link between cultural values, individual and collective behaviour, and thought. Cultures of violence and masculinity in the Samoan context can only be read in the context of Samoan societal drivers. Many of these drivers exist in Samoa and migrate with Samoan immigrants to New Zealand and persist to shape their and their children's attitudes and behaviours towards violence. The safety and wellbeing of all in Samoan society is paramount, but especially the vulnerable, including Samoan women and girls. For the short term, open discussion across generations in appropriate settings (about the factors that keep Samoan women and girls safe from violence), is a promising approach. These discussion forums can mobilise Samoan community efforts to enact primary prevention of violence. In the long term, culturally informed prevention education and practice initiatives can ensure that policy and practice models are appropriately responsive and effective in keeping Samoan women and girls safe from violence.

Details: Wellington, NZ: Ministry for Women, 2015. 32p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 5, 2016 at: http://women.govt.nz/sites/public_files/Pacific%20Report%20web.pdf

Year: 2015

Country: New Zealand

URL: http://women.govt.nz/sites/public_files/Pacific%20Report%20web.pdf

Shelf Number: 137777

Keywords:
Cultures of Violence
Gender-Related Violence
Masculinity
Minority Groups
Violence Against Women, Children
Violence Prevention

Author: Sethi, Jenna

Title: Co-Creating Community Change: Responding to Violence through Youth Media Practice

Summary: Young people have unprecedented access to media. They are not just "watching" media content; they are critiquing popular media and creating a variety of their own media projects to examine their lived experience (Sefton-Green & Soep, 2007; Chavez & Soep, 2005). The purpose of this critical qualitative study was to illuminate the ways youth, as active agents, address violence in their communities through producing media. The second purpose of this study was to better understand the youth work practices that support young people who examine and change their communities. The following questions guided this project: How do youth experience violence in their communities? How do youth create media to address violence? What does the process of creating media to address violence mean to them? What youth work practices support the efforts of young people in the process of creating media to address violence in their respective communities? Constructivist, critical and participatory theories guided this study (Guba & Lincoln, 2000; Friere, 1970; Cammarota & Fine, 2008). Semi-structured in-depth interviews (Kvale & Brinkman, 2009; Patton, 2005; Madison, 2005) with 15 staff and young filmmakers, mural and spoken word artists in three different urban communities were conducted in order to better understand this phenomenon. Findings expand upon our knowledge of young people's experience with violence. Their experience required a multifaceted analysis of violence including: physical, structural, institutional and emotional realities. Young people in this study created media to address these forms of violence through a sustained and complex process that included personal growth, building media skills and community development. Youth workers supported this process through creating an intentional sense of belonging attuned to young people's context, culture and community. They also co-created spaces where spiritual healing and critical hope could flourish by standing with youth to examine and speak back to injustice inspiring positive change.

Details: Minneapolis: University of Minnesota, 2014. 223p.

Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 8, 2016 at: https://conservancy.umn.edu/bitstream/handle/11299/167463/Sethi_umn_0130E_15121.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y

Year: 2014

Country: United States

URL: https://conservancy.umn.edu/bitstream/handle/11299/167463/Sethi_umn_0130E_15121.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y

Shelf Number: 137784

Keywords:
Community Crime Prevention
Community Participation
Media Violence
Violence Prevention

Author: McMahon, Simon

Title: Sports-based Programmes and Reducing Youth Violence and Crime

Summary: This synthesis study examines evaluations of sports-based youth interventions in London and finds different types of evidence claiming that sport can indeed reduce youth violence and crime. Sport can act as a diversionary activity distracting from violent and criminal activities and also as a hook bringing young people into contact with opportunities for achieving wider goals such as furthering their education or finding employment.

Details: London: Mayor of London, 2013. 22p.

Source: Internet Resource: Project Oracle synthesis study 02/13: Accessed February 10, 2016 at: http://project-oracle.com/uploads/files/Project_Oracle_Synthesis_Study_02-2013_Sport_interventions.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://project-oracle.com/uploads/files/Project_Oracle_Synthesis_Study_02-2013_Sport_interventions.pdf

Shelf Number: 132511

Keywords:
Delinquency Prevention
Sports
Violence Prevention

Author: Abt, Thomas

Title: What Works in Reducing Community Violence: A Meta-Review and Field Study for the Northern Triangle

Summary: This report was commissioned by the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID) for the Central America Regional Security Initiative (CARSI), a United States government effort primarily executed by both USAID and the U.S. Department of State Bureau of International Narcotics and Law Enforcement Affairs (INL). In preparation for this report, we performed a systematic meta-review of 43 reviews, including over 1,400 studies, to identify what works in reducing community violence. In addition, we supplemented our findings with fieldwork in El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, and the United States, visiting over 20 sites and conducting over 50 semi-structured interviews. We found that a few interventions, such as focused deterrence and cognitive behavioral therapy, exhibited moderate to strong effects on crime and violence and were supported by substantial evidence. A few others, such as scared straight and gun buyback programs, clearly demonstrated no or negative effects. The vast majority of programmatic interventions, however, exhibited weak or modest effects. We identified six "elements of effectiveness" shared by the most impactful interventions, including maintaining a specific focus on those most at risk for violence; proactive efforts to prevent violence before it occurs whenever possible; increasing the perceived and actual legitimacy of strategies and institutions; careful attention to program implementation and fidelity; a well-defined and understood theory of change; and active engagement and partnership with critical stakeholders. Given the modest effects of most interventions, that violence generally clusters around a small number of places, people, and behaviors, and that violence is not displaced from those clusters when they are targeted, we reach the simple yet powerful conclusion that it is advisable to concentrate and coordinate anti-violence efforts where they matter most. We further conclude that increased attention to program implementation and evaluation is necessary. We close with four recommendations to governmental and non-governmental funders with regard to community violence in the Northern Triangle and globally.

Details: Washington, DC: United States Agency for International Development, 2016. 53p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 29, 2016 at: https://www.usaid.gov/sites/default/files/USAID-2016-What-Works-in-Reducing-Community-Violence-Final-Report.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: Latin America

URL: https://www.usaid.gov/sites/default/files/USAID-2016-What-Works-in-Reducing-Community-Violence-Final-Report.pdf

Shelf Number: 137993

Keywords:
Cognitive Behavioral Therapy
Focused Deterrence
Gang Violence
Gun Violence
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention

Title: Preventing Multiple Forms of Violence: A Strategic Vision for Connecting the Dots

Summary: The different forms of violence-child abuse and neglect, youth violence, intimate partner violence, sexual violence, elder abuse, and suicidal behavior-are strongly connected to each other in many important ways. Understanding and addressing the interconnections among these forms of violence is the central tenet of this 5-year vision to prevent violence developed by the Division of Violence Prevention (DVP). This document describes this vision-articulating why a cross-cutting approach is important to achieving measureable reductions in violence; the areas where we will strategically focus our attention; and priorities for advancing practice, effectively reaching intended audiences, generating new knowledge, and monitoring and evaluating our progress.

Details: Atlanta, GA: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Center for Injury Prevention and Control, Division of Violence Prevention, 2016. 16p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2016 at: http://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/pdf/strategic_vision.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: United States

URL: http://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/pdf/strategic_vision.pdf

Shelf Number: 138313

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: National Network for Safe Communities

Title: Group Violence Intervention: An Implementation Guide

Summary: The National Network for Safe Communities supports communities around the country in implementing two field-tested crime reduction strategies: the Group Violence Intervention (GVI) first launched in Boston, Massachusetts, and the Drug Market Intervention (DMI) first launched in High Point, North Carolina. National Network membership includes law enforcement (e.g., police chiefs; sheriffs; state and federal prosecutors; and corrections, parole, and probation officials), community leaders, mayors, city managers, council members, service providers, street outreach workers, scholars, and others applying these strategies to reduce violent crime. The National Network's GVI has demonstrated that violent crime can be dramatically reduced when law enforcement, community members, and social service providers join together to engage directly with street groups to communicate the following: - A law enforcement message that any future violence will be met with clear, predictable, and certain consequences - A moral message from community representatives that violence will not be tolerated - An offer of help from social service providers for those who want it GVI is now a well-documented approach to reducing serious violence. The strategy is unusual, but it is based on common sense and practical experience. Embedded in empirical analysis of what drives serious violence, and in the schools of thought and practice known as "focused deterrence" and "procedural justice," the strategy follows a basic logic. Evidence and experience show that a small number of people in street groups, cliques, drug crews, and the like cause the majority of violence in troubled neighborhoods. The internal dynamics of the groups and the honor code of the street drive violence between those groups and individuals. The group members typically constitute less than 0.5 percent of a city's population but are consistently linked to 60 to 70 percent of the shootings and homicides. To implement GVI, a city assembles a partnership of law enforcement, community representatives (e.g., parents of murdered children, ministers, street outreach workers, ex-offenders, and other people with moral standing and credibility), and social service providers, all of whom are willing to provide a specific message to group members. A key communication tool of the strategy is the "call-in," a face-to-face meeting between group members and representatives of the GVI partnership. Together, the GVI partners deliver the strategy's antiviolence messages to representatives of street groups and then follow up on those messages. The call-in represents a central shift on the part of law enforcement. At the call-in, law enforcement gives the groups clear notice that it will meet future violence with swift and certain consequences and that it will direct consequences at the group as a whole rather than at individuals. As with ordinary law enforcement, when group members commit violent crimes, those individuals receive enforcement attention. Under GVI, however, law enforcement also holds the entire group accountable for violence. A group member's violent act triggers enforcement against other group members for outstanding warrants, probation and parole violations, open cases, and a variety of other criminal activity.

Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2013. 136p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 9, 2016 at: https://nnscommunities.org/old-site-files/Group_Violence_Intervention_-_An_Implementation_Guide.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: United States

URL: https://nnscommunities.org/old-site-files/Group_Violence_Intervention_-_An_Implementation_Guide.pdf

Shelf Number: 135351

Keywords:
Community Participation
Focused Deterrence
Group Violence Intervention
Procedural Justice
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Fox, Andrew M.

Title: Measuring the Impact of Kansas City's No Violence Alliance

Summary: In 2013 and 2014, focused deterrence / lever pulling strategies were developed and deployed in Kansas City. Stakeholders involved in this strategy included the KCPD, Jackson County Prosecutor's Office, US Attorney's Office (WD-MO), Missouri Probation and Parole, Mayor's Office and federal law enforcement. Groups involved with violence were identified utilizing street-level intelligence and analysis, and stakeholders communicated directly and repeatedly to groups the consequences of future violence and opportunities to avoid violence by leveraging social services. Community members complemented this message by challenging the violent norms of the street code of retaliatory violence. Successive Interrupted Time Series analyses indicate that homicide and gun-related aggravated assaults were significantly reduced at 1, 2, 6-month intervals. However evidence also suggests that the deterrent value waned around the 12-month post-intervention period; while homicides continued to decline modestly there was indications that gun-related aggravated assaults began to regress to the mean, raising questions about the long-term effectiveness of focused deterrence.

Details: Kansas City, MO: Department of Criminal Justice and Criminology, University of Missouri - Kansas City, 2015. 27p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2016 at: https://cas.umkc.edu/cjc/pdfs/NoVA-impact-report-Aug2015.pdf

Year: 2015

Country: United States

URL: https://cas.umkc.edu/cjc/pdfs/NoVA-impact-report-Aug2015.pdf

Shelf Number: 138890

Keywords:
Focused Deterrence
Gang Violence
Gangs
Homicides
Violence Prevention
Youth Gangs

Author: Schweig, Sarah

Title: Co-Producing Public Safety: Communities, Law Enforcement, and Public Health Researchers Work to Prevent Crime Together

Summary: Even though crime has decreased across the country since the early 1990s, high rates of violence persist in many neighborhoods. In response, many jurisdictions are seeking ways to understand and prevent violence with a broader multidisciplinary approach, treating violence collaboratively as both a public health issue and a crime problem. A growing number of communities have been adopting this approach. One leading advocate of this method is The California Endowment, whose senior vice president, Anthony Iton, has said, "If you want to change an environment, you have to change many systems." To identify which systems need changing and the most effective ways to do it, The California Endowment, the Center for Court Innovation, and the U.S. Department of Justice's Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS Office) met in Los Angeles on August 1, 2014. In their roundtable discussion titled "Spreading a Cure for Crime," law enforcement executives, public health professionals, funders, researchers, and government officials worked together to share information and craft collaborative strategies to prevent crime. This roundtable was the third in a series, following two other meetings hosted by The California Endowment, the Center for Court Innovation, and the COPS Office: Law Enforcement and Public Health: Sharing Resources and Strategies to Make Communities Safer, held in March of 20111 and Seeding Change: How Small Projects Can Improve Community Health and Safety, held in January 2012. This publication adds to the knowledge from the previous convenings and the reports on them while including a summary of the discussions, collaborative approaches, challenges, and recommendations for moving forward from the "Spreading a Cure for Crime" forum.

Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2016. 32p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 5, 2016 at: http://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0800-pub.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: United States

URL: http://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0800-pub.pdf

Shelf Number: 138942

Keywords:
Collaboration
Community Partnerships
Crime Prevention
Public Health Issue
Violence Prevention

Author: Law Center to Prevent Gun Violence

Title: Healing Communities in Crisis: Lifesaving Solutions to the Urban Gun Violence Epidemic

Summary: Healing Communities in Crisis outlines two categories of solutions: intervention programs and policy reforms. These approaches are grounded in the insight that, in most communities, an incredibly small and identifiable population is responsible for the vast majority of gun violence. Our report highlights the following programs: - Group Violence Intervention (GVI)- In this approach to gun violence prevention, a partnership of law enforcement, community members, and service providers is assembled to meet with small groups of the most at-risk individuals in order to send a message that the shooting must stop. The program has now been replicated in a wide array of American cities, with consistently impressive results. - Cure Violence (CV) - This promising strategy treats violence like a communicable disease. The spread of violence is interrupted by employing Outreach Workers and Violence Interrupters to work directly with individuals most likely to commit or become the victims of gun violence. A community campaign is also conducted to change norms surrounding the use of violence. - Hospital-Based Violence Intervention Programs (HVIP) - Victims of violent injury are very likely to end up back in the hospital. This model takes advantage of a unique teachable moment by connecting violently injured youths with culturally competent case managers who are able to shepherd their clients to badly-needed social services that enable change. Our report also lays out the policy reforms most likely to decrease the supply of crime guns in impacted communities. These policies include: universal background checks, permit to purchase laws, gun trafficking regulations, and prohibitions on large capacity ammunition magazines.

Details: San Francisco: Law Center to Prevention Gun Violence, 2016. 91p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2016 at: http://smartgunlaws.org/healing-communities/

Year: 2016

Country: United States

URL: http://smartgunlaws.org/healing-communities/

Shelf Number: 139019

Keywords:
Gun Policy
Gun Trafficking
Gun Violence
Gun-Related Violence
Homicides
Trafficking in Weapons
Violence Prevention

Author: Nesbitt, LaQuandra

Title: Strategies to Prevent Violence in Louisville Metro: Short and Long-term Recommendations

Summary: In early 2012, Louisville Metro Government began a process to assess its capacity to address Injury and Violence Prevention in the community by completing an assessment created by the National Association of City and County Health Officials (NACCHO). Initial deliberations of this group of leaders from Louisville Metro Department of Community Services and Revitalization, Louisville Metro Police Department, and Louisville Metro Department of Public Health and Wellness yielded the following findings: a need to implement initiatives to identify and bring to justice the most violent offenders, a need to expand the focus on violence to include suicide, and a limited capacity to provide high quality programs and services to the youth and young adult population. In addition, the initial NACCHO assessment highlighted the need to apply public health principles such as epidemiology � focusing on health effects, characteristics, root causes and influences in a well-defined population�to the prevention of violence in Louisville Metro. On May 17, 2012, three young African Americans were killed at 32nd and Greenwood Streets, in two separate incidents, with one occurring during the investigation of the other. In response to this shocking event, Mayor Greg Fischer proposed the formation of a work group that would accelerate the work initiated earlier that year and engage the community in the development of short and long term violence reduction strategies for Louisville Metro. Based on his extensive experience in leading community efforts and his vast knowledge as a historian, on May 24, 2012 Mayor Fischer asked Dr. J. Blaine Hudson, Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences at the University of Louisville, to chair the work group. The work group, officially titled the Violence Prevention Work Group was announced June 7, 2012. With so diverse a group, it was critically important to �have a plan� open, on one hand, to broad participation from all ranks of the community while also capable, on the other hand, of producing a broad blueprint for change that could guide the future of the community. The human architecture of this plan was built around five exceptional committees and committee chairs: Community Building, chaired by Eleanor Jordan; Education, chaired by Dana Jackson-Thompson; Employment and Economic Development, chaired by Sam Watkins; Health and Social Wellness, chaired by Dr. LaQuandra Nesbitt, also co-chair of the Work Group; and Juvenile and Criminal Justice chaired by Judge Brian Edwards. Our stipulations were few but critically important: first, our deliberations would be open to all; and, second, our recommendations for change would be based solely on facts and data. Furthermore, we would use a twin approach that would allow for both recommendations that are system wide and as such would impact the entire jurisdiction; as well as recommendations that target a specific group racial/ethnic, age, gender, or geography) determined to be most impacted by the issues at hand.

Details: Louisville, KY: Violence Prevention Work Group, 2012. 122p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2016 at: https://louisvilleky.gov/sites/default/files/safe_neighborhoods/violence_prevention_workgroup_report.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: United States

URL: https://louisvilleky.gov/sites/default/files/safe_neighborhoods/violence_prevention_workgroup_report.pdf

Shelf Number: 139084

Keywords:
Transit Security
Transit Systems
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Conaglen, Philip

Title: Violence Prevention: A Public Health Priority

Summary: Violence is a public health priority in Scotland There are an estimated 236,000 violent crimes committed against adults in Scotland each year. In a large NHS Board, annual emergency department attendance rates relating to interpersonal violence were 3.6 per 1,000 population. In 2012-13 there were 3,386 emergency hospital admissions in Scotland as a result of assault. Beyond physical harm, violence also causes psychological, economic and social harms and its impact extends well beyond the victim and perpetrator into their relationships, communities and society. Scottish Government modelling indicates that the economic and social costs of violent crimes far outweigh the costs of all other types of crime combined, with estimated costs running into many thousands of millions of pounds. Violence and its risk factors are often both the cause and effect of health, gender, economic and social inequalities. Can there be any doubt that violence is a public health priority, requiring concerted public health action? Violence is preventable Risk and protective factors for violence exist across individual, relationship, community and societal levels. Research shows that these include such things as: being the victim of abuse, experiencing violent parental conflict, poverty and high unemployment and cultural norms which support violence. This paper provides an overview of the evidence base - the wide range of international evidence summaries and briefing papers which relate to violence and (most importantly) to violence prevention. While gaps do remain in the literature, what is there helps shape our understanding of: the scale and impact of violence; what causes violence; and what works to prevent violence and to extend better care and support to affected populations. A range of Scottish Government strategies and initiatives, for example those relating to intimate partner violence, alcohol abuse, child abuse, suicide and knife crime, aim to address the causes of violence. Violence prevention is also incorporated within a range of broader government strategies and policies as the risk and protective factors for violence are experienced across different life stages. These all provide opportunities to renew efforts to prevent violence.

Details: Glasgow: ScotPHN, 2014. 64p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2016 at: http://www.scotphn.net/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/Report-Violence-Prevention-A-Public-Health-Priority-December-2014.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://www.scotphn.net/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/Report-Violence-Prevention-A-Public-Health-Priority-December-2014.pdf

Shelf Number: 139127

Keywords:
Public Health
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Murdolo, Adele

Title: Key Issues in Working with Men from Immigrant and Refugee Communites in Preventing Violence Against Women

Summary: This report ...explores the key issues in working with men from immigrant and refugee communities in Australia to prevent violence against women. It applies a feminist intersectional approach to the question of men's engagement and examines a range of issues that need to be considered in the development of primary prevention engagement strategies for immigrant and refugee men. The report is divided into four sections. Section 1 outlines the context for engaging immigrant and refugee men in violence prevention and describes the need to apply a feminist intersectional approach. Section 2 discusses the ways in which immigrant and refugee men negotiate their conception of their masculinities during migration and settlement. Migration, employment-related difficulties and discrimination impact on immigrant and refugee men's sense of gendered identity. The diversity of immigrant and refugee men's responses to migration-related challenges should be accounted for in violence prevention programs. Violence against women is endemic across Australian communities and cultures. While marginalised women experience a heightened vulnerability to gendered violence, there is insufficient evidence that any one culture or community, migrant or otherwise, is more or less violent than any other. However, in media and popular culture, immigrant and refugee men and cultures are represented as being more 'traditional', oppressive to women and as having greater tendency to commit violence against women. Conversely, immigrant and refugee women are portrayed as more oppressed, passive and lacking in agency. In this regard, Section 3 examines conceptions of 'culture' as it relates to immigrant and refugee men and highlights the need to adapt a complex understanding of 'culture in order to re-frame our understandings of immigrant and refugee men's capacity to prevent violence. Section 4 outlines key strategies for engaging immigrant and refugee men in prevention. Immigrant and refugee men should be engaged in violence prevention through the leadership of women. Valuing, fostering and harnessing immigrant and refugee women's feminist activism and leadership boosts gender equity within immigrant and refugee communities. In addition, direct participation strategies aimed at men should be framed within a global human rights and social justice perspective, convey positive, concrete and meaningful messages, and be aimed at achieving long-term, gender-transformative gains and solutions. Importantly, developing and implementing strategies to engage immigrant and refugee men should focus on cultural specificity (as opposed to difference), which takes into account different men's relative spheres of influence within and across cultures. Although the report identifies promising and culturally appropriate practices and approaches, it is important to note that there is an extremely limited evidence base to draw from to make accurate assertions about the most effective ways of engaging immigrant and refugee men in violence prevention in Australia. Further research and evaluation, conducted along-side violence prevention efforts, are essential.

Details: White Ribbon Australia, 2016.

Source: Internet Resource: White Ribbon Research Series: Accessed June 9, 2016 at: http://www.whiteribbon.org.au/uploads/media/100-WR_Research_Paper_V7.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: Australia

URL: http://www.whiteribbon.org.au/uploads/media/100-WR_Research_Paper_V7.pdf

Shelf Number: 139352

Keywords:
Abusive Men
Gender-Related Violence
Immigrants
Masculinities
Refugees
Violence Against Women
Violence Prevention

Author: Garrett, Linda

Title: The First Year: A Chronology of the Gang Truce and Peace Process in El Salvador: March 2012 - March 2013

Summary: Since March of 2012, El Salvador has experienced an unprecedented drop in violence due to a truce between the countrys two largest street gangs, the Mara Salvatrucha (MS-13) and Barrio 18. Exceeding many early expectations, the truce has lasted over a year, and evolved to encompass a broader peace process within Salvadoran society. The extent to which the Salvadoran government has been involved in the process, even the nature of its involvement, remains uncertain and is a source of contention. But, the ongoing truce and peace process presents real lessons and serious public policy implications and now, with many communities signing on to the "violence-free municipality" initiative and thousands of lives saved by an over 50% reduction in homicides, much is at stake. Even before news of the truce was broadly known, the Center for Democracy in the Americas (CDA) had been monitoring the unfolding process in El Salvador, when a Salvadoran government official hinted to us in February 2012 that a dialogue between the gangs might be underway. In the pages below, we present our chronology of the process compiled over the last year, which details this historic series of events. The chronology provides a more complete picture of the process as it developed day-by-day during the first year: from the original confusing, contradictory versions of its creation, to the various commitments and good-will gestures offered by gang leaders. The truce�s advances and setbacks are chronicled, alongside the suspicions and distrust expressed by many Salvadorans. It also records the critical support provided by the Organization of American States (OAS). Finally, the chronology helps us understand the motivations of the facilitators and gang leaders. It gives us a glimpse into the lives and thoughts of young people who are struggling to find a way out of tumultuous lives of poverty, crime and often unspeakable violence. This chronology, focused on the gang truce and peace process, complements CDA's extensive coverage of developments in El Salvador. It is CDA's hope that the full telling of this story will encourage the debate and reflection, already underway in El Salvador, about the issues of exclusion and poverty, so closely connected to the causes of and solutions for the violence. The human dimensions highlighted here are crucial when considering policy choices; choices that heavily impact the lives of so many Salvadorans, not only in El Salvador but also in the diaspora. The Salvadoran government faces the challenges of developing a coherent public policy, that recognizes the possibility of human transformation from criminal to productive lives, and providing resources to implement that policy. If successful, the peace process could perhaps be the most significant legacy of the current government. It should be emphasized that the truce in itself is not the solution, but it has transformed the conversation from repression to prevention and rehabilitation. As President Funes said, the only options for youth have been to emigrate or join a gang for survival. To change that dynamic, the peace process must be institutionalized and funded as part of a long-term strategy to provide educational and job opportunities to all at-risk youth in the historically impoverished barrios and municipalities of the country. Advocacy of the peace process does not signify impunity for crimes committed. Nor does it reflect ignorance of the horrific violence inflicted on the Salvadoran people and their communities in recent decades: the murders of thousands of youths; the savagery of sexual violence; dismembered bodies; clandestine cemeteries; the uprooting of fearful families, and the scourge of extortion. Advocacy does mean a belief in the possibility of redemption. It reflects aspirations for an inclusive, nonviolent, democratic future for the country. "If it doesn't work," Bishop Colindres said, "we will have lost a little effort and illusions, but if it works the country will have found peace."

Details: Washington, DC: Center for Democracy in the Americas, 2013. 72p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 11, 2016 at: http://democracyinamericas.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/First-Year-Chronology-of-El-Salvadors-Gang-Truce.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: El Salvador

URL: http://democracyinamericas.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/First-Year-Chronology-of-El-Salvadors-Gang-Truce.pdf

Shelf Number: 139373

Keywords:
Barrio 18
Gang Violence
Gang-Related Violence
Gangs
Mara Salvatrucha
Violence Prevention

Author: Carballo, Willian

Title: The truce and everyday life in a violence-free municipality: The case of Santa Tecla in El Salvador

Summary: Youth gangs are the main source of violence in El Salvador. After repressive measures to defeat the gangs failed, the government decided in 2012 to support a process called the "truce." Under its terms, El Salvador's two most important gangs pledged to reduce violence in exchange for an end to state repression against gang members and the establishment of reintegration programs. On the local level, the process led to the creation of violence-free municipalities - areas in which local authorities promote and support the truce through reintegration and violence prevention measures. Lately, in violence-free municipalities the gangs have boosted their role as agents of control through the "administration" of the crime rate. In this study I investigate the impact of the truce at the local level and in the everyday lives of the inhabitants of the municipality of Santa Tecla, and in particular the communities of San Rafael and San Jose El Pino. I look into the community members' perceptions of the truce, the actual impact of the truce at the local level, as well as the role that gangs now play in these municipalities.

Details: Bielefeld, Universitat Bielefeld, 2015. 31p.

Source: Internet Resource: Violence Research and Development Project - Papers - No. 11: Accessed June 11, 2016 at: http://www.uni-bielefeld.de/icvr/docs/carballo.pdf

Year: 2015

Country: El Salvador

URL: http://www.uni-bielefeld.de/icvr/docs/carballo.pdf

Shelf Number: 139379

Keywords:
Gang Violence
Gang-Related Violence
Gangs
Violence Prevention
Youth Gangs

Author: United States Agency for International Development

Title: Scaling Up Interventions to Prevent and Respond to Gender-Based Violence: An Analytical Report

Summary: 1 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY This report on scaling up interventions to prev ent and respond to GBV was commissioned by the United States Agency for International Development (USAID) as part of its GBV Strategy Research Agenda to identify lessons learned from scaled-up GB - interventions to inform and to improve its global prevention and response me chanisms. The information presented in th is report may be used to assist in the identification of GBV interventions that are scalable, or in designing GBV interventions with sound plans to bring them to scale and to maximize impact. Scaling up refers to "taking successful projects, programs, or policies and expanding, adapting, and sustaining them in different ways over time for greater development impact." 1 While scaling up is a common goal of international development donors and implementers a like, there is no universal ly accepted methodology that is employed. The three scale-up methodologies e xplored in this report are: expansion of scope, replication and expansion of geographic coverage. The obje ctive of this report is to assist USAID staff in identifying and selecting scalable GBV interventions across four se ctors: (1) health, (2) youth and education, (3) democracy and govern ance, and (4) economic growth. It is a product of a three-pronged research method ology: (1) a literature review, (2) key informant interviews and focus group discussions conducted in Washington, D.C. and by telephone, and (3) data collected from site visits on scaled-up GBV interven tions in India and South Africa. Eighteen scaled-up GBV interventions were analyzed in the literature re view, eight interventions, which varied by sector and type of scale-up were chosen for further in-depth analysis during the site visits. The mixed-method research design was used to develop this analytic al report in order to better understand scaled-up activities to address gender-based violence. While best practices in the develo pment context are important to know when considering any scale-up, further field research was needed to refine this knowledge in the context of GBV. The research team conducted field research on eight innovative, evalua ted and scaled-up GBV inte rventions in the health, youth development and education, democracy and governance, and economic growth sectors. The best practices in scaling up focused on three key comp onents: program actions, assessing the enabling environment and influencing factors, an d ensuring institutional capacity. The following best practice examples were selected to illustrate initiatives that provide evidence of success in contributing to the prevention of GBV: - Health: One Man Can Campaign, Soul City, and Stepping Stones in South Africa - Youth and Education: Yaari Dosti and Gender Equality Movement in Schools in India - Democracy and Governance: South Africa's Thuthuleza Care Centers (TCCs) and the International Justice Mission (IJM) in India - Economic Growth: The Intervention with Microfinance for AIDS and Gender Equity (IMAGE) in South Africa.

Details: Washington, DC: USAID, 2015. 72p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 15, 2016 at: https://www.usaid.gov/sites/default/files/documents/1865/Scaling-up-Interventions-to-Prevent-and-Respond-to-GBV.pdf

Year: 2015

Country: International

URL: https://www.usaid.gov/sites/default/files/documents/1865/Scaling-up-Interventions-to-Prevent-and-Respond-to-GBV.pdf

Shelf Number: 139644

Keywords:
Gender-Based Violence
Intimate Partner Violence
Violence Against Women, Girls
Violence Prevention

Author: Cohan, Lorena M.

Title: Honduras Cross-Sectoral Youth Violence Prevention Assessment: Final Report

Summary: With 85.5 homicides per 100,000 inhabitants in 2012, Honduras has the highest homicide rate of any country in the world (IUDPAS, 2013a), making crime and violence one of the most complex challenges currently facing the Government of Honduras (GoH), as well as a key priority for USAID Honduras. Violence in Honduras predominantly affects male youth from poor urban areas, with 65 percent of homicides in Honduras occurring in 5 percent of municipalities and the vast majority of homicide victims being males (94 percent) - in particular male youth between 15 and 34 years of age (63 percent) (Observatorio de la Violencia, 2012). This report addresses the violence issue in Honduras by presenting key findings and recommendations from the Honduras Cross-Sectoral Youth Violence Prevention Assessment, carried out by Education Development Center, Inc. (EDC) in response to a request by USAID/Honduras within the context of the METAS Project. The ultimate objective of this assessment was to identify strategies to reduce youth violence in order to inform the future youth violence prevention strategy of USAID/Honduras and other stakeholders. METAS conducted the assessment between February and May 2013 to examine the causes and extent of youth violence in Honduras. This report presents information about the assessment; an understanding of the social context in which this work must be developed; findings, analysis, and a synthesis of programming recommendations derived from that analysis, along with extensive annex documents. The following objectives guided the research questions of the assessment: Objective 1: To develop a comprehensive understanding of the at-risk youth population in Honduras. Objective 2: To develop a comprehensive understanding of youth crime and violence in urban areas. Objective 3:hTo identify multi-sectoral strategic investment options for USAID that address contextual youth challenges within the parameters of the Central American Security Initiative, Goal 3 of USAID's Global Education Strategy. To identify the most promising youth violence prevention strategies, METAS' assessment team examined youth aspirations and assets; challenges faced by youth within at-risk communities to ascertain how these communities either support or impede youth aspirations and ways in which programs might build on such assets or address the challenges; potential modifications that could be made to existing youth programming; and recommendations for future programs that could potentially reduce youth violence.

Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Agency for International Development, 2013. 305p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 22, 2016 at: http://pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PA00K2H3.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: Honduras

URL: http://pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PA00K2H3.pdf

Shelf Number: 139795

Keywords:
At-Risk Youth
Homicides
Juvenile Gangs
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime
Youth Gangs
Youth Violence

Author: Denman, Kristine

Title: Evaluation of the Bernalillo County Metropolitan Area Project Safe Neighborhoods

Summary: Project Safe Neighborhoods (PSN) is a violent crime reduction initiative sponsored by the Department of Justice (DOJ). It has been in operation for over a decade and has been implemented in jurisdictions throughout the country. It began with a focus on firearm crimes, and in 2006, expanded to include gang crimes. The current initiative is intended to address violent crime, gun crime, and gang crime in Bernalillo County and the surrounding Native American communities, including Isleta Pueblo and To'hajiilee. Across the country, United States Attorney's Offices (USAO) coordinate PSN efforts in their respective districts. The USAO designates a Task Force Coordinator (also referred to herein as the "law enforcement coordinator") whose charge is to convene a PSN Task Force that brings together representatives from law enforcement and prosecution at all jurisdictional levels (local, tribal, state, and federal), as well as community leaders, research partners, and others. These Task Force meetings are a venue for planning, reporting on, and refining PSN activities and initiatives. In addition to managing these efforts, the PSN Task Force Coordinator reports to the Department of Justice regarding the implementation and short-term success of local PSN efforts. New Mexico has had the opportunity to engage in a number of Project Safe Neighborhoods projects in a variety of locations throughout the state. This PSN effort intended to build on those prior initiatives by engaging with established partners, utilizing strategic efforts developed previously, and using other proven resources and strategies developed previously through other efforts like Weed & Seed. This PSN project intends to expand on prior efforts by addressing the concerns of nearby Native American communities, particularly with respect to the transference of criminal activity and values across jurisdictional boundaries, and by addressing the impact of violent crime on urban Native Americans both as victims and offenders. As part of the research support and evaluation efforts for this PSN project, the New Mexico Statistical Analysis Center (NM SAC) at the University of New Mexico's Institute for Social Research has contracted with the New Mexico Department of Public Safety to conduct a process evaluation. Besides documenting project activities, this evaluation focuses on documenting the activities and collaboration that occurred, the perceived impact and success of the initiative, facilitators and barriers to implementation, and directions for future growth.

Details: Albuquerque: New Mexico Statistical Analysis Center, 2016. 69p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 23, 2016 at: http://isr.unm.edu/reports/2016/evaluation-of-bernalillo-county-metropolitan-area-psn.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: United States

URL: http://isr.unm.edu/reports/2016/evaluation-of-bernalillo-county-metropolitan-area-psn.pdf

Shelf Number: 139804

Keywords:
Gang Violence
Gun-Related Violence
Neighborhoods and Crime
Project Safe Neighborhoods
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: World Health Organization

Title: INSPIRE: Seven Strategies for Ending Violence Against Children

Summary: Globally, hundreds of millions of children - up to one billion - have experienced physical, sexual or psychological violence in the past year. INSPIRE: seven strategies for ending violence against children identifies a select group of strategies that have shown success in reducing violence against children. They are: implementation and enforcement of laws; norms and values; safe environments; parent and caregiver support; income and economic strengthening; response and support services; and education and life skills. INSPIRE is WHO's main contribution to the newly established Global Partnership to End Violence Against Children.

Details: Geneva, SWIT: WHO, 2016. 108p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 6, 2016 at: http://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/10665/207717/1/9789241565356-eng.pdf?ua=1

Year: 2016

Country: International

URL: http://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/10665/207717/1/9789241565356-eng.pdf?ua=1

Shelf Number: 140021

Keywords:
Child Abuse and Neglect
Child Maltreatment
Violence Against Children
Violence Prevention

Author: Hillis, Susan D.

Title: THRIVES: A Global Technical Package to Prevention Violence Against Children

Summary: THRIVES, developed by the Centers for Disease Control, is a collection of select strategies that have been graded to various critieria, showing that they are both effective/promising and include prudent practice. These strategies have been found to reflect the best available evidence to help countries sharpen their focus on priorities with the greatest potential to reduce violence against children. THRIVES includes the following strategies: T - Training in parenting H - Household economic strengthening R - Reduced violence through legal protection I - Improved services V - Values and norms that protect children E - Education and life skills S - Surveillance and evaluation

Details: Atlanta, GA: Centers for Disease Control, 2015. 32p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 27, 2016 at: https://stacks.cdc.gov/view/cdc/31482

Year: 2015

Country: United States

URL: https://stacks.cdc.gov/view/cdc/31482

Shelf Number: 140058

Keywords:
Child Abuse and Neglect
Child Maltreatment
Child Protection
Violence Against Children
Violence Prevention

Author: EUROsociAL Programme

Title: Regional Model for a Comprehensive Violence and Crime Prevention Policy

Summary: Over the past decade, the premise by which the origin of violence and crime is multicausal and multi-dimensional in nature has been widely accepted as the starting point from which the comprehensive prevention of violence and crime can be approached in order to build safer and more cohesive communities and societies. Proof of this can be found in the principles of the Central America Security Strategy (ESCA). Consequently, the Model is an exercise in supporting the implementation and promotion of the said principles and the approach promoted by the European Union through this strategy, laid down in the EU action plan, CELAC 2015-2017. Within this context and on the basis of the aforementioned premise, the Regional Model for a Comprehensive Violence and Crime Prevention Policy embodies a significant part of the work on Public Security undertaken by the European Union's EUROsociAL II programme. The formulation of the Model began in the first three regional meetings on violence and crime prevention: El Salvador (2011), Panama (2013) and Guatemala (2014). This initiative, taken by the European Commission with Latin America, is primarily a commitment towards the region based on the Commission's main goal: cooperation in order to promote public policies that can contribute to social cohesion. Under this programme, the European Forum for Urban Security (Efus) and the International Juvenile Justice Observatory (IJJO), coordinated by Expertise France, worked on the drafting of a comprehensive regional violence and crime prevention policy framework by creating this Model with the support of the consultancy firm, Proyectos Estrategicos Consultoria. The main aim of this document, whose purpose is to review and analyse theoretical and scientific developments in the public policies implemented in Latin America and their respective legal and judicial frameworks, as well as the guidelines of international bodies regarding violence and crime prevention, is to guide and support governments as they create and manage their plans and actions in this area. Accordingly, and in light of the fact that this document is consistent with the situation in the region and can be adapted to all of the circumstances that can be found in Latin America, the participatory nature of this process is worth highlighting. Consultative video-conference meetings allowed the authors to find out about and take note of various practical concerns regarding the management of violence and crime prevention measures voiced by ten countries (Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Ecuador, El Salvador, Honduras, Mexico, Nicaragua, Panama and Uruguay) and four international cooperation bodies and agencies (Inter-American Development Bank, World Bank, Organization of American States, and the United Nations Development Programme). These observations were subsequently integrated into the document. The Model puts forward seven processes and two conditions whose purpose is to facilitate the identification of the circumstances, developments and requirements specific to each country to contribute to the construction and consolidation of comprehensive public violence and crime prevention policies.

Details: Madrid: EUROsociAL Programme, 2015. 76p.

Source: Internet Resource: Collection Working Paper n. 33: Accessed September 7, 2016 at: http://sia.eurosocial-ii.eu/files/docs/1461686840-DT_33-_Modelo%20regional%20Prevencion%20Violencia%20(ENG).pdf

Year: 2015

Country: Latin America

URL: http://sia.eurosocial-ii.eu/files/docs/1461686840-DT_33-_Modelo%20regional%20Prevencion%20Violencia%20(ENG).pdf

Shelf Number: 140223

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Public Security
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Tomberg, Kathleen A.

Title: Durable Collaborations: The National Forum on Youth Violence Prevention

Summary: In 2012, the Research and Evaluation Center at John Jay College began to publish the results of an assessment conducted between Summer 2011 and Summer 2012. The project measured the effectiveness of the National Forum on Youth Violence Prevention. The findings suggested that the initiative was generating important changes in five communities participating in the National Forum (Boston, MA; Detroit, MI; Memphis, TN; Salinas, CA; and San Jose, CA). Survey respondents reported a number of potentially valuable outcomes, including expanded opportunities for youth, improvements in the extent of inter-agency and cross-sector collaborations, and successful efforts to draw upon the knowledge and expertise of a broad range of community members. According to survey respondents, the National Forum cities were developing stronger capacities to reduce youth violence. In 2016, with the support of the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, the John Jay research team launched a new iteration of the same survey in all 15 cities then involved in the National Forum. The respondents in the new survey were positive about their growing collaborations and the effectiveness of their strategies for preventing youth violence. As with the previous surveys, the 2016 survey measured the perceptions of community leaders. It was not a direct measure of youth violence.

Details: New York: John Jay College of Criminal Justice, Research and Evaluation Center, 2016.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2016 at: https://jjrec.files.wordpress.com/2016/06/durablecollaborations2.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: United States

URL: https://jjrec.files.wordpress.com/2016/06/durablecollaborations2.pdf

Shelf Number: 145625

Keywords:
Community-Based Programs
Juvenile Offenders
Partnerships
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime
Youth Violence

Author: Henry, David B.

Title: The Effect of Intensive CeaseFire Intervention on Crime in Four Chicago Police Beats: Quantitative Assessment

Summary: This quantitative evaluation project analyzed two years of publicly-available data on violent crimes for the two districts targeted by City of Chicago Contract #2013-00303-00- 00 to determine (1) whether the goals of the contract were accomplished and (2) whether the effects exceeded what could have been expected without CeaseFire. The results are summarized as follows: o Raw crime counts show a 31% reduction in homicide, a 7% reduction in total violent crime, and a 19% reduction in shootings in the targeted districts. o These effects are significantly greater than the effects expected given the declining trends in crime in the city as a whole. o Reduced levels of total violent crime, shootings, and homicides were maintained throughout the intervention year in the targeted districts. o Some effects, including the rate of growth in violence, differed by district, possibly due to different strategies employed by CeaseFire. o The effects of the intervention were immediate, appearing within the first month, when CeaseFire workers arrived in the community, and were maintained throughout the intervention year. o It is not likely that effects were due to increased police activity, although this cannot be confirmed because the contract called for cooperation between CeaseFire and police. o The extent to which the effects will be maintained in the year after the end of the city contract will be the subject of further study.

Details: Chicago, IL: Cure Violence.org, 2014. 52p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2016 at: http://cureviolence.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/McCormick-CeaseFire-Evaluation-Quantitative.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: United States

URL: http://cureviolence.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/McCormick-CeaseFire-Evaluation-Quantitative.pdf

Shelf Number: 140473

Keywords:
CeaseFire
Crime Prevention
Gun Violence
Gun-Related Violence
Health Policy
Violence Prevention

Author: Rosnick, David

Title: Have US-Funded CARSI Programs Reduced Crime and Violence in Central America?

Summary: In October 2014, the Latin American Public Opinion Project (LAPOP) at Vanderbilt University published an impact assessment study of community-based violence prevention programs that have been implemented under the umbrella of the US State Department's Central American Regional Security Initiative (CARSI). The study looked at survey data measuring public perceptions of crime in 127 treatment and control neighborhoods in municipalities in El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, and Panama where the violence prevention programs have been implemented. The study's authors stated that the data shows that "in several key respects the programs have been a success" and note, for instance, that 51 percent fewer residents of "treated" communities reported being aware of murders and extortion incidents during the previous 12 months, and 19 percent fewer residents reported having heard about robberies having occurred. As the LAPOP study is, to date, the only publicly accessible impact assessment of programs carried out under CARSI - a notoriously opaque regional assistance scheme that has received hundreds of millions of dollars of US government funding - a thorough review of the LAPOP study data seemed appropriate. This report examines the data collected during the LAPOP study and subjects them to a number of statistical tests. The authors find that the study cannot support the conclusion that the areas subject to treatment in the CARSI programs showed better results than those areas that were not. This report identifies major problems with the LAPOP study, namely, the nonrandomness of the selection of treatment versus control areas and how the differences in initial conditions, as well as differences in results between treatment and control areas, have been interpreted. In the case of reported robberies, if the areas subject to treatment have an elevated level of reported robberies in the year prior to treatment, it is possible that there is some reversion to normal levels over the next year. The LAPOP methodology does not differentiate between effective treatment and, for example, an unrelated decline in reported robberies in a treated area following a year with an abnormally high number of reported robberies. The series of statistical tests in this report indicate that this possibility is quite plausible, and cannot be ruled out; and that the LAPOP study, therefore, does not demonstrate a statistically significant positive effect of treatment. The same can be said for the other variables where the LAPOP study finds significant improvement.

Details: Washington, DC: Center for Economic and Policy Research, 2016. 22p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2016 at: http://cepr.net/images/stories/reports/carsi-2016-09.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: Central America

URL: http://cepr.net/images/stories/reports/carsi-2016-09.pdf

Shelf Number: 146137

Keywords:
Crime Prevention Programs
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent crime

Author: Seattle. Human Services Department

Title: Seattle Youth Violence Prevention Needs Assessment

Summary: The Seattle Youth Violence Prevention Initiative (SYVPI) constitutes the City's core programming in youth violence prevention with an annual budget of approximately $5.8 million per year. SYVPI is intended to be a coordinated violence prevention and intervention program providing wrap-around services for youth between 12- 17 years who are involved in or thought to be at risk of becoming involved in violence. However, while SYVPI has been operating since 2009, it has been unable to clearly articulate how its program works to reduce youth violence. In 2013, the City Council asked the City Auditor to conduct an "Evaluability Assessment" of SYVPI with the goal of developing a rigorous evaluation of the program. In October 2014, the City Auditor issued a report by MEF Associates that concluded SYVPI could not be evaluated due to several operational and program design issues. MEF identified several issues that would need to be addressed before SYVPI could be evaluated (while MEF was asked to focus on an evaluation design for SYVPI, the problems it identified have broader implications for SYVPI's efficacy). MEF also recommended the City conduct a youth violence needs assessment. This report is in response to this recommendation. Findings A. City's current approach to youth violence lacks an overarching strategic vision The City's current approach to youth violence prevention lacks an overarching strategic vision that recognizes the complexity and multi-faceted nature of youth violence. A substantial body of research recommends viewing youth violence through a public health lens, which posits youth violence can be prevented before it occurs. Adopting a public health approach means viewing the problem from a systems perspective and recognizing the environments in which youth grow and develop have the ability to influence norms and behaviors. A public health perspective also acknowledges that no stand-alone program or entity can effectively address youth violence. Thus, an effective strategy will seek to identify the relative strengths and respective roles and responsibilities of different institutions and systems that play a role in youth violence prevention. Ideally, this will lead to more effective partnerships, the identification of shared goals, and improved service alignment and coordination across systems. B. SYVPI's programming is limited in scope SYVPI is largely focused on the provision of pro-social activities for individual youth between 12- 17 years. As noted in a recent City Auditor report on SYVPI, While these services are important for youth who might otherwise have barriers to these opportunities, this strategy does not address issues with the criminal justice system or schools. In addition, research has identified several risk factors.

Details: Seattle: City of Seattle Human Services Department, 2015. 71p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2016 at: http://www.seattle.gov/Documents/Departments/HumanServices/Reports/Final_SYPVI_NeedsAssessment.pdf

Year: 2015

Country: United States

URL: http://www.seattle.gov/Documents/Departments/HumanServices/Reports/Final_SYPVI_NeedsAssessment.pdf

Shelf Number: 145416

Keywords:
At-Risk Youth
Delinquency Prevention
Needs Assessment
Violence Prevention
Youth Homicides
Youth Violence

Author: Trajtenberg, Nico

Title: Towards a more Effective Violence Prevention Policy in Uruguay

Summary: This report presents the results of the Montevideo Project on the Social Development of Children and Youths (m-proso) study, a large representative school-based survey of young people on deviance and violence conducted in Montevideo. The study was funded by the UBS Optimus Foundation and the data was collected by the University of Cambridge and Universidad de la Republica del Uruguay in coordination with the directorial council of the Administracion Nacional de Educacion Publica (ANEP). The main empirical goal of this study was to describe levels of violent victimization and violent behaviour among adolescents in Montevideo. It also aimed to identify major individual, family, school and life-style risk factors associated with victimization and perpetration that can inform the development of a national policy for the prevention of youth violence. To achieve this goal a large representative survey of over 2202 adolescents in grade 9 (i.e. approximately age 15) from public and private high schools was conducted in 2013. The study results can be divided in two main areas: Victimization: - 25% of adolescents have been victims of one of the three types of violence in the past year. Robbery victimizations are most frequent, followed by assault and sexual assault. Most victimizations occur in public space or at school, and are committed by peers of the same age. Only about one out of ten incidents are reported to the police. - The risk of victimization was associated with a number of lifestyle characteristics. Adolescents who go out frequently, consume psychoactive substances, and who engage in delinquent activities are at a greater risk of violent victimization. Also, adolescents with a disability were at a higher risk of victimization, while socio-demographic characteristics were not found to be predictive of victimization. - 28% of adolescents reported experiences of corporal punishment by their parents. Socio-demographic characteristics did not predict the likelihood of corporal punishment. However, the likelihood of corporal punishment was more likely if there was more parental conflict. The experience of corporal punishment was associated with more depressive symptoms. - 20% of adolescents experienced bullying victimization at least once per month. Bullying victims differed from non-victims in several ways: they were more likely to have a poor relationship with classmates and more likely to have academic difficulties. At home they were more likely to experience erratic discipline and parental conflict. Also, adolescents with a disability were found to be more likely to be victimized. - The results of the present study supported findings from international research that different types of victimization tend to be correlated. For example, victims of corporal punishment by their parents were significantly more likely to also experience bullying and violent victimization. Perpetration - 17% of adolescents admitted to having committed at least one act of violence in the past year. 19% of adolescents reported to be involved in a group that threatens, robs or assaults other people. And 13% of adolescents reported that they bullied other adolescents at least once per month. - Different types of violence are strongly correlated in that, for example, adolescents who verbally bully others also tend to be involved in physical fights or robberies committed within a group of other adolescents. Male adolescents are overrepresented for all types of direct aggression, but their predominance is larger for aggression that entails physical force, is more serious, and committed in groups. - Involvement in violence is part of a wider syndrome of adolescent problem behaviours: Violent adolescents are much more likely to also be involvement in non-violent delinquent acts including theft in school, at home or in shops, vandalism and burglary, or drug dealing. They are also more likely to run away from home and to play truant at school. Finally, adolescents involved in violence are much more likely to use alcohol, cannabis, or hard drugs. - Adolescents with a higher involvement in violent acts differed in their personality characteristics from other youth. They were more riskseeking, impulsive, self-centred and short-sighted than non-violent youth; they were more likely to internalize delinquent norms and to reject conventional moral principles; they had lower conflict resolution skills in that they were more likely to react with anger and less likely to understand diferent sides of an argument; and they tend to believe that they are stronger and better fighters than others. - Adolescents involved in physical violence and bullying also differ on school-related characteristics: They were significantly more likely to have been retained at school, to play truant, to have a poor relationship to the teacher and to have a low commitment to do well at school. They were also less likely to accept the authority of teachers and directors. - More violent adolescents tend to live in families where parents were less likely to be involved in joint activities with the young person, that they were less able to efectively supervise the activities of their child, and that they were more likely to use physical punishment as a disciplining strategy. - Finally, aggressive adolescents tend to spend a lot more time playing violent computer games, they are out on the streets more often during night-time and weekends, and they spend this unsupervised time more often in the company of delinquent peers. Finally, based on the aforementioned results and following the WHO public health framework of violence prevention this report provides recommendations on five areas of intervention: enhance parenting support; improve school climate and behaviour management in schools; improve the legitimacy of the police; reduce early access to psychoactive substances and weapons; and reducing street violence and robbery.

Details: Cambridge, UK: University of Cambridge, Institute of Criminology, Violence Research Centre, 2015. 162p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 13, 2016 at: http://www.vrc.crim.cam.ac.uk/vrcresearch/meuruguay/uruguayeng

Year: 2015

Country: Uruguay

URL: http://www.vrc.crim.cam.ac.uk/vrcresearch/meuruguay/uruguayeng

Shelf Number: 145077

Keywords:
Juvenile Offenders
Robbery
Street Violence
Victimization
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime
Youth Violence

Author: Cordova, Ricardo

Title: Social Capital, Collective Efficacy and Community Based Crime Prevention in El Salvador

Summary: The following paper explores the extent to which crime and violence prevention initiatives that promote social capital and collective efficacy are successful in reducing crime and violence in Latin America, more specifically through a case study of El Salvador. Some of the latest efforts to prevent crime in Latin America propose to strengthen social capital and social cohesion in order to reduce risk factors and fear of crime. That is based on studies conducted mostly in the United States and in Europe over the past 30 years. The use of this conceptual framework to carry out empirical studies in Latin America has been very limited; in fact there have been only a few studies in this vein conducted in recent years, in countries such as Mexico and Colombia. There is still plenty of room to explore and contribute to this important debate with more studies conducted in Latin America. We are interested in exploring the extent to which crime and violence prevention initiatives that promote social capital and collective efficacy are successful in reducing crime and violence in Latin America, more specifically through a case study of El Salvador.

Details: Lima, Peru: ELLA (Evidence and Lessons from Latin America), 2016. 72p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 27, 2016 at: http://ella.practicalaction.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/VER-II-REP-FundaUngo-Social-Capital-Collective-Efficacy-and-CBCP.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: El Salvador

URL: http://ella.practicalaction.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/VER-II-REP-FundaUngo-Social-Capital-Collective-Efficacy-and-CBCP.pdf

Shelf Number: 140862

Keywords:
Collective Efficacy
Community-Based Programs
Crime Prevention
Social Capital
Violence
Violence Prevention

Author: World Health Organization

Title: Guns, knives and pesticides: reducing access to lethal means

Summary: Evidence suggests that limiting access to firearms, knives and pesticides saves lives, prevents injuries and reduces costs to society. Homicide and suicide claim 600 000 and 844 000 human lives respectively, each year worldwide. This comes at a terrible cost to society - psychological and financial - and inhibits progress towards all eight of the United Nations' Millennium Development Goals. This carnage could be significantly reduced, however, by limiting access to three of the most lethal means of violence: firearms, sharp objects (such as knives) and pesticides. Firearms: Jurisdictions with restrictive firearms legislation and lower firearms ownership tend to have lower levels of gun violence. Measures include bans, licensing schemes, minimum ages for buyers, background checks and safe storage requirements. Such measures have been successfully implemented in countries such as Austria and Brazil and in a number of states in the United States of America. Introducing national legislation can be complicated, but much can be done at local level. Stiffer enforcement, amnesties and improved security for state supplies of firearms are some of the other promising approaches. Multifaceted strategies are also needed to reduce demand for guns - diverting vulnerable youth from gang membership, for instance. Sharp objects: As well as control measures, governments need broad strategies to reduce socioeconomic factors underlying the violent use of these weapons. Less evidence is available on the impacts of efforts to reduce violence associated with sharp objects than for firearms. Until now concerned authorities have focused on similar measures to those used for the control of guns. In the United Kingdom these have included legislative reforms (bans on flick knives, minimum ages for purchasers etc.), stiffer enforcement ("stop-and-search" initiatives) and amnesties; however, their impact is not yet clear. Pesticides: Safer storage, bans and replacement by less toxic pesticides could prevent many of the estimated 370 000 suicides caused by ingestion of pesticides every year. Members of agricultural communities in low- and middle-income countries are heavily over-represented in the suicide death toll related to pesticides. Controlling access to pesticides is not only critical in reducing self-directed violence, it is key to preventing unintentional poisoning and terrorism. International conventions attempt to manage hazardous substances; however, many highly toxic pesticides are still widely used. Studies indicate that bans must be accompanied by evaluations of agricultural needs and replacement with low-risk alternatives for pest control. Further research is needed, particularly in low- and middle-income countries. The development of robust injury-data collection systems and further studies are required to deepen our understanding of the impacts of measures to reduce access to lethal means, especially in low- and middle-income countries.

Details: Geneva: WHO, 2009. 20p.

Source: Internet Resource: Series of briefings on violence prevention: Accessed November 3, 2016 at: http://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/10665/44060/1/9789241597739_eng.pdf

Year: 2009

Country: International

URL: http://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/10665/44060/1/9789241597739_eng.pdf

Shelf Number: 145399

Keywords:
Gun-Related Violence
Homicides
Knives
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime
Weapons

Author: Leach, Steven

Title: Preventing Violence: Community-based Approaches to Early Warning and Early Response

Summary: Community-based early warning and early response (EWER) systems are locally-rooted initiatives designed to prevent violence and transform conflict through an inclusive, participatory process, built on a foundation of consensus. While the form and function of community-based approaches to EWER are context specific, there are some common themes and learning outcomes, which anyone interested in community-based approaches to EWER will want to consider. Listed below are key points related to the four themes of set-up and structure, indicators, monitoring and response. Set-up and Structure - Top-down models are more common than bottom-up models; both have been effective in different contexts and both come with different challenges. - Inclusion of all stakeholders, including minority and marginalized groups, is essential. • Legitimacy and effectiveness rely on wide community support, as well as the support of the authorities. - Context sensitivity: all EWER systems will be shaped by the community in which they develop and may not be directly replicable in other contexts. - External parties can strengthen local capacities and aid in process design, but the process must be led and owned by the community. Indicators - Both qualitative and quantitative indicators are important. Past emphasis on quantitative indicators has detracted from the value of qualitative indicators for community-level monitoring. - Indicators of immediate risks of escalation tend to be prioritized, yet indicators identifying the structural and underlying causes of conflict are essential for long-term violence prevention and conflict transformation. - Indicators can be based on factors that contribute to conflict escalation, but also on community practices that contribute to peace and social cohesion. • Good indicators are specific to the local context, up-to-date, developed in a participatory and inclusive way, and gender-sensitive. - The list of indicators should avoid being overly ambitious to lessen the risk of exceeding capacities to monitor and respond. Monitoring - The selection of monitors should reflect the diversity of the community. • Verification of information is an important function of EWER systems in order to ensure EWER reports are credible and to counter the negative effects of false or inflammatory information. - Information collected should be analyzed in a participatory manner and reports should be made widely available. - New technologies can facilitate communication, but the questions of "if", "where" and "how" they can be useful in a specific context should be considerd before integrating them into an EWER system. - Transparency is essential to avoid suspicion from members of the community, government, or security forces. Response - Response capacities should shape the overall design of the system. A gap between a system's ability to warn and its ability to deliver responses can undermine its credibility and the support it receives. - Community-based direct response to conflict favors interests-based and transformational approaches over power- or rights-based approaches. - Community-based approaches are consensus-based, build on existing local capacities, and are carried out by members of the community. - Communities need a network of established relationships in order to mobilize external actors to respond to situations that are beyond their capacity to manage. - Regular communication and reporting can help to foster constructive, collaborative relationships with external actors.

Details: Zurich: Center for Security Studies, 2016. 40p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 10, 2016 at: http://www.css.ethz.ch/content/dam/ethz/special-interest/gess/cis/center-for-securities-studies/pdfs/MediationResources-2016-08.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: International

URL: http://www.css.ethz.ch/content/dam/ethz/special-interest/gess/cis/center-for-securities-studies/pdfs/MediationResources-2016-08.pdf

Shelf Number: 146966

Keywords:
Community-Based Programs
Conflict Management
Conflict Mediation
Violence Prevention

Author: Matthews, Corey

Title: Targeting High Risk Offenders: A Violence Reduction Strategy

Summary: The City of Oakland's Human Services Department plans and administers violence intervention programs and services for city residents. This network of programs and services, housed under the name "Oakland Unite" is undergoing a comprehensive strategic planning process. This report highlights the opportunities to enhance service delivery for those at highest risk of offense or reoffense in Oakland Unite's four violence intervention strategies: Focused Youth Services, Family Violence Intervention, Young Adult Reentry Services, and Incident/Crisis Response. It incorporates: 1) A qualitative analysis of focus group discussions with providers of violence intervention services. 2) A municipality comparison of promising practices used by professionals in the field. 3) A literature review of city-led violence reduction strategy reports. It concludes with recommendations on how to refine the City of Oakland's violence intervention model and improve service delivery practices to better serve the highest risk youth and young adults. Recommendations are made with short and long-term considerations. In the short-term, Oakland Unite should: - Invest in After School Programs for young people to offer more options for extracurricular involvement - Research risk assessment tools - Staff a grants manager to apply for and administer external funding resources In the long-term, Oakland Unite should: - Reorganize its referral network to leverage neighborhood, place-based service delivery (i.e. services in East Oakland might be different than those in West Oakland) - Increase Oakland Unified School District support to provide onsite mental health, case management and additional services for young people at the highest risk for re-offense - Adopt a standardized risk assessment - Apply for state, federal and philanthropic funding to increase resources for service delivery

Details: Berkeley, CA: University of California Berkeley, Goldman School of Public Policy, 2015. 54p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2016 at: http://oaklandunite.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/Targeting-High-Risk-Offenders_Advanced-Policy-Analysis_Matthews_Corey-Spring-2015.pdf

Year: 2015

Country: United States

URL: http://oaklandunite.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/Targeting-High-Risk-Offenders_Advanced-Policy-Analysis_Matthews_Corey-Spring-2015.pdf

Shelf Number: 146670

Keywords:
Repeat Offenders
Risk Assessment
Violence Prevention
Violent Offenders

Author: Huff, Amber

Title: Violence and Violence Reduction Efforts in Kenya, Uganda, Ghana and Ivory Coast: Insights and Lessons towards Achieving SDG 16

Summary: The 2011 World Development Report on Conflict, Security and Development states that, ‘repeated cycles of organized criminal violence and civil conflict that threaten development locally and regionally and are responsible for much of the global deficit in meeting the Millennium Development Goals’ (World Bank 2011: 46). As a result, peace and security emerged as a ‘core concern’ in the development of the post-2015 sustainable development agenda (Werner 2015: 348), and a remarkable high-level consensus has emerged on the basic elements of an approach to reduce violence across contexts. These include: (1) the need to create legitimate institutions, often through efforts to craft political settlements; (2) strengthening access to justice; (3) extending economic opportunities and employment, especially for young people; and (4) fostering societal resilience, through institutions as well as by considering the sustainability of interventions (Lind, Mitchell and Rohwerder 2016). Flowing from these ideas, Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) 16 aims to 'promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainable development, provide access to justice for all and build effective, accountable and inclusive institutions at all levels' by meeting targets that range from reduction of violence and related death rates everywhere, to reducing corruption and bribery in all their forms, ending all forms of legal discrimination and developing effective, accountable and transparent institutions (UNDP 2016a).

Details: Brighton, UK:: Institute of Development Studies, 2016. 95p.

Source: Internet Resource: Addressing and Mitigating Violence, Evidence Report No. 210: Accessed December 2, 2016 at: https://opendocs.ids.ac.uk/opendocs/bitstream/handle/123456789/12656/ER210_ViolenceandViolenceReductionEffortsinKenyaUgandaGhanaandIvoryCoast.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y

Year: 2016

Country: Africa

URL: https://opendocs.ids.ac.uk/opendocs/bitstream/handle/123456789/12656/ER210_ViolenceandViolenceReductionEffortsinKenyaUgandaGhanaandIvoryCoast.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y

Shelf Number: 147957

Keywords:
Bribery
Conflict-Related Violence
Corruption
Homicides
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: International NGO Council on Violence Against Children

Title: 10 Years On: Global Progress & Delay in Ending Violence Against Children - The Rhetoric & the Reality

Summary: The International NGO Council on Violence Against Children formed in 2007, to support strong and effective follow-up to the UN Study on Violence against Children. Now, as the Sustainable Development Goals adopt the call to end all violence against children and the Global Partnership to End Violence Against Children take up the mantle of pursuing this goal, the NGO Council publishes its fourth and final report: a warts and all account of the progress made and the work that lies ahead to end violence against children. In the ten years since the Study was published, we have made great strides in learning about the violence that affects children around the world and we have seen great advances in combating some of those forms of violence. Yet for many children, violence is an ever present fact of life. Where progress has been made, it remains tainted by its limitations: the rates at which children are subjected to female genital mutilation are falling rapidly, but because of population increases, the number of women and girls who have experienced this form of violence are actually increasing. The number of countries that have legally prohibited all forms of corporal punishment of children has tripled since the Study was published, yet an estimated one billion children still experience physical violence in the home on a regular basis. Children in detention are among the most vulnerable to violence, and while detention rates in many of the world's juvenile justice systems have fallen sharply over the last decade, we are seeing the detention of children in immigration systems increasing and taking on new forms. Perhaps worse still, many of the most severe forms of violence children experience remain legal, whether in the 14 States that still allow the death penalty for children, the 22 countries that still legally permit certain forms of female genital mutilation, or the 93 that allow girls to marry before the age of 18. The Violence Study set 2009 as a deadline to legally prohibit all of these practices, but we are still far from this goal. The persistence of violence against children is a challenge to us all: why have we not been able to achieve change quickly enough? The contributions from key global experts on violence against children point to some hard truths about our failings, but also to the way ahead. We have failed to effectively challenge the social acceptance of so many forms of violence and struggled to achieve the legal prohibition of all forms of violence that is a necessary basis for eliminating these practices. If we are to realise goal 16.2 of the SDGs to end all forms of violence against children by 2030, we must learn these lessons of our efforts so far.

Details: s.l.: The Council, 2016. 44p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 22, 2016 at: http://www.wvi.org/sites/default/files/Int_NGO_Council_VAC_Report2016.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: International

URL: http://www.wvi.org/sites/default/files/Int_NGO_Council_VAC_Report2016.pdf

Shelf Number: 147788

Keywords:
Child Abuse and Neglect
Child Maltreatment
Child Protection
Female Genital Mutilation
Violence Against Children
Violence Prevention

Author: Police Foundation

Title: Reducing Violent Crime in American Cities: An Opportunity to Lead.

Summary: On the national level, crime remains historically low. However, this national aggregate paints a deceiving picture of crime in many major cities. Individual cities experienced grim spikes in violent crime from 2014 to 2015 and through 2016 as well. As such, defining violent crime levels based solely on the national aggregates and distributing federal resources accordingly does not address local realities. The national statistics do not depict the suffering endured by families and individuals living in communities plagued by violence, nor do they depict the frustration felt by local law enforcement leaders who often are seen as responsible officials in their communities. Unfortunately for these leaders and the communities they serve, the federal support actually received to help combat violent crime is often calculated based on national statistics and the perspective of decision-makers in Washington, D.C. At the federal level, law enforcement agencies are tasked with a variety of missions and often cannot or do not prioritize localized violent crime over enforcing other laws and addressing other priorities. The mixture of varied prioritization, flat or reduced funding, traditional approaches, and limited authorities stifles an effective federal response despite the best intentions, hard work, and bravery of federal special agents, investigators, professional staff, and their agencies. Chapter 1 of this report provides a contextual overview and supporting data on the spike in localized violent crime in major cities, a review of the major drivers of crime, and an assertion that federal support is critical. Because collection and aggregation of crime data is disparate in police departments across the country, the extent of the increase in violent crime is difficult to specify. However, one important indicator is that the 2015 Uniform Crime Reporting (UCR) data1 show an increase in all violent crime types from 2014 to 2015. In addition, a survey of major city police chiefs ranked gang violence (87.8%), drug-related disputes (79.6%), and access to illegal firearms (71.4%) as the top drivers of violent crime. The chapter asserts that despite the generally low levels of crime throughout the nation, the federal government must continue to prioritize violent crime and public safety concerns and focus its attention on local public safety crises, as a number of jurisdictions across the country live in a constant state of fear. What is required from federal agencies, is leadership in propelling an agenda in which violent crime is both a budgetary and policy priority and in addressing problems with evidence-based solutions. Chapter 2 reviews broad federal law enforcement priorities, roles, resources, and accountability in the context of the nation’s fight against violent crime. A Police Foundation study found that while local law enforcement receives federal resources, many of these resources are allocated according to factors other than what is affecting local communities. For example, the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) characterizes violent crime as its eighth priority, well behind its number one priority of fighting terrorism. Moreover, no federal agency prioritizes violent crime as its most important issue. Accordingly, the new Administration and Congress must make violent crime, and the federal government’s interest in violent crime, a top priority and be willing to dedicate the resources needed to assist in places where public safety is jeopardized. Major city chiefs interviewed stressed the need for better partnerships in combatting violent crime. Federal policy leaders must work with local law enforcement to improve federal support to fight violent crime. Using the latest crime data, federal, state, and local partnerships, based on shared decision-making and coproduction of public safety, is critical. Chapter 3 provides a detailed examination of the tools that federal law enforcement agencies provide to support those on the state and local levels to address violent crime. The data presented provides an overview of federal initiatives, tools, and roles that have shown evidence of sustainable success in reducing violent crime. Major city police chiefs provided information on federal law enforcement agencies, programs, and tools that have assisted them and stated that the FBI and the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) show the most interest in prioritizing violent crime. They also found federal support through the National Integrated Ballistic Information Network (NIBIN) and the National Tracing Center (NTC) to be the most useful tools. Chapter 4 reviews the importance of U.S. Attorneys in fighting violent crime. It provides information indicating that police chiefs consider the support of U.S. Attorneys to be critical in fighting localized violent crime. Acting as the chief federal law enforcement officer in each judicial district, U.S. Attorneys must act as chief conveners to lead strategic collaborations that build strong federal cases that will impact localized violent crime. This chapter also stresses that the fight against violent crime and criminal justice reform are not mutually exclusive. Chapter 5 provides a detailed review of the impact of firearms availability on violent crime in the U.S. Law enforcement executives expressed their concerns that the most significant threat to the Second Amendment is the misuse of firearms and the ability of criminals to access them. Gun trafficking, illegal gun markets, theft, and illegal diversion are important issues that have not been addressed sufficiently. Legislation and federal tools available to regulate illegal gun markets and keep guns out of the hands of those looking to cause harm are inadequate. Background checks, for example, should be retooled and strengthened, and laws that restrict the effectiveness of federal law enforcement in enforcing them should be eliminated. This report is not intended as a criticism of any previous Presidential Administration, its leaders or appointees, or of the hardworking, professional men and women in federal law enforcement agencies, many of whom began their careers as state or local law enforcement officers. Instead, this report looks toward the new Administration, which has an opportunity to leverage the lessons of the past and lead a legacy of change for the future. In doing so, it will have the opportunity to set forth a new strategy to keep national crime rates at historically low levels while reducing disparate impacts in our major cities and elsewhere. The recommendations in this report create an overarching, new strategy to understand and address violence in today’s cities. They include prioritization and non-traditional approaches, openness and sharing of data, expansion of available technologies, and calls for immediate Congressional and Executive Branch action. The recommendations presented in this report echo similar concerns expressed by the U.S. Conference of Mayors where New Orleans Mayor Mitch Landrieu presented information regarding a forthcoming report, entitled Securing America, to the Major Cities Chiefs Association (MCCA) at its October 2016 meeting. The MCCA members expressed substantial concurrence with the forthcoming report.

Details: Washington, DC: Police Foundation, 2017. 84p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 27, 2017 at: https://www.policefoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/PF-MCCA_Reducing-Violent-Crime-in-American-Cities_FullReport_RGB.pdf

Year: 2017

Country: United States

URL: https://www.policefoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/PF-MCCA_Reducing-Violent-Crime-in-American-Cities_FullReport_RGB.pdf

Shelf Number: 144883

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Evidence-Based Practices
Gun-Related Violence
Intelligence Gathering
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Chioda, Laura

Title: Stop the Violence in Latin America: A Look at Prevention from Cradle to Adulthood. Overview booklet.

Summary: For a long time, the logic seemed unassailable: Crime and violence were historically thought of as symptoms of a country’s early stages of development that could be "cured" with economic growth and reductions in poverty, unemployment, and inequality. More recently, however, our understanding has changed. Studies now show that economic progress does not necessarily bring better security to the streets. Developments in Latin America and the Caribbean exemplify this point. Between 2003 and 2011, average annual regional growth in Latin America and the Caribbean, excluding the global crisis of 2009, reached nearly 5 percent. What’s more, the growth rate among the bottom 40 percent of the population eclipsed that of the same group in every other region of the world. During that same decade, the region experienced unprecedented economic and social progress: extreme poverty was cut by more than half, to 11.5 percent; income inequality dropped more than 7 percent in the Gini index; and, for the first time in history, the region had more people in the middle class than in poverty. Despite all this progress, the region retained its undesirable distinction as the world’s most violent region, with 23.9 homicides per 100,000 inhabitants. The rate of homicide actually accelerated during the latter half of the decade. The problem remains staggering and stubbornly persistent. Every 15 minutes, at least four people are victims of homicide in Latin America and the Caribbean. In 2013, of the top 50 most violent cities in the world, 42 were in the region. And between 2005 and 2012, the annual growth rate of homicides was more than three times higher than population growth. Not surprisingly, the number of Latin Americans who mention crime as their top concern tripled during those years. Violence makes people withdraw, hide behind closed doors, and avoid public spaces, weakening interpersonal and social ties that bind us as a community. Insecurity is the result of a combination of many factors, from drug trafficking and organized crime, to weak judicial and law enforcement systems that promote impunity, to a lack of opportunities and support for young people who live in deprived communities. Youth bear a disproportionate share of the risk of committing and falling victim to violence, with important repercussions for their life trajectories and society as a whole. The complexity of the issue (and multiplicity of its causes) is one of its defining characteristics and the main reason why there is no magic formula or a single policy that will fix the violence in our region. We will not solve the problem by relying only on greater police action or greater incarceration, or through more education or employment. We must do all this and do it in a deliberate way, based on reliable data and proven approaches, while continuously striving to fill existing knowledge and data gaps to improve policy design. To that end, Stop the Violence in Latin America: A Look at Prevention from Cradle to Adulthood is a significant contribution. This report takes a new and comprehensive look at much of the evidence that now exists in preventing crime and violence. It identifies novel approaches —both in Latin America and elsewhere—that have been shown to reduce antisocial behavior at different stages in life. Effective prevention starts even before birth, the report argues, and, contrary to common perceptions, well-designed policies can also be successful later in life, even with at-risk individuals and offenders. The report emphasizes the importance of a comprehensive approach to tackle violence, and it highlights the benefits and cost-effectiveness of redesigning existing policies through the lens of crime prevention. This will require substantial coordination across ministries, as well as accountable and efficient institutions. While economic and social development do not necessarily lead to a reduction in crime and violence, high levels of crime and violence do take a toll on development. And in that regard, we at the World Bank are fully aware that in order to succeed in our goals to eradicate extreme poverty and boost prosperity, the unrivaled levels of crime and violence in the region need to come to an end.

Details: Washington, DC: World Bank Group, 2017. 80p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2017 at: https://openknowledge.worldbank.org/bitstream/handle/10986/25920/210664ov.pdf

Year: 2017

Country: Latin America

URL: https://openknowledge.worldbank.org/bitstream/handle/10986/25920/210664ov.pdf

Shelf Number: 144833

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Drug Trafficking
Homicides
Organized Crime
Political Corruption
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Mahamed, Mahamed Rage

Title: Developing a Monitoring and Evaluation System for the Ceasefire Gang Violence programme in Hanover Park, Cape Town

Summary: This study is a formative evaluation of the Ceasefire gang violence programme in Hanover Park, Cape Town, South Africa. The primary audience of this evaluation is the Ceasefire programme management. The Ceasefire programme is a project of the City of Cape Town's Violence Prevention through Urban Upgrading Unit (VPUU). The Ceasefire programme is run by the First Community Resource Centre (FCRC) in Hanover Park. The main aim of this evaluation is to develop a results-based monitoring and evaluation system for the Ceasefire programme. This evaluation has responded to the following four evaluation questions: 1. What is the programme theory of the Ceasefire gang violence programme? 2. Is the Ceasefire programme theory plausible? 3. How can the Ceasefire gang violence programme be tailor-made to the South African Cape Flats gang violence context? 4. What is a proper result-based monitoring and evaluation (M&E) system for the Ceasefire programme? To respond to the first evaluation question listed above, the Ceasefire programme documents and records were examined and interviews were held with the programme management. The information obtained through this research was used to develop an impact and process theory for the Ceasefire programme. The developed programme theory can be summarized in the following sentence: gang violence problem will be reduced in Hanover Park community if the Ceasefire Programme intervenes and interrupts gang violence at the street level, if the programme provides identified clients with behavioural modification training and refers them to social services and the programme educates the community to change their violent norms and values. To respond to the second evaluation question a literature review on approaches used to deal with gang violence problems in communities was conducted. In addition to this, evaluation findings of programmes that use gang violence approaches that are similar to the Ceasefire programme approach discussed. The reviewed literature has revealed that there are four common approaches that are used to solve the problem of gang violence in communities. These four approaches are prevention, intervention/disengagement, suppression/law enforcement, and multiple approach models. This dissertation has explained that the Ceasefire programme uses the multiple approach models to solve gang violence problems in Hanover Park. Furthermore, this dissertation has explained that programmes such as the Ceasefire programme that use the multiple approach models are plausible in reducing gang violence problems in communities. To respond to the third evaluation question listed above, a literature review was conducted to find out the causes of gang violence in the Cape Flats communities. The activities that the Ceasefire programme management have done to tailor the programme to the local context was also discussed. This information was used to make the following recommendations to further tailor the Ceasefire programme to the local context:  To prevent the youth in the community who are at risk to join gangs and or involve in gang violence, the Ceasefire programme needs to develop a gang violence prevention outreach programme for the schools in the community which targets the school going youths.  To help the individual gang members to exit their gang life and prevent them from involving in gang violence, the Ceasefire programme needs to establish a peer-to-peer outreach programme by employing rehabilitated programme participants who have graduated from the programme as peer educators for fellow gangs in the community.  To facilitate the gangs to exit their gang life, the Ceasefire programme needs to provide a Safe House facility outside of the Hanover Park community for the programme participants who would like to exit their gang life.  To further help the programme participants to abandon their gang life, the Ceasefire programme also needs to provide a tattoo removal service for the programme participants that would like the tattoos on their body to be removed.

Details: Cape Town, South Africa: University of Cape Town, 2013. 88p.

Source: Internet Resource: Master Dissertation: Accessed February 11, 2017 at: http://cureviolence.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/dissertation.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: South Africa

URL: http://cureviolence.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/dissertation.pdf

Shelf Number: 145128

Keywords:
Gang Violence
Gang-Related Violence
Homicides
Operation Ceasefire
Violence Prevention

Author: Yousuf, Sarah

Title: CeaseFire: Breaking Through the Impenetrable Gang World to Eradicate Violence

Summary: Gang violence is a pervasive issue that adversely affects urban populations such as Cape Town. Though such violence is rooted in poor inner-city slums, its effects are far-reaching, with violence spilling over into other realms of society. Gang violence tears apart families and leaves communities to live in constant fear and intimidation of gangs. Numerous violence prevention initiatives have been developed throughout the decades to combat gangsterism and gang violence, yet no long-lasting strategy has been achieved thus far. Various explanations have been put forth as to why these programs are ultimately unsustainable, yet the same types of programs continuously re-emerge, only to be shut down because they have no appreciable effect on gang violence. Over the decades, a pattern of violence and violence prevention has developed. Typically, a spate of killings related to gang warfare occurs, the community's outcry leads to a short-term solution and the problem is temporarily abated. Within months, however, violence erupts yet again. This failed pattern repeats itself because the response to gang violence revolves around two core principles -- the community must become more active and involved with curbing gang violence, and law enforcement must be tougher on policing and apprehending the offenders. Absent from these solutions is the very source of the problem itself, fully engaging gangsters in a long-term solution to end the violence. Short-term solutions involve gang members in a very limited way, and only after a particularly notorious incident of gang violence has already occurred. For example, gang members have been repeatedly called upon to enter into conflict mediation and peace pacts so as to end gang warfare. As a result of these pacts, violence temporarily desists for a few months. However, no other support systems are put into place to ensure that the peace continues, and ultimately, violence breaks out again. Gang members have also been approached to engage in other pursuits besides gang activity, such as becoming involved in local football teams. Again, such solutions are merely hasty and immediate answers that avoid the more deeply-rooted and complex issues that these young adults face on a day-to-day basis. Playing football for a few hours does not address the problem of broken homes, drug addiction, and the trauma that comes with living in a violent culture. Nonetheless, the community sees any sort of engagement with gangs as a last resort to stopping crime and no attempts are made to have gang members reintegrate into society. Rather, the problem is seen as a war between gangs and the community. The other traditional solution, besides community involvement, is tougher law enforcement. However, the lack of manpower and resources available to the police, compounded with the fact that the police are viewed with suspicion in the Cape Flats, makes more effective law enforcement also difficult to sustain. Frustrated with the inappropriate response to gang violence by the police, communities have resorted to taking the law into their own hands, with organisations such as PAGAD forming. However, having organisations carry out their own form of vigilante justice can be dangerous. These organisations have been known to respond to gang violence by attacking gang members themselves, and the consequence has been that violence continued unabated. Such previous tactics focus on the notion that gangsters are thugs or skollies, who are condemned to a life of delinquency and violence. The tendency has been to pit the community against gangsters, and if gangs were to be a part of any solution, it must be with their minimal involvement. However, gang members need much more support by the community if gang violence is to be reduced. What is needed is a holistic community approach that centres around and actively includes gang members. Rather than just dealing with gangsters in a minimal fashion, it is necessary to engage them and motivate them to change themselves. CeaseFire is one such program that looks at gangsters in this light and is ground-breaking in its work. This paper evaluates the CeaseFire model within the context of the South African community that it operates in, Hanover Park. The CeaseFire model can work, because any community approach to addressing gang violence must include reaching out to gang members themselves. However, as the model itself affirms, this approach can only work within the context of an integrated community response.

Details: Cape Town, South Africa: University of Cape Town, 2013. 82p.

Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed February 13, 2017 at: https://open.uct.ac.za/bitstream/item/4321/thesis_law_2013_yusuf_sarah.pdf?sequence=1

Year: 2013

Country: South Africa

URL: https://open.uct.ac.za/bitstream/item/4321/thesis_law_2013_yusuf_sarah.pdf?sequence=1

Shelf Number: 145117

Keywords:
Ceasefire
Gang Violence
Gang-Related Violence
Gangs
Violence Prevention

Author: Butts, Jeffrey A.

Title: Local Measures: The Need for Neighborhood-Level Data n Youth Violence Prevention Initiatives

Summary: The data infrastructures available for tracking youth violence in the United States do not provide a clear view of neighborhood-level change. Effective strategies for dealing with youth violence inevitably focus on small areas like neighborhoods, and they involve partnerships with community organizations, local schools, hospitals, housing agencies, and organizations in the cultural and recreational sectors. This small-area focus makes it essential to measure the effects of violence prevention efforts at the neighborhood level. At best, however, national data systems track violence at the level of entire cities. Violent crime in the U.S. fell sharply after the mid-1990s and it remains at historically low levels. Some cities and specific neighborhoods within cities, however, are still beset with violence. In an attempt to assist local jurisdictions with violence prevention, the U.S. Department of Justice and a number of other federal agencies launched the National Forum on Youth Violence Prevention in 2010. More than a dozen cities participated in the National Forum, collaborating to increase the effectiveness of their local strategies for reducing youth violence. The Department of Justice asked John Jay College of Criminal Justice to monitor and assess the outcomes of the National Forum beginning in 2011. The assessment was not designed to attribute cause-and-effect relationships to activities undertaken by participating cities. The study mainly investigated the accomplishments and perceptions of the leadership networks in each city. Conducting a more rigorous evaluation of the National Forum was not feasible because a multi-city network of neighborhood-level data about youth violence and its correlates does not exist in the United States. Steps are being taken, however, that may eventually lead to better data resources. This report describes some of the most promising resources and suggests the type of work needed to provide communities with accurate, localized crime trend data with which to judge the effects of multi-jurisdictional violence prevention initiatives.

Details: New York: John Jay College of Criminal Justice, Research and Evaluation Center, 2017. 22p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/250534.pdf

Year: 2017

Country: United States

URL: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/250534.pdf

Shelf Number: 146681

Keywords:
Crime Statistics
Delinquency Prevention
Neighborhoods and Crime
Violence Prevention
Youth Violence
Youthful Offenders

Author: Resource Development Associates

Title: Oakland Unite: Overview of Evaluation Findings and Recommendations

Summary: Resource Development Associates (RDA) has been the external evaluator for the City of Oakland's Measure Y initiative since 2008. In that role, RDA has worked with the City's Human Services Department (HSD) and contracted service providers to design and implement a mixed-methods evaluation to examine both the implementation and the impact of Oakland Unite Violence Prevention Programs. This memo is intended to provide an overview of evaluation findings to date, along with recommendations for improving Oakland Unite programs and the broader Oakland Unite service delivery infrastructure. Evaluation Overview Over the past 8 years, RDA has used a mixed methods approach to evaluate the implementation and effectiveness of the Oakland Unite initiative, as well as of specific Oakland Unite strategies, and of individual Oakland Unite programs. Our qualitative data collection activities have included interviews and focus groups with a range of Oakland Unite stakeholders, including both executive-level and line staff in community-based service providers, program participants, and leadership from partner agencies, such as the Oakland Police Department (OPD), Oakland Unified School District (OUSD), Alameda County Health Care Services Agency (ACHCSA), and more. In addition, the evaluation team has collected a range of quantitative data, including client-level service data from Oakland HSD's CitySpan data system; justic esystem data from Alameda County Probation Department's (ACPD) Juvenile Division, ACPD's Adult Division, and the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR); OUSD data on youth attendance, suspensions, and expulsions; and client surveys on development assets, service quality, and more. Overview of Recommendations Drawing on our knowledge of the Oakland Unite programs, our experience in violence prevention, and conversations with experts in the field, the RDA team developed a set of recommendations intended to improve future programming by leveraging current programmatic strengths and addressing areas of need and challenge. These recommendations are grounded in best practices and the current needs of Oakland's crime prevention programs. Informed by discussions with Oakland Unite leadership, partners from other public agencies, and conversations with clients and providers, RDA conducted reviews of best practices in the areas of criminal justice, violence prevention, case management, social work, and mental health. We triangulated these best practices with our evaluation findings to develop a series of targeted recommendations. Below, we present an overview of our evaluation findings along with recommendations for addressing challenges identified in our evaluations.

Details: Oakland, CA: Resource Development Associates, 2015. 87p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 20, 2017 at: http://oaklandunite.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/RDA-Eval-Recommendations-Memo_20150520_STC.pdf

Year: 2015

Country: United States

URL: http://oaklandunite.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/RDA-Eval-Recommendations-Memo_20150520_STC.pdf

Shelf Number: 146671

Keywords:
Collaboration
Partnerships
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Resource Development Associates

Title: Oakland Unite Violence Prevention Programs Retrospective Evaluation: 2005-2013

Summary: The City of Oakland's Measure Y ordinance provides approximately $6 million annually for the City to spend on violence prevention programs (VPP), with an emphasis on services for youth and children. The four service areas identified in the legislation and funded via Measure Y include: 1) youth outreach counselors; 2) after and in-school programs for youth and children; 3) domestic violence and child abuse counselors; and 4) offender/parolee employment training. The City's Human Services Department (HSD) is responsible for implementing the VPP component of the Measure Y legislation, which it does through the Oakland Unite programs. In consultation with the Measure Y Oversight Committee and the City Council's Public Safety Committee, HSD develops triennial funding strategies that align with the services delineated in the legislation and that meet the shifting needs of the City of Oakland. HSD then administers and monitors grants to community-based organizations and public agencies that provide these services across the City. Since 2008, the City of Oakland has contracted with Resource Development Associates (RDA) to evaluate various components of Measure Y, including the Oakland Unite Violence Prevention Programs. Over the past six years, these evaluations have taken a variety of approaches to assessing the implementation and effectiveness of Oakland Unite, collecting a range of qualitative and quantitative data to evaluate individual programs, funding strategies, and the initiative as a whole. This report integrates these approaches to provide a retrospective analysis of Oakland Unite, with a focus on the programs and strategies that directly address crime and violence, from the initiative's inception in 2005 through Fiscal Year 2012-2013. In particular, the evaluation examines: - How the Oakland Unite service model has changed over time, including target population, service array, and service dosage; - How participants' justice system involvement changes after participation in Oakland Unite programs; and - How participants' post-service justice system contact has changed over the course of the initiative.

Details: Oakland, CA: Resource Development Associates, 2014. 50p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 20, 2017 at: http://oaklandunite.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/OU-VPP_Retrospective_Report-FINAL.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: United States

URL: http://oaklandunite.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/OU-VPP_Retrospective_Report-FINAL.pdf

Shelf Number: 146672

Keywords:
Collaboration
Partnerships
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Snair, Justin

Title: Countering Violent Extremism Through Public Health Practice: Proceedings of a Workshop

Summary: Countering violent extremism consists of various prevention and intervention approaches to increase the resilience of communities and individuals to radicalization toward violent extremism, to provide nonviolent avenues for expressing grievances, and to educate communities about the threat of recruitment and radicalization to violence. To explore the application of health approaches in community-level strategies to countering violent extremism and radicalization, the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine held a public workshop in September 2016. Participants explored the evolving threat of violent extremism and radicalization within communities across America, traditional versus health-centered approaches to countering violent extremism and radicalization, and opportunities for cross-sector and interdisciplinary collaboration and learning among domestic and international stakeholders and organizations. This publication summarizes the presentations and discussions from the workshop.

Details: Washington, DC: National Academies Press, 2017. 100p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2017 at: https://www.nap.edu/download/24638

Year: 2017

Country: United States

URL: https://www.nap.edu/download/24638

Shelf Number: 141257

Keywords:
Counter-Extremism
Extremist Groups
Public Health
Radical Groups
Terrorism
Violence Prevention
Violent Extremism

Author: Helmus, Todd C.

Title: RAND Program Evaluation Toolkit for Countering Violent Extremism

Summary: Violent extremism poses a threat both within the United States and internationally. Countering violent extremism (CVE) requires addressing the conditions and reducing the underlying factors that give rise to radicalization and recruitment. Community-based CVE programs may engage in a variety of activities and target different populations, making it challenging to evaluate their effectiveness. Many of these programs also operate with limited resources and lack evaluation expertise. The RAND Program Evaluation Toolkit for Countering Violent Extremism was designed to help program staff overcome these common challenges to evaluating and planning improvements to their programs. It begins by walking users through the process of identifying core program components and developing a program logic model to show connections between resources, activities, outcomes, evaluation measures, and the need the program addresses in its community. It then helps users design an evaluation that is appropriate for their program type and available resources and expertise, supports the selection of evaluation measures, and offers basic guidance on how to analyze and use evaluation data to inform program improvement. Through checklists, worksheets, and templates, the toolkit takes users step by step through the process of determining whether their programs produce beneficial effects, ultimately informing the responsible allocation of scarce resources. The toolkit's design and content are the result of a rigorous, systematic review of the program evaluation literature to identify evaluation approaches, measures, and tools used elsewhere and will be particularly useful to managers and directors of community-based CVE programs and program funders. Key Findings In Evaluating a CVE Program, It Is Important to Identify Core Program Components and Select the Right Evaluation Measures This toolkit can help community-based CVE programs overcome common challenges to evaluation by identifying core program components (such as activities, target audiences, and community needs being met) and appropriate measures for their program type and available resources and expertise. The program evaluation literature offers a wealth of information to guide staff through the evaluation process. This toolkit drew on prior research to develop checklists, worksheets, and templates to help users identify and implement the right evaluation approach. A Step-by-Step Approach Is Important: The Toolkit Is Best Applied Sequentially For the most accurate evaluation, it is important to follow each step in the toolkit in sequence; each step builds on prior steps to help users design the most rigorous evaluation that their program can support. Beginning with the development of a logic model, the toolkit helps users identify the target audience for their program, whether the program has been effective in meeting its goals, and where the program could be improved. It can be difficult to know where to start: Interactive resources, such as checklists, worksheets, and templates, are designed to give users a complete picture of their program and guide changes and improvements.

Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2017. 146p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 24, 2017 at: http://www.rand.org/pubs/tools/TL243.html

Year: 2017

Country: United States

URL: http://www.rand.org/pubs/tools/TL243.html

Shelf Number: 144569

Keywords:
Community-Based Programs
Counter-Terrorism
Extremist Groups
Homeland Security
Terrorism
Violence Prevention
Violent Extremism

Author: Bright Research Group

Title: Measure Y Community Policing: 2014 Annual Evaluation Report

Summary: Measure Y is a voter-approved initiative that provides funding to violence prevention programs and community policing in the City of Oakland. Passed in 2004 as a 10-year parcel and parking tax, the initiative was renewed in November 2014 as Measure Z. Measure Y funding to the Oakland Police Department (OPD) supports the personnel costs of Problem Solving Officers and Crime Reduction Team Officers, as well as related training and equipment costs. Measure Y also mandates an external evaluation of funded services, which the present document provides for the funded community policing activities. Since 2008, the evaluation team has provided recommendations to OPD to strengthen the alignment and integration of its Measure Y investments with research and best practices in community policing. The evaluation focuses on the deployment of resources and quality of implementation in three major areas of best practice in community policing: Organizational Transformation, Problem Solving, and Community Partnerships. Evaluations in prior years examined Organizational Transformation and Problem Solving. This year's evaluation focuses on Community Partnerships, examining the quality of relationships between OPD and Oakland residents, particularly those in flatland neighborhoods. The evaluation also provides an update on progress toward developing accountability measures for the Problem Solving Officer (PSO) Program, and documenting the activities and approaches of Crime Reduction Teams (CRTs). Community Partnership: A core tenet of community policing is developing effective and collaborative relationships between residents and police. Police departments in diverse, urban cities like Oakland have struggled to attain legitimacy in the eyes of the community. For African American and Latino communities in particular, racial profiling, corruption, and abuse have eroded trust that police will treat them fairly and humanely. More broadly, when police departments fail to keep down crime, the public begins to doubt their effectiveness. Conversely, from a law enforcement perspective, officers interact with the most criminal and deviant elements of society. If officers do not receive recognition for their efforts to protect public safety, acknowledgement of the risks they take, or cooperation from residents in solving crimes, they develop a cynical perspective towards the community. In light of such challenges, a core goal of community policing approaches like Measure Y is to repair and strengthen community-police partnerships and police legitimacy. Measure Y's current investments reflect two primary strategies drawn from the research on community policing: first, to strengthen police-resident relationships through problem solving and community engagement; second, to restore community trust by bringing order to violence-plagued neighborhoods through violence suppression activities. 2As Oakland moves into the next phase of the initiative, it is critical to ensure that OPD strategies reflect prevention and intervention approaches - through community engagement on the one hand and violence prevention on the other.

Details: Oakland, CA: Bright Research Group, 2014.62p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 7, 2017 at: http://resourcedevelopment.net/_documents/Measure_Y_Community_Policing-2014_Annual_Evaluation_Report_2014.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: United States

URL: http://resourcedevelopment.net/_documents/Measure_Y_Community_Policing-2014_Annual_Evaluation_Report_2014.pdf

Shelf Number: 144745

Keywords:
Community Partnerships
Community Policing
Crime Prevention
Police Problem Solving
Police-Citizen Interactions
Police-Community Relations
Violence Prevention
Violence Suppression

Author: Silbernagl, Tina

Title: Systemic Prevention of Youth Violence - a handbook to design and plan comprehensive violence prevention measures

Summary: Poverty, the lack of future prospects and social, economical and political marginalization shape the daily lives of many young people and are important structural causes for violence. Overall, young people�s frustration too often results in a propensity for violence and unsafe behavior. As a consequence children and young people become not only victims but also perpetrators of violence. However, young people are also key agents for peace, security and sustainable development and the frame-conditions for their inclusion are created through the development of capacities of state and non-state actors. Youth violence is a complex phenomenon that cannot be addressed and sustainably prevented from a singular perspective. Effective strategies have to follow a systemic approach. This entails to think and act in networks and bring together stakeholders from diverse sectors and administrative levels with the aim to address the context-specific causes of youth violence. The handbook supports the planning, implementation and monitoring of systemic measures to prevent youth violence. Thus, it supports the inclusion of actors from the relevant sectors on all administrative levels. The young individual is perceived as being in the centre of a complex system of actors, who all impact on his/her behavior. Thus, the actors influencing the environment of young people - parents, teachers, the police and social workers, staff of municipal authorities and national ministries � are activated as partners and target groups of the planned violence prevention measure. By systematically utilizing the handbook, a systemic approach to preventing youth violence can be designed and the positive potential of young people be enhanced.

Details: Eschborn: German Agency for International Cooperation, GIZ, 2011. 84p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2017 at: http://www.saferspaces.org.za/uploads/files/GIZ-Systemic-Prevention-Youth-Violence-handbook_english_32.pdf

Year: 2011

Country: International

URL: http://www.saferspaces.org.za/uploads/files/GIZ-Systemic-Prevention-Youth-Violence-handbook_english_32.pdf

Shelf Number: 145178

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime
Youth Violence

Author: Ingram, Matthew C.

Title: Targeting Violence Reduction in Brazil: Policy Implications from a Spatial Analysis of Homicide

Summary: Violence in Latin America generates heavy economic, social and political costs for individuals, communities and societies. A particularly pernicious effect of violence is that it undermines citizen confidence in democracy and in their own government. Responding to public fear, politicians across the region have hastily adopted a wide range of policy responses to violence, ranging from militarizing public security, to 'mano dura' crack downs, to negotiating truces with organized crime, to decriminalizing illicit economic activity. Although many of these policies are politically expedient, few are based on evidence of how public policy actually affects rates of violence. By contrast, this paper examines how violence clusters within a country-Brazil-to study how public policies affect homicide rates and how these policies might be further tailored geographically to have greater impact. Brazil provides a particularly useful case for examining the effectiveness of violence-reduction strategies because of the availability of comparable data collected systematically across 5562 municipal units. This allows for an explicitly spatial approach to examining geographic patterns of violence-how violence in one municipality is related to violence in neighboring municipalities, and how predictors of violence are also conditioned by geography. The key added value of the spatial perspective is that it addresses the dependent structure of the data, accounting for the fact that units of analysis (here, municipalities) are connected to each other geographically. In this way, the spatial perspective accounts for the fact that what happens in nearby units may have a meaningful impact on the outcome of interest in a home, focal unit. Thus, the spatial approach is better able to examine compelling phenomena like the spread of violence across units. We visualize data on six types of homicide-aggregate homicides, homicides of men, homicides of women (i.e., "femicides"), firearm-related homicides, youth homicides (ages 15-29) and homicides of victims identified by race as either black or brown (mulatto), i.e., non-white victims-all for 2011, presenting these data in maps. We adopt a municipal level of analysis, and include homicide data from 2011 for the entire country, i.e., on all 5562 municipalities across 27 states (including the Federal District). This allows us to develop maps that identify specific municipalities that constitute cores of statistically significant clusters of violence for each type of homicide. These clusters offer a useful tool for targeting policies aimed at reducing violence. We then develop an analysis based on a spatial regression model, using predictors from the 2010 census and other official sources in Brazil. This paper finds that areas with higher rates of marginalization and of households headed by women who also work and have young children experience higher rates of homicide, which suggests increased support for policies aimed at reducing both marginalization and family disruption. More specifically, the paper finds that policies that expand local coverage of the Bolsa Familia poverty reduction program and reduce the environmental footprint of large, industrial development projects tend to reduce homicide rates, but primarily for certain types of homicide. Thus, violence-reduction policies need to be targeted by type of violence. In addition, the spatial analysis presented in the paper suggests that violence-reduction policies should be targeted regionally rather than at individual communities - informed by the cluster analysis and the spatial regression. Finally, this paper argues that policies aimed at femicides, gun-related homicides, youth homicides and homicides of non-whites should be especially sensitive to geographic patterns, and be built around territorially-targeted policies over and above national policies aimed at homicide more generally.

Details: Washington, DC: Latin America Initiative Foreign Policy at BROOKINGS, 2014. 18p.

Source: Internet Resource: Policy Brief: Accessed April 28, 2017 at: https://www.brookings.edu/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/Ingram-Policy-Brief.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: Brazil

URL: https://www.brookings.edu/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/Ingram-Policy-Brief.pdf

Shelf Number: 145192

Keywords:
Crime Analysis
Crime Clusters
Crime Hotspots
Femicides
Gun-Related Violence
Homicides
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization

Title: Preventing violent extremism through education: A guide for policy-makers

Summary: Over the past years, the number of reported attacks perpetrated by violent extremist groups has risen. As we witness tragedies on all continents, we understand that violent extremism knows no boundaries and affects every society. Young people are, however, most at risk. They are the main targets of recruitment strategies and fall victim to extremist violence. This phenomenon alerts us to the risk of losing a generation of youth to despair and disengagement. In the face of such threats, there is no single solution. Security responses are important, but not sufficient, and will not tackle the many underlying conditions that breed violent extremism and drive youth to join violent extremist groups. We need soft power, such as education. In particular, we need relevant, inclusive and equitable quality education. This is the sine qua non to effective action and requires countries to simultaneously implement short, medium and long-term responses. To assist countries in their efforts, UNESCO has developed this publication Preventing violent extremism through education: A guide for policy-makers. The Guide also responds to the decision of UNESCO's Executive Board at its 197th session (197 EX/Dec46) through which Member States acknowledged the importance of preventing violent extremism through education and requested that UNESCO assist them in this endeavour. Together with the Teachers' Guide on the Prevention of Violent Extremism produced by UNESCO, this Guide offers technical guidance for education professionals (policy-makers, teachers and various education stakeholders) on how to address the concrete challenges posed by violent extremism within each society. The Guide particularly aims to help policy-makers within ministries of education to prioritize, plan and implement effective preventive actions.

Details: Paris: UNESCO, 2017. 72p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 26, 2017 at: http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0024/002477/247764e.pdf

Year: 2017

Country: International

URL: http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0024/002477/247764e.pdf

Shelf Number: 145803

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Educational Programs
Extremist Groups
Radical Groups
Terrorist Recruitment
Violence Prevention
Violent Extremism

Author: Lansdowne

Title: Ottawa Gang Strategy: Seeking Solutions to Street-Level Violence. Technical Evaluation Report: Our First Three Years

Summary: From 2013-16, the Ottawa Gang Strategy (OGS) offered a roadmap to help Ottawa address gangs and street level violence. This vast partnership - made up of social service agencies, community organizations, police, schools and others - developed and implemented 12 initiatives that address the problem from multiple angles. Together, the partner organizations formed the Ottawa Gang Strategy Steering Committee, which was collectively informed by each group's expertise, knowledge of the issues, networks, resources and determination to work to collaboratively address the problem. This report details the individual project outputs, outcomes and collective results achieved in three years, as set forth in the logic model. As the work on gangs and street level violence continues, this independent evaluation is intended to assist the OGS Steering Committee in transitioning the Strategy to its next phase of implementation based on the shared understanding of the issues and the shifting realities in Ottawa.

Details: Ottawa: Crime Prevention Ottawa, 2016. 50p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 16, 2017 at: http://www.crimepreventionottawa.ca/Media/Content/files/Publications/Youth/OGS%20TechEvalReport%20FINAL.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: Canada

URL: http://www.crimepreventionottawa.ca/Media/Content/files/Publications/Youth/OGS%20TechEvalReport%20FINAL.pdf

Shelf Number: 146207

Keywords:
Gang-Related Violence
Gangs
Street Crime
Violence
Violence Prevention

Author: Campie, Patricia E.

Title: Community-Based Violence Prevention Study of Safe and Successful Youth Initiative: An Intervention to Prevent Urban Gun Violence

Summary: While the federal government has been steadily increasing support for funding violence prevention activities in urban centers and among older youth involved with guns and gangs, very few states have made this type of violence the focus of their crime prevention efforts. In 2010, Massachusetts invested in the Massachusetts Safe and Successful Youth Initiative (SSYI), an initiative launched in eleven cities with the highest per capita rates of violent crime. SSYI aims to reduce violence and promote healthy development and outcomes among young males, ages 14-24 who are at the greatest risk for violent offending and victimization. This report presents results from the Community-based Violence Prevention (CBVP) study of SSYI's impact on violent crime in Massachusetts. The overarching research question we examine is to what extent SSYI influenced changes in violent crime in SSYI communities and whether this influence is sustained over time. We also examine hypothesized factors related to SSYI effectiveness and resultant changes in violent crime. To explore our research questions we conducted: (1) analyses of changes in violent crime outcomes in SSYI communities in comparison with 30 other communities in Massachusetts; (2) examinations of community norms of violence and its relationship to police-community relations within each SSYI community; and, (3) investigations of the relationship between the myriad violence prevention and intervention efforts (including SSYI) and violent crime trends in Boston from 2007 to 2014.

Details: Washington, DC: American Institutes for Research, 2017. 91p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 26, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/250771.pdf

Year: 2017

Country: United States

URL: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/250771.pdf

Shelf Number: 146385

Keywords:
Community-Based Programs
Crime Trends
Gun Violence
Gun-Related Violence
Police-Community Relations
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Patel, Deepali M.

Title: Contagion of Violence: Workshop Summary

Summary: The past 25 years have seen a major paradigm shift in the field of violence prevention, from the assumption that violence is inevitable to the recognition that violence is preventable. Part of this shift has occurred in thinking about why violence occurs, and where intervention points might lie. In exploring the occurrence of violence, researchers have recognized the tendency for violent acts to cluster, to spread from place to place, and to mutate from one type to another. Furthermore, violent acts are often preceded or followed by other violent acts. In the field of public health, such a process has also been seen in the infectious disease model, in which an agent or vector initiates a specific biological pathway leading to symptoms of disease and infectivity. The agent transmits from individual to individual, and levels of the disease in the population above the baseline constitute an epidemic. Although violence does not have a readily observable biological agent as an initiator, it can follow similar epidemiological pathways. On April 30-May 1, 2012, the Institute of Medicine (IOM) Forum on Global Violence Prevention convened a workshop to explore the contagious nature of violence. Part of the Forum's mandate is to engage in multisectoral, multidirectional dialogue that explores crosscutting, evidence-based approaches to violence prevention, and the Forum has convened four workshops to this point exploring various elements of violence prevention. The workshops are designed to examine such approaches from multiple perspectives and at multiple levels of society. In particular, the workshop on the contagion of violence focused on exploring the epidemiology of the contagion, describing possible processes and mechanisms by which violence is transmitted, examining how contextual factors mitigate or exacerbate the issue. Contagion of Violence: Workshop Summary covers the major topics that arose during the 2-day workshop. It is organized by important elements of the infectious disease model so as to present the contagion of violence in a larger context and in a more compelling and comprehensive way.

Details: Washington, DC: National Academies Press, 2013. 171p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2017 at: https://www.nap.edu/catalog/13489/contagion-of-violence-workshop-summary

Year: 2013

Country: United States

URL: https://www.nap.edu/catalog/13489/contagion-of-violence-workshop-summary

Shelf Number: 146434

Keywords:
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Atella, Julie

Title: Contagion of Violence: Workshop Summary

Summary: The past 25 years have seen a major paradigm shift in the field of violence prevention, from the assumption that violence is inevitable to the recognition that violence is preventable. Part of this shift has occurred in thinking about why violence occurs, and where intervention points might lie. In exploring the occurrence of violence, researchers have recognized the tendency for violent acts to cluster, to spread from place to place, and to mutate from one type to another. Furthermore, violent acts are often preceded or followed by other violent acts. In the field of public health, such a process has also been seen in the infectious disease model, in which an agent or vector initiates a specific biological pathway leading to symptoms of disease and infectivity. The agent transmits from individual to individual, and levels of the disease in the population above the baseline constitute an epidemic. Although violence does not have a readily observable biological agent as an initiator, it can follow similar epidemiological pathways. On April 30-May 1, 2012, the Institute of Medicine (IOM) Forum on Global Violence Prevention convened a workshop to explore the contagious nature of violence. Part of the Forum's mandate is to engage in multisectoral, multidirectional dialogue that explores crosscutting, evidence-based approaches to violence prevention, and the Forum has convened four workshops to this point exploring various elements of violence prevention. The workshops are designed to examine such approaches from multiple perspectives and at multiple levels of society. In particular, the workshop on the contagion of violence focused on exploring the epidemiology of the contagion, describing possible processes and mechanisms by which violence is transmitted, examining how contextual factors mitigate or exacerbate the issue. Contagion of Violence: Workshop Summary covers the major topics that arose during the 2-day workshop. It is organized by important elements of the infectious disease model so as to present the contagion of violence in a larger context and in a more compelling and comprehensive way.

Details: Washington, DC: National Academies Press, 2013. 171p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2017 at: https://www.nap.edu/catalog/13489/contagion-of-violence-workshop-summary

Year: 2013

Country: United States

URL: https://www.nap.edu/catalog/13489/contagion-of-violence-workshop-summary

Shelf Number: 146434

Keywords:
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Lambson, Suvi Hynynen

Title: Intimate Partner Violence as a Community Problem: Community Perspectives from Bedford-Stuyvesant, Brooklyn

Summary: This study documents perceptions of intimate partner violence in the Bedford-Stuyvesant neighborhood of Brooklyn, New York. Using community surveys and focus groups, researchers found just over a third of community members surveyed perceived intimate partner violence to be a major problem in the community. The study also examines some residents' conflicting feelings about calling for police intervention and the perceived absence of alternatives. It concludes with recommendations to decrease the incidence of intimate partner violence in the Bedford-Stuyvesant community, including: increased education about intimate partner violence; greater attention to the different ways women and men experience and are affected by it; addressing cultural norms about violence; and improving trust in law enforcement

Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2017. 56p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2017 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/BedStuy_IPV_Research_Report.pdf

Year: 2017

Country: United States

URL: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/BedStuy_IPV_Research_Report.pdf

Shelf Number: 146436

Keywords:
Family Violence
Intimate Partner Violence
Violence Prevention

Author: Fontaine, Jocelyn

Title: Put the Guns Down: Outcomes and Impacts of the Chicago Violence Reduction Strategy

Summary: Combining focused deterrence, community moral suasion, and social services provision, the Chicago Violence Reduction Strategy (VRS) identified and delivered an anti-violence message to street groups at high risk for both committing and being victims of shootings. VRS was associated with a 23 percent reduction in overall shooting patterns and a 32 percent reduction in shooting victimization for groups treated by VRS, relative to comparison groups matched using a propensity score design. Group members in VRS treatment areas reported improvements in their perceptions of neighborhood safety in surveys, relative to group members in comparison areas. However, high levels of mutual mistrust between law enforcement, community residents, and group members pose a challenge to sustained violence-reduction success.

Details: Washington, DC; Urban Institute, 2017. 96p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 30, 2017 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/92321/2017.07.31_vrs_full_report_finalized_0.pdf

Year: 2017

Country: United States

URL: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/92321/2017.07.31_vrs_full_report_finalized_0.pdf

Shelf Number: 146949

Keywords:
Focused Deterrence
Gun Violence
Gun-Related Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Goodrum, Sarah

Title: Report on the Arapahoe High School Shooting: Lessons Learned on Information Sharing, Threat Assessment, and Systems Integrity

Summary: To better understand how the December 13, 2013 shooting at Arapahoe High School, in which senior Karl Pierson (hereafter, referred to as KP3 ) shot and killed Claire Davis and then himself, might be prevented, the Arapahoe High School Community Fund Honoring Claire Davis, a donor-advised fund of The Denver Foundation, approached the Center for the Study and Prevention of Violence (CSPV) at the University of Colorado Boulder to assist with the collection, analysis, and interpretation of data obtained from an arbitration proceeding in the case. The purpose was to understand the school's threat and risk assessment procedures and responses, and the lessons that might be learned from this incident that could improve youth violence prevention in school settings in Colorado and the U.S. The data for the report came from the Arapahoe County Sheriff's Office's (ACSO) investigation materials, Littleton Public School's (LPS) interrogatory responses, deposition exhibits, and deposition testimony. The principal investigators attended most of the depositions and reviewed all of the documents produced by ACSO and LPS. The findings revealed three major failures within AHS and LPS in the months and years leading up to the shooting: (1) a failure of information sharing, (2) a failure of threat assessment, and (3) a failure of systems thinking. While not the focus of this report, preliminary evidence indicates that AHS staff and LPS administrators have made several changes in their approach to school safety since 2013, and those changes represent important steps in the right direction To better understand how the December 13, 2013 shooting at Arapahoe High School, in which senior Karl Pierson (hereafter, referred to as KP3 ) shot and killed Claire Davis and then himself, might be prevented, the Arapahoe High School Community Fund Honoring Claire Davis, a donor-advised fund of The Denver Foundation, approached the Center for the Study and Prevention of Violence (CSPV) at the University of Colorado Boulder to assist with the collection, analysis, and interpretation of data obtained from an arbitration proceeding in the case. The purpose was to understand the school's threat and risk assessment procedures and responses, and the lessons that might be learned from this incident that could improve youth violence prevention in school settings in Colorado and the U.S. The data for the report came from the Arapahoe County Sheriff's Office's (ACSO) investigation materials, Littleton Public School's (LPS) interrogatory responses, deposition exhibits, and deposition testimony. The principal investigators attended most of the depositions and reviewed all of the documents produced by ACSO and LPS. The findings revealed three major failures within AHS and LPS in the months and years leading up to the shooting: (1) a failure of information sharing, (2) a failure of threat assessment, and (3) a failure of systems thinking. While not the focus of this report, preliminary evidence indicates that AHS staff and LPS administrators have made several changes in their approach to school safety since 2013, and those changes represent important steps in the right direction leading the school staff to believe that they would be more liable if they had shared information about KP's concerning behaviors, than if they had not. Second, the Sheriff's Report clearly states that at least ten AHS students had substantive concerns about KP's anger problems and gun ownership prior to the shooting, but only one student reported their concern to a counselor and no students reported their concerns to Safe2Tell (see ACSO Report, pp. 10-11). If just one student or teacher, had called Safe2Tell, this tragedy might have been averted. At the time of the shooting and as of July 2015, LPS and AHS administrators did not have a policy regarding Safe2Tell training and did not require that students or staff receive training on the Safe2Tell system. In fact, the information shared about Safe2Tell at AHS was limited to a sticker on the back of student identification cards, posters displayed in the school hallways, and a PowerPoint slide displayed in the cafeteria. Third, AHS and LPS failed to implement an Interagency Information Sharing Agreement to facilitate the sharing of vital information about an individual's safety concerns with law enforcement, juvenile justice, and social services agencies, which is recommended by Colorado statute (SB 00-133), the Center for the Study and Prevention of Violence (CSPV), and the Colorado School Safety Resource Center (see the CSSRC's Essentials of School Threat Assessment: Preventing Targeted School Violence, LPS 03421-03443).

Details: Boulder, CO: Center for the Study and Prevention of Violence (CSPV) at the University of Colorado Boulder, 2016. 141p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2017 at: http://www.colorado.edu/cspv/publications/AHS-Report/Report_on_the_Arapahoe_High_School_Shooting_FINAL.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: United States

URL: http://www.colorado.edu/cspv/publications/AHS-Report/Report_on_the_Arapahoe_High_School_Shooting_FINAL.pdf

Shelf Number: 147035

Keywords:
Information Sharing
School Safety
School Shootings
School Violence
Threat Assessment
Violence Prevention

Author: Berk-Seligson, Susan

Title: Impact Evaluation of USAID's Community-Based Crime and Violence Prevention Approach in Central America: El Salvador Country Report

Summary: El Salvador, and its neighboring countries in Central America, Guatemala and Honduras, are among the most criminally violent nations in the world. The USAID Missions (specifically, Democracy and Governance (DG) and other offices within the Missions) in five Central American countries (Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, Nicaragua, and Panama) have administered and overseen the execution of the Central America Regional Security Initiative (CARSI) interventions-a set of programs with the objective of reducing crime rates and improving security in Central America by strengthening community capacity to combat crimes and creating educational and employment opportunities for at-risk youth. USAID/Washington, via its Cooperative Agreement with the Latin American Public Opinion Project (LAPOP) at Vanderbilt University, asked LAPOP to design and carry out an impact evaluation of the CARSI interventions in Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, and Panama, as part of a broader effort to establish the effectiveness of USAID democracy and governance interventions through scientifically rigorous studies such as those recommended in the comprehensive study by the National Academy of Sciences (National Research Council 2008). LAPOP has had more than 20 years of experience in carrying out policy-relevant surveys in Latin America, having conducted hundreds of country-based surveys, including many specialized studies designed to evaluate programs. This impact evaluation was designed to measure the overall impact of the interventions, not to distinguish among the specific types of interventions, nor to evaluate the implementing partners, per se. To have done so would have required a very different (and more costly) research design, and most likely would have duplicated at least some of the evaluation efforts involved in each implementing partner's contract with USAID. Nonetheless, as noted later in this report, statistical tests performed clearly suggest that the impacts found were generalizable and not confined to one implementing partner versus the other. Ultimately, however, the initial decision made to limit each implementing partner's scope to specific, non-overlapping municipalities makes it impossible to disaggregate statistically the impact of the partner's efforts vs. the conditions of the municipalities in which it operated. That is to say, all of the treated communities in a given municipality experienced the same treatment approach, while all of those of a different municipality received a different partner's treatment. Thus municipal conditions and implemention are indistinguishable. Moreover, because a variety of interventions were used in the neighborhoods (some of which were used by both implementing partners), it is impossible to disentangle the effect of each type of intervention from any other.

Details: Nashville, TN: The Latin American Public Opinion Project (LAPOP), Vanderbilt University , 2014. 299p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2017 at: http://www.vanderbilt.edu/lapop/carsi/El_Salvador_v22_English_W_2_04.08.15.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: El Salvador

URL: http://www.vanderbilt.edu/lapop/carsi/El_Salvador_v22_English_W_2_04.08.15.pdf

Shelf Number: 147037

Keywords:
At-Risk Youth
Community-Based Programs
Crime Prevention
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Berk-Seligson, Susan

Title: Impact Evaluation: Panama Country Report

Summary: Central America, especially Guatemala, El Salvador and Honduras, are among the most criminally violent nations in the world. The USAID Missions (specifically, the Democracy and Governance (DG) and other offices within the Missions) in five Central American countries (Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, Nicaragua, and Panama) have administered and overseen the execution of the Central America Regional Security Initiative (CARSI) interventions-a set of programs with the objective of reducing crime rates and improving security in Central America by strengthening community capacity to combat crimes and creating educational and employment opportunities for at-risk youth. USAID/Washington, via its Cooperative Agreement with the Latin American Public Opinion Project (LAPOP) at Vanderbilt University, asked LAPOP to design and carry out an impact evaluation of the CARSI interventions in Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, and Panama, as part of a broader effort to establish the effectiveness of USAID democracy and governance interventions through scientifically rigorous studies such as those recommended in the comprehensive study by the National Academy of Sciences (National Research Council 2008). LAPOP has had more than 20 years of experience in carrying out policy-relevant surveys in Latin America, having conducted hundreds of country-based surveys, including many specialized studies designed to evaluate programs. The CARSI approach has been focused on community -based violence prevention, of which the CARSI program in Panama that is the subject of this report, is an example. Two factors, however, made the CARSI impact evaluation LAPOP conducted in Panama different from the impact evaluations carried out elsewhere in Central America. First, unlike in the "northern triangle" countries of Guatemala, El Salvador and Honduras, the level of crime in Panama is not especially high for the Latin American region. Therefore, since the starting base for crime is so much lower in Panama than in the other countries included in this impact evaluation, crime rates there have far less to fall, and impact will, of necessity, be lower. Second, the sample size of communities for the quantitative data obtained from the treated Panamanian communities is too small to justify treating the Panama sample as adequate for country-level analysis. In the other countries covered by the LAPOP CARSI impact evaluation, the minimal sample size of communities was met or exceeded, and therefore justified a country-level analysis of the quantitative data, and for each of those countries, such a report was written and is available on-line at www.LAPOPsurveys.org. In the case of Panama, the quantitative data obtained there have been added to the Central Americawide pooled data base and are reported on only in the regional report of the LAPOP impact evaluation. Third, program implementation lagged in Panama, and in some of the treatment communities the central treaments had not been applied by the end of the impact evaluation surveys. For this reason alone, measurement of impact in those communities would not have meaning. Finally, a number of the key elements of the community-based violence prevention programs initiated by CARSI in the other countries in which this evaluation has taken place were already in place by the time the baseline data were collected, put there by the govnment of Panama and cooperating agencies and NGOs. Therefore, a baseline of "untreated" communities was less meaningful than in the other countries.

Details: Nashville, TN: The Latin American Public Opinion Project (LAPOP), Vanderbilt University , 2014. 241p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2017 at: http://www.vanderbilt.edu/lapop/carsi/CARSI_Panama_v3_FinalV_W_02.17.16.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: Panama

URL: http://www.vanderbilt.edu/lapop/carsi/CARSI_Panama_v3_FinalV_W_02.17.16.pdf

Shelf Number: 147038

Keywords:
At-Risk Youth
Community-Based Programs
Crime Prevention
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Mutahi, Patrick

Title: Where is the Money? Donor Funding for Conflict and Violence Prevention in Eastern Africa

Summary: In 2014, Kenya and Uganda were two of the top three recipients of official development assistance (ODA) in Africa (OECD n.d.). The funding focused on education, health care, infrastructure, entrepreneurship development, HIV/AIDS treatment, conflict prevention and relief from natural crises such as droughts, famines or earthquakes. Such a mixed bag of funding priorities points to the variegated nature of the development agenda of both the funding actors and the recipient countries. This broad scope, however, obscures the recent shifts and developments with regard to the major challenge of violence and conflict facing the region, and the growing importance of this field for donors and national governments. The Eastern Africa region in general currently faces security and violence challenges linked to terrorism, internal armed conflicts and resources-based conflicts, as well as insecurity linked to everyday crime. These forms of insecurity and violence are seen both by the states of the region and by Western donor states as a threat to state stability as well as the region's development ambitions. Violence reduction is therefore a shared goal both within Eastern Africa and among these Western donor nations. This study seeks to critically examine the shifts and trends in current donor funding in Kenya, Uganda, Ethiopia, Somalia and South Sudan aimed at reducing violence and conflict. It analyses key issues being funded as well as trends in donor funding. It is notable that there is a long tradition of donor support to conflict reduction and prevention in the region, as well as support to security sector and policing reforms. However, recent years have witnessed a shift in this support, with the appearance of new security emergencies in the form of terrorist threats in, for example, Kenya and Somalia, and threats of state disintegration in places such as South Sudan. Of course, the agenda of conflict and violence prevention has not always been without its ambiguities even in earlier years, and the donor priorities and those of the populations in the region have not always converged. Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), and in particular Goal 16, are meant to ensure that interventions for violence reduction and prevention as well as development are part of a common and shared vision. Goal 16 aims to 'promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainable development, provide access to justice for all and build effective, accountable and inclusive institutions at all levels'. It recognises the link between peace and prevention of violence and conflict and the building and strengthening of functioning and inclusive societies. While the SDGs represent a powerful political commitment by the member states of the United Nations to work towards a common development agenda, the recognition of the linkages that Goal 16 makes between peace, security and development is not entirely new. Indeed, the link between security and development was made quite eloquently by the 1994 UNDP Human Development Report. An examination of the funding trends on violence in the Eastern Africa region demonstrates that most donor projects explicitly recognise this link. Funding for various violence prevention interventions also seeks to promote good governance, better functioning law and order and justice institutions, and to promote cohesion among other institutions. It therefore seems that if the funding interventions have not worked as expected, it is not because the link had not been made .

Details: Brighton, UK: Institute of Development Studies, 2017. 39p.

Source: Internet Resource: Addressing and Mitigating Violence, Evidence Report No. 217: Accessed September 12, 2017 at: https://opendocs.ids.ac.uk/opendocs/bitstream/handle/123456789/12725/ER217_WhereistheMoneyDonorFundingforConflictandViolencePreventioninEasternAfrica.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y

Year: 2017

Country: Africa

URL: https://opendocs.ids.ac.uk/opendocs/bitstream/handle/123456789/12725/ER217_WhereistheMoneyDonorFundingforConflictandViolencePreventioninEasternAfrica.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y

Shelf Number: 147224

Keywords:
Conflict-Related Violence
Violence
Violence Prevention

Author: San Francisco. Office of the Controller. City Services Auditor

Title: San Francisco County Jail Programs Survey: An analysis of survey responses from inmates participating in the Sheriff Department's in‐custody programs

Summary: This report discusses the results of a survey that the City Performance Unit of the Controller's City Services Auditor (CSA) conducted with inmates participating in the following Sheriff in‐custody programs; - Community of Veterans Engaged in Recovery (COVER): This program is offered to male inmates in CJ #5. It offers employment training and connects participants with services offered by the Department of Veterans Affairs - Resolve to Stop the Violence (RSVP): This program is offered to male inmates in CJ #5 to reduce violent behaviors and recidivism related to violent crimes. - Roads to Recovery (ROADS): This program is offered to male inmates in CJ #5 and offers substance abuse prevention and treatment services. - Sisters in Sober Treatment Empowered in Recovery (SISTERS): This program is offered to female inmates in CJ #2 and includes counseling services related to trauma, domestic violence, and relapse prevention. The purpose of this survey was to seek feedback regarding the strengths and weaknesses of current programs to help the Sheriff's Department examine the effectiveness of the services they provide. The Sheriff's Department has limited information about program performance and would like to better understand how to optimally coordinate and deliver a system of programs for incarcerated individuals, with the ultimate goal of positively impacting inmate outcomes including recidivism.

Details: San Francisco: Office of the Controller, 2015. 36p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2017 at: http://sfcontroller.org/sites/default/files/FileCenter/Documents/6423-SF%20County%20Jail%20Programs%20Survey.pdf

Year: 2015

Country: United States

URL: http://sfcontroller.org/sites/default/files/FileCenter/Documents/6423-SF%20County%20Jail%20Programs%20Survey.pdf

Shelf Number: 147430

Keywords:
Correctional Programs
Female Inmates
Jail Inmates
Jail Programs
Jails
Military Veterans
Violence Prevention
Violent Offenders

Author: Fleury, Megan M.

Title: Process Evaluation of Call-in Meetings Conducted in Maryland under Project Safe Neighborhoods

Summary: Project Safe Neighborhoods (PSN) is a program to combat gun violence that is coordinated by U.S. Attorney's Offices throughout the country. The University of Maryland's Institute for Governmental Service and Research (IGSR) is the research partner to the U.S. Attorney's Office, District of Maryland, on PSN through grant PSNM-2013-0001, administered by the Governor's Office of Crime Control and Prevention (GOCCP). One approach to implementing PSN nationally and in Maryland is the use of offender call-in meetings. High risk offenders are called in and notified of the consequences they could face, including federal prosecution, if they reoffend using a gun. In many jurisdictions, service providers attend the meetings to apprise offenders of programs available to help them succeed. Because there is only limited research concerning the effectiveness of call-in meetings, the U.S. Attorney's Office, GOCCP, and IGSR decided to focus research efforts on evaluating the Maryland call-in meetings. This report contains the results of the process evaluation of call-in meetings in five Maryland jurisdictions: the City of Annapolis, Anne Arundel County, Baltimore City, the City of Frederick, and Prince George�s County. Another report will be issued after an outcome evaluation of the meetings is completed. A review of existing literature found evaluations that attributed reductions in crime to PSN programs incorporating call-in meetings as well as programs employing call-in meetings that pre-dated creation of PSN. However, studies that focus specifically on the effectiveness of call-in meetings have yielded mixed results. Call-in meetings in Chicago reduced recidivism and the seriousness of subsequent crimes committed by meeting participants. Call-in meetings in Indianapolis increased participants' awareness of law enforcement efforts, but did not result in lower recidivism rates among participants. The meetings in Chicago and Indianapolis had similar formats. However, Chicago targeted the most violent offenders in the most crime-ridden neighborhoods, while Indianapolis invited a broader set of offenders to its meetings. Chicago also emphasized the legitimacy of law enforcement efforts to reduce violence. In Indianapolis, a failure of law enforcement to follow through with increased oversight and sanctions of targeted offenders may have weakened the meetings' effects. In Maryland, PSN has been implemented in conjunction with two other programs, Maryland Exile and the Safe Streets initiative. Maryland Exile focuses on federal prosecution of the most violent repeat offenders. Safe Streets uses a set of criteria to identify offenders who will receive increased attention from law enforcement. Both programs utilize call-in meetings to communicate with their respective target group. Through review of documents provided by PSN partners, interviews with meeting organizers, and observation of meetings, the IGSR researchers conducted a process evaluation of call-in meetings in Maryland. Offenders in the Violence Prevention Initiative (VPI) are the target population, with four of the five jurisdictions inviting the most violent VPI offenders to their call-in meetings. Anne Arundel County invites all VPI offenders and has call-in meetings with 80 to 100 offenders in attendance. The other jurisdictions typically limit meetings to 30 or 40 offenders. Targeting call-in meetings to the most violent offenders is consistent with the successful approach used in Chicago and in programs that led to creation of PSN. As is the case nationally, the meetings in Maryland jurisdictions generally combine a deterrent message and a message of support. Representatives of the local police department, the U.S. Attorney's Office, and the State's Attorney's Office speak at the meetings in every jurisdiction. Offenders are told that they risk federal prosecution and harsh sanctions if they are rearrested for a violent crime. The emphasis is on deterrence, although all the jurisdictions except Annapolis invite service providers to the meetings. The smaller jurisdictions provide offenders with personalized pamphlets describing the consequences of reoffending, given their individual criminal histories. The larger jurisdictions provide examples of offenders who have been prosecuted in the federal system. Meetings in Baltimore City have the broadest community involvement, including a member of the clergy, an ex-offender, and residents affected by violence. These participants help reinforce the anti-violence message and provide legitimacy to law enforcement efforts. The other Maryland jurisdictions should consider incorporating this feature into their call-in meetings. Meeting organizers in some of the Maryland jurisdictions expressed concern over whether meeting participants that reoffend are actually receiving federal prosecution and harsher sanctions. They worry that their credibility will be harmed if this is not happening. Some meeting organizers would like to have more service providers at the meeting and more programs available to help offenders succeed. The meeting organizers that were interviewed for the process evaluation generally believe that call-in meetings have contributed to reductions in violent crime. The extent to which this is the case will be addressed by the planned outcome evaluation. A caveat regarding the findings and conclusions presented in this report is that they are based on interviews with a limited number of individuals in only four of the five jurisdictions and observations of call-in meetings in only four of the five jurisdictions. Key staff in Baltimore City departed the program before they could be interviewed, and the City of Annapolis did not conduct a call-in meeting during the time-frame of the process evaluation.

Details: College Park, MD: Institute for Governmental Service and Research, University of Maryland, 2016. 51p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 26, 2017 at: http://www.igsr.umd.edu/applied_research/Pubs/ProcessEvaluationProjectSafeNeighborhoods_032416.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: United States

URL: http://www.igsr.umd.edu/applied_research/Pubs/ProcessEvaluationProjectSafeNeighborhoods_032416.pdf

Shelf Number: 147453

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Gun Violence
Gun-Related Violence
Project Safe Neighborhoods
Recidivism
Violence Prevention

Author: Isong, Sheila E.

Title: Campuses and Guns: A Multilateral Approach to Gun Violence Prevention

Summary: Each year, about 33,000 Americans are killed with guns. In 2010, 54 percent of those murdered were under the age of 30. Gun-related deaths are rapidly rising and if this alarming trend continues, by the end of 2015, the number of gun deaths by a firearm of Americans under the age of 26 will surpass the number of deaths of young people caused by car accidents. There is a national gun violence crisis that is affecting our youth, and young people on college campuses around the country are no exception to this epidemic. Amidst the national gun violence prevention debate is an ongoing discussion about the protection of Americas youth and the roles that college campuses and universities play in protecting their students. The widely televised campus shootings that have occurred over the last decade are usually what come to mind when individuals think about college campuses and guns. One of the deadliest college shootings to date occurred on April 16, 2007 at Virginia Tech, when a gunman shot and killed 32 students and faculty members and wounded another 17 individuals in two separate attacks on the same day. Although colleges and universities report significantly lower crime rates than national averages, gunmen have killed 30 people in mass campus shootings since the Virginia Tech massacre in 2007, highlighting the need for smarter gun violence prevention policies and response strategies. Institutions of higher education aim to provide valuable educational opportunities for individuals who wish to pursue them. They are expected to promote safe educational spaces that enhance one's professional repertoire and fine-tune one's ability to think critically, solve problems, and create concrete solutions. At the same time, institutions are tasked with keeping students safe. This report will discuss the implications of gun violence on college campuses and universities while examining the roles that local and state governments, as well as the federal government, play in gun violence prevention. In addition, it will outline grassroots and grass-tops solutions that promote locallevel organizing and work to significantly decrease gun violence on college campuses and universities across the country.

Details: Washington, DC: Generation Progress, 2015. 19p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 5, 2017 at: https://genprogress.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/03/23093430/Campuses-and-Guns.pdf

Year: 2015

Country: United States

URL: https://genprogress.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/03/23093430/Campuses-and-Guns.pdf

Shelf Number: 148713

Keywords:
Background Checks
Campus Crime
Colleges and Universities
Gun Violence
Gun-Related Violence
Homicides
Mass Shootings
Violence Prevention

Author: Our Watch

Title: Counting on Change. A guide to prevention monitoring

Summary: This Guide was developed to complement Change the story: A shared framework for the primary prevention of violence against women and their children in Australia. Change the story brings together international research, and nationwide experience, on what drives violence against women and what works to prevent it. It establishes a shared understanding of the evidence and principles of effective prevention, and presents a way forward for a coordinated national approach. Counting on change provides guidance on how to comprehensively measure progress towards the prevention of violence against women at the population-level. The Guide is a world-first in identifying indicators of change for the drivers and reinforcing factors of violence against women, and advising on available data sets and processes for gathering this information into a 'picture of progress'. Recent decades have seen significant work in terms of policies, initiatives, and campaigns to prevent violence against women and their children. These efforts are bearing fruit - there is growing and strong evidence around what works to prevent violence against women, drawn from local and international research. Evaluation of prevention work continues to build on this evidence base, and we've seen positive change among those reached by prevention programs.

Details: Melbourne: Our Watch, 2017. 142p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 23, 2018 at: https://www.ourwatch.org.au/getmedia/0f7bc92f-a055-42df-8739-05d4d871ee17/OurWatch_GuideToMonitoring_AA.pdf.aspx

Year: 2017

Country: Australia

URL: https://www.ourwatch.org.au/getmedia/0f7bc92f-a055-42df-8739-05d4d871ee17/OurWatch_GuideToMonitoring_AA.pdf.aspx

Shelf Number: 148918

Keywords:
Child Abuse and Neglect
Family Violence
Gender-Related Violence
Intimate Partner Violence
Violence Against Women, Children
Violence Prevention

Author: Ferguson, Kate

Title: Countering violent extremism through media and communication strategies: A review of the evidence

Summary: This report presents the analysis of a corpus of academic and grey literature relevant to a key challenge facing our society. How can media and communications be used to counter identity-based violence (IBV) or Violent Extremism (VE)? Part I focuses on "Counter-Narratives", looking at the evidence relating to strategic policy communication strategies and counter-propaganda techniques. This reflects literature from policymakers, think-tanks, and civil society initiatives rather than the academic literature base. Key findings include the following: - Current literature and policy concerned with countering propaganda is dominated by the language of 'counter-narratives' but a common understanding of this relatively new lexicon has yet to emerge. - There is little hard evidence that proves interaction with VE content leads to participation in VE activities. - The hypothesis that VE narratives or the real life threat of VE can be countered by an alternative set of communications is an assumption that remains unproven. These findings challenge claims that responding to propaganda strategies by firing back with "counter-narratives" can be effective. Part II looks at "Alternative Approaches" to the use of the media to counter violent extremism, drawing on insights from the "media development" and "media assistance" sectors, and research into whether mass media and new communication interventions can inhibit identity-based violence in certain crisis situations. Key findings include the following: - The theoretical foundations for these alternative approaches are supported by a stronger and more established research base, drawn from the multi-disciplinary fields of development, peace building, and social cohesion. - Media projects have less impact if seen to be linked to a political agenda. - A growing evidence base suggests that radio and television drama addressing issues of identity, reconciliation and tolerance have a positive an impact on public attitudes and behaviour. - Media assistance can ensure that local and domestic media can respond appropriately to VE narratives. - There is an emerging evidence base regarding the potential for rapid reaction media and communication strategies in situations where there is a threat of IBV. These findings suggest that alternative media strategies can help. But the trust and credibility of information providers is crucial. The final section "Reflections" concludes that the research landscape is fragmented and disconnected. but suggests several professional/practitioner sectors and academic disciplines could shed light on potentially effective media and communication CVE strategies. More needs to be done to draw the threads together to learn lessons and to identify and prioritise gaps in our knowledge and understanding.

Details: Cambridge, UK: Partnership for Conflict, Crime and Security Research University of East Anglia, 2016. 42p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 25, 2018 at: http://www.paccsresearch.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/Countering-Violent-Extremism-Through-Media-and-Communication-Strategies-.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: International

URL: http://www.paccsresearch.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/Countering-Violent-Extremism-Through-Media-and-Communication-Strategies-.pdf

Shelf Number: 148926

Keywords:
Extremism
Mass Media
Media Campaigns
Radicalization
Violence Prevention
Violent Extremism

Author: Chapman, John

Title: Police Effectiveness in a Changing World: Slough site report

Summary: Between 2011 and 2015, the Police Foundation's Police Effectiveness in a Changing World research team worked closely with the police and their community safety partners in Luton and Slough - two English towns that had experienced the local impact of global change particularly acutely. This is one of two concluding reports from the project which details the process, experience and research findings from Slough. The research started with a problem orientated, multi-agency approach to tackling violence. Using action research we took a problem-oriented approach by identifying local crime problems, improving the way they were understood and developing interventions to tackle them. Then we assessed the outcomes of these and the challenges of implementing them. Throughout the project we drew on the wider evidence-base on police effectiveness to promote local partnerships, to better deal with the 'changing world' and to find sustainable solutions to local crime problems. Most importantly we sought to learn lessons from the process of working with forces on the ground.

Details: London: Police Foundation, 2017. 138p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 2, 2018 at: http://www.police-foundation.org.uk/2017/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/slough_site_report.pdf

Year: 2017

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://www.police-foundation.org.uk/2017/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/slough_site_report.pdf

Shelf Number: 148978

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Police Effectiveness
Police Performance
Police Reform
Problem-Oriented Policing
Violence
Violence Prevention

Author: Barsa, Michelle

Title: Inclusive Ceasefires: Women, gender, and a sustainable end to violence

Summary: Traditional approaches to ending wars-where armed groups meet behind closed doors to hammer out a truce-are falling short in the face of 21st century conflicts. In 2014, the world experienced the highest battle-related death toll since the Cold War. Belligerents increasingly target civilians, and global displacement from conflict, violence, and persecution has reached the highest level ever recorded. States that emerge from war also persistently relapse; in the 2000s, 90 percent of conflicts occurred in countries previously afflicted by war. Partly as a means to address these challenges, calls for inclusive approaches to resolving conflict and insecurity have grown louder. The full impact of women's participation on peace and security outcomes remains poorly understood, but overwhelming anecdotal and quantitative evidence shows that women's empowerment and gender equality are associated with peace and stability. While the inclusion of women and civil society in peace processes is consequently gaining normative traction, one consistent exception has emerged: ceasefires. The terms "ceasefire," "truce," and "cessations of hostilities" have long been used interchangeably, both on paper and in practice. Even today, the distinction between them remains at best unclear and, at worst, contested. This paper defines ceasefires as negotiated agreements between parties that "define the rules and modalities for conflict parties to stop fighting." As such, we treat them as more binding and comprehensive in scope than truces, which can be unilateral and encompass many types of breaks in the fighting. Cessations of hostilities can also be declaratory and non-binding, but when reached as negotiated agreements, they too are typically narrower in scope and more temporary in nature than ceasefires. True to their name, cessations of hostilities simply suspend the violence. As such, most ceasefire agreements include a cessation of hostilities section that lists the violent acts to be halted. But ceasefires go further by outlining additional rules and modalities to de-escalate tensions between the warring parties: lines of disengagement and withdrawal of forces, demilitarized zones, cantonment of forces, monitoring and verification, dispute resolution, and disarmament.10 These additional mechanisms are designed to support (and as one econometric model shows, are more likely to achieve)11 a more durable cessation of violence. This paper will focus on ceasefire and cessation of hostilities agreements that are or were intended to create space for comprehensive peace negotiations. That ceasefires in particular remain unquestionably untouched by the principle of inclusion is remarkable, given the foundational role they often play in peace processes. Ceasefires can heavily influence-if not determine outright-which actors will subsequently be invited to the peace table and which issues will appear on the agenda of those talks. And the stakes are high. According to one of the most extensive studies to date on ceasefires and peace, strong agreements-defined as those that implement detailed mechanisms like demilitarized zones and peacekeeping forces-reduce the risk of another war by more than 80 percent. At the very least, this warrants an evidence-based debate of the merits of including stakeholders other than the belligerent parties. Yet the growing body of research on ceasefires contains little information on if, how, and why women's and civil society's needs, perspectives, and considerations are being incorporated. This paper will explore the possible benefits of women's participation in ceasefires; the inclusion of women in the 2014 South Sudanese Cessation of Hostilities Agreement and the 2015 Myanmar Nationwide Ceasefire Agreement; women's impact as measured by the two agreements' meaningful attention to gender; and the consequences for the agreements'.

Details: Washington, DC: Inclusive Security, 2016. 62p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 16, 2018 at: https://www.inclusivesecurity.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/Inclusive-Ceasefires-ISA-paper-Final-3.10.2016.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: Burma

URL: https://www.inclusivesecurity.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/Inclusive-Ceasefires-ISA-paper-Final-3.10.2016.pdf

Shelf Number: 149165

Keywords:
Conflict Resolution
Violence Prevention

Author: RAND Corporation

Title: The Science of Gun Policy: A Critical Synthesis of Research Evidence on the Effects of Gun Policies in the United States

Summary: he RAND Corporation's Gun Policy in America initiative is a unique attempt to systematically and transparently assess available scientific evidence on the real effects of firearm laws and policies. Good gun policies require consideration of many factors, including the law and constitutional rights, the interests of various stakeholder groups, and information about the likely effects of different laws or policies on a range of outcomes. This report seeks to provide the third - objective information about what the scientific literature examining gun policy can tell us about the likely effects of laws. The study synthesizes the available scientific data on the effects of various firearm policies on firearm deaths, violent crime, the gun industry, participation in hunting and sport shooting, and other outcomes. By highlighting where scientific evidence is accumulating, the authors hope to build consensus around a shared set of facts that have been established through a transparent, nonpartisan, and impartial review process. In so doing, they also illuminate areas where more and better information could make important contributions to establishing fair and effective gun policies. Key Findings Despite Modest Scientific Evidence, the Data Support a Few Conclusions Of more than 100 combinations of policies and outcomes, surprisingly few have been the subject of methodologically rigorous investigation. Notably, research into four of the outcomes examined was essentially unavailable at the time of the review, with three of these four outcomes representing issues of particular concern to gun owners or gun industry stakeholders. Available evidence supports the conclusion that child-access prevention laws, or safe storage laws, reduce self-inflicted fatal or nonfatal firearm injuries among youth, as well as unintentional firearm injuries or deaths among children. There is moderate evidence that background checks reduce firearm suicides and firearm homicides, as well as limited evidence that these policies can reduce overall suicide and violent crime rates. There is moderate evidence that stand-your-ground laws may increase homicide rates and limited evidence that the laws increase firearm homicides in particular. There is moderate evidence that violent crime is reduced by laws prohibiting the purchase or possession of guns by individuals who have a history of involuntary commitment to a psychiatric facility. There is limited evidence these laws may reduce total suicides and firearm suicides. There is limited evidence that a minimum age of 21 for purchasing firearms may reduce firearm suicides among youth. Recommendations When considering adopting or refining child-access prevention laws, states should consider making it a felony to violate these laws; there is some evidence that felony laws may have the greatest effects on unintentional firearm deaths. States that currently do not require a background check investigating all types of mental health histories that lead to federal prohibitions on firearm purchase or possession should consider implementing robust mental illness checks, which appear to reduce rates of gun violence. To improve understanding of the real effects of gun policies, Congress should consider lifting current restrictions in appropriations legislation that limit research funding and access to data. In addition, the administration should invest in firearm research portfolios at the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the National Institutes of Health, and the National Institute of Justice at levels comparable to its current investment in other threats to public safety and health. To improve understanding of outcomes of critical concern to many in gun policy debates, the U.S. government and private research sponsors should support research examining the effects of gun laws on a wider set of outcomes, including crime, defensive gun use, hunting and sport shooting, officer-involved shootings, and the gun industry. To foster a more robust research program on gun policy, Congress should consider eliminating the restrictions it has imposed on the use of gun trace data for research purposes. Researchers, reviewers, academics, and science reporters should expect new analyses of the effects of gun policies to improve on earlier studies by persuasively addressing the methodological limitations of earlier studies, including problems with statistical power, model overfitting, covariate selection, and poorly calibrated standard errors, among others.

Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2018. 413p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2018 at: https://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR2000/RR2088/RAND_RR2088.pdf

Year: 2018

Country: United States

URL: https://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR2000/RR2088/RAND_RR2088.pdf

Shelf Number: 149308

Keywords:
Gun Control
Gun Control Policy
Gun Violence
Gun-Related Violence
Violence Prevention

Author: Law Center to Prevent Gun Violence

Title: Protecting the Parkland Generation: Strategies to Keep America's Kids Safe from Gun Violence

Summary: Since 2000, more than 150,000 Americans were killed or injured by a gun before their 18th birthday. These children deserved to grow up and grow old, free to live and learn, and free from fear. But our nation failed them. As complicated as gun policy can often seem, there are some very simple truths that help explain this uniquely American phenomenon. There is simply no other high-income nation on earth that has let gunmakers and gun extremists write its gun safety laws. No other high-income nation on earth makes weapons of war available-immediately, with no questions asked-to un-vetted buyers intent on mass murder. No other high-income nation on earth has to routinely bury children gunned down in their classrooms and movie theaters and churches and parks. It doesn't have to be this way. It's been tempting for some people to turn away from the pain and shame of these tragedies, or to give in to the cynical lie that this violence can't be prevented. But not anymore. This year, America's young people are demanding change and building a movement for gun safety reform. We have watched in awe as young students emerged from bullet-ridden classrooms in Parkland, Florida, and exclaimed Never again. We have witnessed their courage and eloquence as they stood up on national television to US Senators and NRA celebrities, demanding action, answers, and accountability. This generation-the future leaders of our country-understands that gun violence is not inevitable. And they know that the Second Amendment is not under threat. We are. Giffords Law Center to Prevent Gun Violence presents this report as a tool for this new generation of activists. It provides data about the scope of the gun violence problem facing America's youth and offers concrete recommendations for evidence-based policies that save lives. Our goal is to support the Parkland students and the thousands of young people they have inspired, as well as the lawmakers who hear their call for action and want to work together to make a change. Despite the brutal pain that follows each tragic shooting in our country, the courage of our nation's youth shines a brighter light on our future.

Details: San Francisco: Gifford's Law Center to Prevent Gun Violence, 2018. 64p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2018 at: http://lawcenter.giffords.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/Protecting-Parkland-Generation_3.9.18.pdf

Year: 2018

Country: United States

URL: http://lawcenter.giffords.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/Protecting-Parkland-Generation_3.9.18.pdf

Shelf Number: 149448

Keywords:
Gun Control
Gun Control Policy
Gun Violence
Gun-Related Violence
Homicides
Violence Prevention

Author: Roper, Laura

Title: Strategic Review of the Program to Prevent Gender-Based Violence: El Salvador and Guatemala, National level, 2013-2015

Summary: Oxfam America's Campaign for the Prevention of Gender-Based Violence (CPVG) was launched in 2005 in El Salvador. Targeting both national and municipal government and using a creative combination of popular campaigning, research, innovative capacitybuilding with a range of actors, and lobbying, Oxfam America and its partners and allies successfully placed Gender-Based Violence (GBV) prevention on the policy agenda. From there, these efforts helped forge an unexpected political alliance so that legislators from the two main, and widely divergent, political parties approved the Comprehensive Special Law for a Life Free from Violence for Women, known as LEIV by its Spanish acronym, in 2011. Seeing the potential of this approach to address the scourge of GBV, Oxfam America introduced the program in Guatemala in 2010. In the aftermath of this policy success and other related policy advances, the campaign revised its strategy and shifted its "focus on the application of new laws and policies in both El Salvador and Guatemala. It [looked] for political openings in different spaces on multiple levels: central, departmental, and municipal. This phase [had] a strong focus on generational change - in seeing youth (both male and female) as primary actors who can radically change the collective imagery with respect to gender relations and the decisions they can make to prevent gender-based violence." Under the new formulation, the Program for the Prevention of Gender-Based Violence (PPGV) continued to work with women at the community level to empower them to exercise their rights; to work with both boys and girls and adolescents in public schools to change their attitudes and practices regarding gender roles and the permissibility of GBV in the home, school, or community; to work with municipalities and women's organizations in inter-institutional spaces to further develop and implement GBV prevention strategies and activities; and to achieve implementation of public policies through the strengthening of social and institutional mechanisms for the obligatory application of national and local laws. This focus was meant to capitalize on the formal, systemic change Oxfam had helped foster, taking advantage of legal frameworks in each country that had a series of laws addressing domestic violence, gender-based violence, laws against trafficking, and laws and policies related to the rights of the child and gender equality. At the same time, it sought to address informal norms, beliefs, and practices regarding GBV in a broader context of societal (gang) violence and a culture of impunity that disempowers the public. FOCUS AND METHODOLOGY OF STRATEGIC REVIEW This strategic review, which covers program implementation between 2013 and 2015, focuses primarily on activities at the national level within the judicial, legal, and, to some extent, educational systems, with some attention of the interface at the municipal level. The review is based primarily on open-ended, semi-structured key informant interviews conducted in Guatemala and El Salvador over a two-week period in January. These interviews were held with government officials engaged with the program; cofunding/collaborating organizations such as UNESCO, UNICEF, USAID/CHECCHI, Educo, and UN Women; and three partner organizations consisting of the Foundation for Justice and Gender, the Cultural Association for Performing Arts (Escenica), and the Association of Women of Santa Tecla. Additional material was gathered from document review of Oxfam and the Foundation of Justice and Gender (FJG) reports and primary source material from government websites. Finally, two one-day validation exercises were held in San Salvador on March 15, 2016 and in Guatemala on March 17, 2016. Relevant commentary and ideas from these sessions have been incorporated in this draft. There were several design limitations, principally very limited time in Guatemala, relatively limited documentation on the program, and inability to coordinate with the consultant doing a review of the community-level work. Consequently, there are some information gaps in the document, but sufficient information to draw strong conclusions in some areas and more qualified ones in others.

Details: Boston: Oxfam America, 2016. 69p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2018 at: https://www.oxfamamerica.org/static/media/files/Strategic_Review_of_the_Program_to_Prevent_Gender-based_Violence_-_Final_Report_2015.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: Latin America

URL: https://www.oxfamamerica.org/static/media/files/Strategic_Review_of_the_Program_to_Prevent_Gender-based_Violence_-_Final_Report_2015.pdf

Shelf Number: 149540

Keywords:
Family Violence
Gender-Based Violence
Intimate Partner Violence
Violence Against Women, Girls
Violence Prevention

Author: Foundation for Alcohol Research Education

Title: Policy options paper: Preventing alcohol-related family and domestic violence

Summary: Family and domestic violence (FDV) often occurs in the home, where one should feel safest, perpetrated by a loved one, with whom one should feel safest. It is sometimes a one off event but is often a pattern of behaviour characterised by one person exerting power and control over another in the context of an intimate partnership or within a family situation. FDV may persist for years and sometimes involves multiple forms of abuse. In Australia at least one woman dies each week at the hands of her partner or ex-partner2 and a significant number of children die as a result of abuse and neglect, although exact figures are not known.3 FDV can happen to anyone regardless of gender, sexuality, class, culture or family type. Some communities are more likely to experience FDV and may find it difficult to access mainstream support that meets their needs. Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander women; culturally and linguistically diverse (CALD) women; lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, intersex and queer (LGBTIQ) people and families; women with a disability; and older and young women, all face significant barriers to identifying FDV, seeking help and accessing culturally appropriate support. The impacts of FDV include complex trauma, physical injuries, poor mental health and the development of behaviours that are harmful to health such as alcohol misuse.4 These impacts are cumulative, with the frequency and severity of abuse being associated with greater physical and mental health impacts on the victim.5 The impacts of trauma may also persist long after the abuse has stopped.6 The effects of violence and abuse also go beyond those directly involved. Witnesses are often traumatised. In many cases it is children who witness these events. This sometimes results in children themselves growing up to use violence. They are also more likely to experience domestic violence themselves. These children can also grow up to experience alcohol and other drug issues in their lives.7 FDV impacts on children whether or not they witness it. It is more difficult to estimate the impacts of FDV on other family members and communities, but again there is significant evidence to suggest that FDV has widespread immediate and intergenerational consequences. FDV, and particularly violence between intimate partners, is not a gender neutral issue. Domestic violence is overwhelmingly perpetrated by men against women.8 This is due to the unequal power dynamics between women and men, the gendered distribution of resources, and an "adherence to rigidly defined gender roles expressed institutionally, culturally, organisationally and individually."9 Child maltreatment is also more likely to be perpetrated by males than females.10 The interplay between alcohol and FDV is complex. Alcohol is a contributing factor to FDV, increasing both the likelihood of violence occurring and the severity of harms.11 Alcohol misuse can cause or exacerbate relationship stressors thereby increasing the probability of violence. Alcohol use can be both a consequence to and precursor of relationship stress and violence. Alcohol use also affects cognitive functioning and physical functioning, 12 affecting the likelihood of perpetration, and making those who are impacted by FDV more vulnerable. Some perpetrators of violence may try to blame the misuse of alcohol and/or drugs or use intoxication as an excuse. This is not the case. Alcohol use and intoxication are never an excuse for violence. Victims may use alcohol as a coping mechanism for dealing with trauma and pain. There are also intergenerational impacts, with children who witness domestic violence being more likely to have problems with alcohol later in life.13 Alcohol is involved in a significant proportion of reported domestic violence and child protection incidents. In 2010-11 there were 29,684 reported incidents of alcohol-related domestic violence to police across four Australian states; Victoria, New South Wales (NSW), Western Australia (WA) and the Northern Territory (NT).14 Due to challenges with data collection across all jurisdictions, as well as under-reporting of these crimes, these figures are likely to be significant underestimates. This equates to approximately half of domestic assaults reported to police involving alcohol. In addition, a carer's alcohol use is a factor for 10,166 children in the child protection system.15 Australia is committed to addressing FDV by being a signatory to the Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination Against Women, the Declaration to End Violence Against Women and the Beijing Declaration. 16 The association between alcohol and FDV has been recognised by the World Health Organization (WHO), which has identified action on alcohol misuse as one of several strategies to reduce violence against women and children. 17 , 18 There is also recognition of the association between alcohol and FDV by Australian Governments. National, as well as some state and territory, strategies and frameworks have acknowledged the role of alcohol in FDV and have recognised the need to address alcohol as part of an overall strategy to reduce FDV. However, to date, there has been a lack of coordinated action to bring these strategies together to produce effective policies and programs. This Policy Options Paper draws on the following principles based on the literature of what is known about alcohol-related FDV in Australia and internationally. These principles are: x The consumption of alcohol is never an excuse for violence. x Policies that address gender inequalities and alcohol misuse are critical to reducing FDV. x The WHO socio-ecological model acknowledges that no single factor explains why people engage in violence, instead there are multiple factors, at the individual, relationship, community and societal levels. Responses to FDV need to be targeted at all levels. x No single response is likely to reduce alcohol-related FDV. Australia needs a comprehensive and coordinated approach to address alcohol-related FDV, as part of an overall strategy to reduce violence against women and children. x A public health approach is needed to reduce alcohol-related FDV, with a focus on prevention across the spectrum, including primordial prevention, primary prevention, secondary prevention and tertiary prevention.

Details: Deakin, ACT: FARE, 2015. 86p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 3, 2018 at: http://www.fare.org.au/wp-content/uploads/research/FARE-Policy-Options-Paper-Preventing-alcohol-related-FDV.pdf

Year: 2015

Country: Australia

URL: http://www.fare.org.au/wp-content/uploads/research/FARE-Policy-Options-Paper-Preventing-alcohol-related-FDV.pdf

Shelf Number: 149661

Keywords:
Alcohol Abuse
Domestic Violence
Family Violence
Intimate Partner Violence
Public Health Approach
Violence Prevention

Author: Meiden, Sara van der

Title: Police working methods to prevent serial partner violence - focus on the perpetrator of violence

Summary: In the 2017 budget bill, the Government established the goal of reducing the number of women who are exposed to violence in intimate relationships. The importance of the Swedish Police conducting proactive, well-considered, and structured crime prevention work in attaining this goal is emphasised. Bra's instruction for this report can be divided into four parts. Bra must: identify and compile police approaches and working methods for preventing men's serial partner violence; determine which of these are promising; determine whether they can be implemented into Swedish police working methods; and estimate which costs would be entailed in working according to the promising methods and working methods.

Details: Stockholm: The Swedish National Council for Crime Prevention (Bra), 2018. 16p.

Source: Internet Resource: English version of report 2017:13: Accessed April 4, 2018 at: https://www.bra.se/download/18.10aae67f160e3eba62920340/1518706493393/2017_13_Police_working_methods_summary.pdf

Year: 2018

Country: Sweden

URL: https://www.bra.se/download/18.10aae67f160e3eba62920340/1518706493393/2017_13_Police_working_methods_summary.pdf

Shelf Number: 149674

Keywords:
Abusive Men
Family Violence
Intimate Partner Violence
Violence Against Women
Violence Prevention

Author: Orr, Elizabeth

Title: Evidence to Action & Local Action as Evidence: Findings from the Building Safe Communities for Women and their Children Action Research Support Initiative.

Summary: Domestic and family violence and sexual assault perpetrated against women and their children is prevalent, serious, and preventable. In Australia, approximately one in four (2.2 million) women has experienced some form of violence by an intimate partner since the age of 15, compared to one in 13 men. Approximately one in six women in Australia has been subjected to physical or sexual violence by a current or former partner (Australian Bureau of Statistics, 2016). The social, health, and economic costs of violence against women and their children are huge. For women in Australia aged 18-44, intimate partner violence contributes more to their health burden than any other risk factor, including alcohol use, tobacco use, or high cholesterol (Webster, 2016). Preventing and stopping violence against women and their children is a national priority that requires whole-of-community action. The Australian government's Department of Social Services (DSS) provided one-off grants of up to $150,000 to community-based projects led by a range of organisations across Australia, as part of the Building Safe Communities for Women and their Children (BSCW) initiative. The BSCW grants program aimed to reduce violence against women and their children by supporting community-led projects that are responsive to the specific needs of the women, children, and families in those communities. The ANROWS Action Research Support Initiative supported the BSCW projects to reflect and document their learning and share them with ANROW to collate and synthesise the successes, challenges, gaps, and opportunities in working to build safe communities across Australia. This report provides an overview of the key findings from both the individual BSCW projects and the synthesised findings of the ANROWS Action Research Support Initiative. The intention of the report is to share findings in an accessible way that will encourage community-based practitioners and organisations to implement further local initiatives to address violence against women and their children.

Details: Sydney: ANROWS, 2018. 88p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2018 at: https://d2c0ikyv46o3b1.cloudfront.net/anrows.org.au/ANROWS%20Action%20Research%20Support%20Initiative%20Report.2.pdf

Year: 2018

Country: Australia

URL: https://d2c0ikyv46o3b1.cloudfront.net/anrows.org.au/ANROWS%20Action%20Research%20Support%20Initiative%20Report.2.pdf

Shelf Number: 149725

Keywords:
Domestic Violence
Family Violence
Intimate Partner Violence
Victim Services
Violence Against Women, Children
Violence Prevention

Author: Great Britain. Home Office

Title: Serious Violence Strategy

Summary: The Government is determined to do all it can to break the deadly cycle of violence that devastates the lives of individuals, families and communities. This strategy sets out how we will respond to serious violence. The strategy consolidates the range of very important work already being taken forward and renews our ambition to go further, setting out a number of significant new proposals. We want to make clear that our approach is not solely focused on law enforcement, very important as that is, but depends on partnerships across a number of sectors such as education, health, social services, housing, youth services, and victim services. In particular it needs the support of communities thinking about what they can themselves do to help prevent violent crime happening in the first place and how they can support measures to get young people and young adults involved in positive activities. Our overarching message is that tackling serious violence is not a law enforcement issue alone. It requires a multiple strand approach involving a range of partners across different sectors. The strategy sets out our analysis of the evidence and the trends and drivers of serious violent crime. The evidence shows that while overall crime continues to fall, homicide, knife crime and gun crime have risen since 2014 across virtually all police force areas in England and Wales. Robbery has also risen sharply since 2016. These increases have been accompanied by a shift towards younger victims and perpetrators. Most of the violence is also male on male. About half the rise in robbery, knife and gun crime is due to improvements in police recording. For the remainder, drug-related cases seem to be an important driver. Between 2014/15 and 2016/17, homicides where either the victim or suspect were known to be involved in using or dealing illicit drugs increased from 50% to 57%. Crack cocaine markets have strong links to serious violence and evidence suggests crack use is rising in England and Wales due to a mix of supply and demand factors. Drug-related cases also seem to be one of the driving factors in the homicide increase in the United States. Drug-market violence may also be facilitated and spread to some extent by social media. A small minority are using social media to glamorise gang or drug-selling life, taunt rivals and normalise weapons carrying. There has also been an increase in vulnerable groups susceptible to the related exploitation and/or drug use. The strategy is framed on four key themes: tackling county lines and misuse of drugs, early intervention and prevention, supporting communities and partnerships, and an effective law enforcement and criminal justice response. This strategy represents a step change in the way we think and respond to serious violence, establishing a new balance between prevention and law enforcement. Given the strong link between drugs and serious violence and the related harm and exploitation from county lines, we have set out the action we will take to tackle this violent and exploitative criminal activity. The Home Office is supporting the development of a new National County Lines Co‑ordination Centre. We will continue to raise awareness of county lines and the related exploitation, and we will provide funding to support delivery of a new round of Heroin and Crack Action Areas. Our work on early intervention and prevention is focused on steering young people away from crime and putting in place measures to tackle the root causes. The Home Office has committed $11 million over the next two years through a new Early Intervention Youth Fund to provide support to communities for early intervention and prevention with young people. We will support Redthread to expand and pilot its Youth Violence Intervention Programme outside London, starting with Nottingham and Birmingham, and to develop its service in major London hospitals. We will also continue to fund Young People's Advocates working with gang-affected young women and girls, and exploring whether the model should be expanded. The Home Office will work with the Department for Education and Ofsted to explore what more can be done to support schools in England to respond to potential crime risks and to provide additional support to excluded children. We need an approach that involves partners across different sectors, including police, local authorities and the private and voluntary sector. Communities and local partnerships will be at the heart of our response. This issue must be understood and owned locally so that all the relevant partners can play their part. We will support local partnerships, working with Police and Crime Commissioners (PCCs), to galvanise the local response to tackling serious violence and ensure that they are reflecting local challenges within their plans. We have launched a new media campaign raising awareness about the risks of carrying knives. To help communities tackle knife crime, the Home Office is providing up to $1 million for the Community Fund in both 2018/19 and 2019/20, in addition to continuing the Ending Gang Violence and Exploitation (EGVE) Fund and EGVE review programme. We are clear that tackling serious violence is not a law enforcement issue alone and requires partnerships across a range of agencies; however we want to ensure that we are providing the tools to support the law enforcement and criminal justice response. We are planning new legislation to strengthen our controls on knives, corrosive substances and firearms. The Home Office will also work with Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary and Fire & Rescue Service (HMICFRS) to ensure their PEEL inspections focus on serious violence and support a HMICFRS thematic inspection of county lines in 2018/19. The Home Office has commissioned the Centre for Applied Science and Technology to ensure that the police have the capability to undertake street testing for corrosives. Finally, we will ensure that there is a framework in place to support delivery of the strategy. The Home Office will establish a new cross sector Serious Violence Taskforce with key representatives from a range of national, local and delivery partner agencies to oversee delivery and challenge the impact of delivery of the Serious Violence Strategy. The current Inter-Ministerial Group on Gangs will be refocused to oversee and drive delivery of the strategy. The Home Secretary will also hold an International Violent Crime Symposium to bring together the international academic community to understand the trends in serious violence in different parts of the world.

Details: London: Home Office, 2018. 111p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/698009/serious-violence-strategy.pdf

Year: 2018

Country: United Kingdom

URL: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/698009/serious-violence-strategy.pdf

Shelf Number: 149794

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Drug-Related Violence
Gang Violence
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Great Britain. HM Government

Title: Together We Can End Violence Against Women and Girls: A Strategy

Summary: 1. Addressing violence against women and girls (VAWG) is a challenge for us all. It remains a key barrier to realising our vision of a society in which women and girls feel safe and confident in their homes and communities. The 'snapshot' data we have from individual studies reveals a shocking picture. In overall terms, around half of all women and girls in England and Wales could recall being victims of violence over their lifetime. - Nearly 1 million women experience at least one incident of domestic abuse each year (British Crime Survey (BCS) self-completion questionnaire, 2007/08). - Close to 10,000 women are sexually assaulted every week (BCS self-completion questionnaire, July 2008). - At least 750,000 children a year witness domestic violence (Department of Health, 2002). 2. VAWG has a significant impact on the criminal justice system (CJS) although many cases never reach the CJS. The effects of VAWG go far wider than the criminal justice consequences, impacting on a wide range of other areas including health, children's services, education and housing. All government departments and local agencies therefore have a role to play. 3. A number of initiatives over the last decade have made a real difference, but many of these have focused only on specific offences. These distinctions can create artificial barriers. For example many women suffer both domestic and sexual abuse in the same relationship. Although the Government has published a number of separate plans in recent years for dealing with different problems, so far these have not been brought together in one place. 4. What is needed therefore is a co-ordinated approach to combating all forms of VAWG. This strategy represents our integrated approach to tackling this problem and supporting its victims across the three key areas of prevention, provision and protection.

Details: London: HM Government, 2009. 77p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2018 at: http://www.refworld.org/pdfid/4b13a3472.pdf

Year: 2009

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://www.refworld.org/pdfid/4b13a3472.pdf

Shelf Number: 117121

Keywords:
Domestic Violence
Sexual Assault
Violence Against Women, Girls
Violence Prevention

Author: Greater London Authority

Title: A Safer City for Women and Girls: The London Tackling Violence Against Women and Girls Strategy 2018-2021

Summary: Measures in the Mayor's Violence Against Women and Girls Strategy include: Prevention A wide-ranging programme to improve safety in public spaces at all times of day and night including a new Women's Night Safety Charter, partnership to tackle unwanted sexual behaviour on the transport network and a new campaign to tackle attitudes of everyday sexism and misogyny Working with partners across London to gain accreditation to the UN Women's Safer Cities and Safe Public Spaces initiative Work to encourage positive attitudes, behaviours and healthy relationships amongst children and young people with specialist advocates in schools and pupil referral units, Safer Schools Officers and a whole school prevention pilot in Croydon Supporting a Good Work Standard to address the #MeToo phenomenon and ensure abuse is not tolerated in the workplace Tackling perpetrators Working with police and criminal justice partners to ensure the most effective handling of dangerous individuals including over $3m to expand the rehabilitative Drive project which provides additional support to help reform the behaviour of perpetrators New measures to tackle stalking Calling on the Government to create a register for perpetrators of domestic abuse and violence, and for tougher sentences for image-based offenses such as 'upskirting' and 'revenge porn' Protection and support for victims $200,000 to support the London Councils Harmful Practices programme - training nurses, midwives and social workers to recognize abuses such as FGM and intervene A complete review of adherence to the Victims' Code of Practice, a new online portal for victims of crime, and a study into rape cases from a victim's perspective Significant investment in general and specialist services for victims including $13m for sexual violence services, $5m for Domestic Violence services, and over $9m for services in London's boroughs The Strategy was informed by a major consultation exercise which included: Consultation with survivors - 15 focus groups with 133 survivors of Violence Against Women and Girls (VAWG), 19 one-to-one interviews and an online survey with 90 respondents. 12 consultation workshops on evidence and data sharing, female offenders, BAME, perpetrators, prevention, enforcement, support for victims, prostitution, harmful practices, priority boroughs plus a roundtable with survivors and another with partners and stakeholders. 400 face-to-face interviews with members of the public across the areas of London where VAWG is most prevalent.

Details: London: GLA, 2018. 100p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2018 at: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/vawg_strategy_2018-21.pdf

Year: 2018

Country: United Kingdom

URL: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/vawg_strategy_2018-21.pdf

Shelf Number: 150056

Keywords:
Gender-Based Violence
Revenge Pornography
Stalking
Violence Prevention
Violent Against Women, Girls
Violent Crime

Author: Hunt, Priscillia

Title: Can an Informative Letter Reduce Gun Crime and Be Cost-Effective? A Study of Los Angeles

Summary: In 2007, the Los Angeles City Attorney's Office implemented a pilot study of a gun letter intervention to deter straw purchases and other illegal transfers of firearms, and to increase reporting of lost or stolen firearms. The intervention involved sending a letter to handgun purchasers during their ten-day waiting periods between purchase and taking possession of the firearm, which advised the purchaser that the new weapon was registered to them and that failure to properly record any transfer or loss of the weapon with California's Department of Justice could result in the owners' liability for any future misuse of the gun. A pilot randomized controlled trial of the letter program was conducted in two neighborhoods of the city of Los Angeles from May 2007 to September 2008. Five years after the pilot study, the letter program was fully implemented citywide from January 1, 2013, through September 1, 2015. Letters were sent to all handgun purchasers residing in city of Los Angeles zip codes during the ten-day waiting period. Our study expanded on the pilot study, using two statistical approaches to assess the effect on firearm violence. This report evaluates the effect of the letters sent by the Los Angeles City Attorney's Office on city-level rates of homicide, robbery, and aggravated assault with a firearm and conducts a cost-benefit assessment of this letter program. Key Findings Effects on Prevention We were unable to detect a reliable citywide effect for the letter program on homicides, robberies, or aggravated assaults with a firearm. While a statistical analysis would not have been able to identify the prevention of one or two crimes at a citywide level regardless of the true effects, it is also unclear whether the letter program can prevent any firearm violence. One limitation of our methodology is that people could have transferred guns to individuals who committed gun crimes outside of Los Angeles, thus contaminating our control group. Costs The cost of the program was approximately $1.13 to $1.85 per letter, or $145 to $428 per day. Considering the cost of the program relative to the societal benefits of preventing victimization, if the program prevents one homicide, one aggravated assault, or two robberies, then the program achieves a net benefit to society. Statistical Approaches For the short-term, time-series model, results suggest an immediate decline in firearms robberies after implementation of the letter program, but no such changes in aggravated assaults or homicides with a firearm. Using the long-term, time-series model, results suggest no statistically significant effect on firearms robberies, but a statistically significant decrease of homicide with a handgun and aggravated assault with a firearm. Because results are so highly sensitive to model specification, they are not robust enough to draw conclusions. Similarly, a comparative case study approach was also used but did not identify a good enough statistical control group for Los Angeles to reliably analyze the effect of the letter. Recommendations Attorney's Offices should consider the trade-off between the relatively low cost of the letter intervention and yet relatively limited effect on city-level gun crime. A better approach than analyzing aggregate, city-level data might be to conduct tests that are more sensitive to the effect of the letter intervention, such as an analysis based on gun-level data or a test for whether there are differences by subgroups based on characteristics of the gun purchase. Another possible approach might be to study the data over a longer period with a long follow-up for testing the effects on crime, because it takes time for a gun to be used and to be recovered.

Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2017. 48p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 25, 2018 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR1934.html

Year: 2017

Country: United States

URL: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR1934.html

Shelf Number: 150366

Keywords:
Cost-Benefit Analysis
Gun Control
Gun Violence
Gun-Related Violence
Guns
Violence Prevention

Author: Sutherland, Alex

Title: Using Ambulance Data for Violence Prevention: Technical Report

Summary: In spring 2015, the West Midlands Police received a Police Innovation Fund grant to undertake a 'proof of concept' evaluation of the utility of using ambulance data for violence prevention activities, to be conducted by RAND Europe. Similar to Emergency Department data utilised in the 'Cardiff Model' approach to violence prevention, ambulance data is thought to offer a new source of intelligence data for police and community safety/violence prevention partnerships. Such data may be able to help identify unknown patterns of violence, and from this contribute to solutions to prevent and/or reduce violence. This study investigates whether this data adds potential value for injury surveillance. That is, does it bring new information over and above that already available? Within that, there is an assessment of data quality in terms of completeness and, for example, the extent that the data sources overlap. Secondly, it scopes whether and if so, how, these data could be applied to violence prevention activities. Key Findings The study found that ambulance records contain substantial new information on violence, with between 66%-90% of ambulance incidents not found in police data. Therefore, police are not aware of the location of a substantial proportion of violent incidents. The volume of ambulance call-outs for public violence, averaging 16 per day in the West Midlands, means that ambulance data can offer high volume data that is not typically recorded by the police or ED. Because ambulance data is collected automatically and includes location data for each call, this data does not require substantial additional work to be collated and shared. This means that should ambulance data prove effective in reducing crime, it is easily scalable.

Details: Santa Monica, CA: Cambridge, UK: RAND Europe, 2017. 80p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 25, 2018 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR2216.html

Year: 2017

Country: Europe

URL: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR2216.html

Shelf Number: 150373

Keywords:
Emergency Calls, Ambulances
Emergency Medical Services
Injury Surveillance
Law Enforcement
Violence Prevention

Author: Tesfaye, B.

Title: "If youth are given the chance": Effects of education and civic engagement on Somali youth support for political violence.

Summary: Understanding and addressing the root causes of conflict to promote long-term stability is a perennial focus of development programs, yet policymakers still struggle to find proven, effective solutions. Underlying this challenge is a dearth of evidence regarding violence-reduction approaches. Though an increasing number of empirical studies have focused on evaluating the impact of development programs on attitudes and behaviors related to violence (including Mercy Corps' research in Somaliland and Afghanistan), questions remain about the relative effectiveness of different types of interventions and about the conditions under which some interventions may or may not succeed in reducing violence. The motivation behind this research study is to help fill these knowledge gaps. In particular, this research seeks to test the impact of two common violence-reduction approaches- education and civic engagement-on youths' level of support for armed violence. By expanding our previous study from Somaliland to examine education, civic engagement, and political violence in South Central Somalia and Puntland, this study also allows us to understand whether the effects of the same education and civic engagement interventions persist across different contexts. Somalia faces many challenges and opportunities when it comes to violence reduction. Though the nation is striving to move beyond decades of unrest and violent conflict and toward stability and broad-based development, the security situation remains tenuous. The two truck bombs that exploded on October 14, 2017, killing more than 500 people in Mogadishu, highlight both how deadly armed opposition groups continue to be and Somalia's continued vulnerability to violence. Armed groups have proven repeatedly how resilient they can be, constantly adapting to new threats- both internal and external-to ensure their own survival. A steady source of resilience for armed opposition groups is a large pool of frustrated youth whom they can recruit and indoctrinate. To promote stability, several youth development programs in Somalia seek to engage vulnerable youth and address their needs, including Mercy Corps' Somali Youth Learners Initiative (SYLI), which focused on increasing access to secondary education and civic engagement opportunities for youth. Evaluating the SYLI program provided an opportunity to better understand if and how improved access to formal secondary education and increased opportunities for civic engagement can reduce young Somalis' support for armed groups and the use of violence to achieve political aims.

Details: Washington, DC: Mercy Corps, 2018. 42p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 30, 2018 at: https://www.mercycorps.org/sites/default/files/If%20Youth%20Are%20Given%20the%20Chance_LR_FINAL.pdf

Year: 2018

Country: Somalia

URL: https://www.mercycorps.org/sites/default/files/If%20Youth%20Are%20Given%20the%20Chance_LR_FINAL.pdf

Shelf Number: 150404

Keywords:
At-Risk Youth
Education and Crime
Interventions
Political Violence
Radicalization
Terrorism
Violence Prevention

Author: Freire, Danilo Alves Mendes

Title: Evaluating the Effect of Homicide Prevention Strategies in Sao Paulo, Brazil: A Synthetic Control Approach

Summary: Although Brazil remains severely affected by civil violence, the state of Sao Paulo has made significant inroads into fighting criminality. In the last decade, Sao Paulo has witnessed a 70% decline in homicide rates, a result that policy-makers attribute to a series of crime-reducing measures implemented by the state government. While recent academic studies seem to confirm this downward trend, no estimation of the total impact of state policies on homicide rates currently exists. The present article fills this gap by employing the Synthetic Control Method to compare these measures against an artificial Sao Paulo. The results indicate a large drop in homicide rates in actual Sao Paulo when contrasted with the synthetic counterfactual, with about 20,000 lives saved during the period. The theoretical usefulness of the Synthetic Control Method for public policy analysis, the role of the Primeiro Comando da Capital as a causal mediator, and the practical implications of the security measures taken by the Sao Paulo state government are also discussed.

Details: Unpublished paper, 2016. 31p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 1, 2018 at: https://osf.io/preprints/socarxiv/8tmhe/

Year: 2016

Country: Brazil

URL: https://osf.io/preprints/socarxiv/8tmhe/

Shelf Number: 150424

Keywords:
Homicides
Urban Areas and Crime
Violence Prevention
Violent Crimes

Author: Reichert, Jessica

Title: Focused Deterrence: Policing Strategy to Combat Gun Violence

Summary: Homicide rates dropped both nationally and in Illinois from 2000 to 2014. However, since then the nation has seen a recent uptick in homicide, with rates increasing from 4.4 per 100,000 residents in 2014 to 5.3 per 100,000 residents in 2016. In Illinois, the homicide rate increased from 5.3 per 100,000 residents in 2014 to 8.2 per 100,000 residents in 2016. Homicides involving a firearm in Cook County appear to be a major contribution to this trend. In 2016, Chicago had 688 firearm-related homicides compared to 76 that were unrelated to firearms, representing an increase of 61-percent and 31-percent from the year before, respectively. The cause of the sharp increase in Chicago gun violence is still unclear. Removing Cook County, Illinois had a small 9-percent decrease in firearm-related homicides from 2015 to 2016, though the proportion of all assault-related deaths that involved a firearm was substantial at 64 percent. This article provides an overview of one strategy to reduce such gun violence - focused deterrence. Focused deterrence strategies attempt to maximize law enforcement efforts by strategically and directly applying interventions and social service resources to individuals at high risk for recidivism. Focused deterrence offers these targeted individuals two choices: (1) continue to engage in the problematic behavior and risk enhanced prosecution or other available legal options, also referred to as "lever pulling," or (2) disengage from problematic behavior and receive connection and increased access to any needed social services, such as employment or mental health services, and other resources. By responding with the most severe penalties, these interventions deter potential offenders from committing the same crimes and interrupting the cycle of retaliation commonly seen in gang crime.

Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2018. 20p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 2, 2018 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/articles/Focused_deterrence_PDF_062218.pdf

Year: 2018

Country: United States

URL: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/articles/Focused_deterrence_PDF_062218.pdf

Shelf Number: 150757

Keywords:
Focused Deterrence
Gang Violence
Gun Violence
Gun-Related Violence
Homicides
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Taylor, Jirka

Title: Violent and Antisocial Behaviour at Football Events: Review of interventions

Summary: Disorder and violence at football matches are well-recognised issues that have attracted considerable attention in the media as well as among policymakers and practitioners. In an effort to prevent and respond to the phenomenon, numerous strategies and interventions have been implemented by relevant stakeholder groups, including police and other security professionals, football clubs and associations, fan organisations and local and national governments. However, despite the wide range of tools available, there are gaps in the understanding of the current state of practice and its effectiveness. This rapid evidence review responded to these gaps through a focused, structured literature search and aimed to provide a critical assessment of previous research into these issues. The review observed a multitude of strategies that can be and have been implemented to counter antisocial behaviour at football matches. They can broadly be grouped into four categories: 1) organisation of the venue (e.g. equipping stadiums with cameras, seating-only arrangements), 2) organisation of the events (e.g. arranging transport for away fans; setting up early kick-off times); 3) approaches to policing (e.g. dialogue-based policing, police liaison teams); and 4) laws, policies and partnerships (e.g. higher penalties for hooliganism, cooperation with fan associations). With respect to the effectiveness of these interventions, the review found that the existing evidence base (at least as captured by the parameters of the review) is underdeveloped. The review found evidence pertaining only to a subset of interventions. Of the studies offering an effectiveness assessment, the majority faced notable methodological limitations. Key Findings There is positive evidence for the effectiveness of utilising security cameras and mandatory transport arrangements for visiting fans, early kick-off times and policing approaches aimed at establishing dialogue and lines of communication with fans in reducing disorder. Interventions that do not appear to be effective include fan registration schemes as a precondition for a ticket purchase and alcohol bans within stadiums, city-wide alcohol bans and bans on alcohol consumption while in transit to the stadium.

Details: Cambridge, UK: RAND Europe, 2018. 70p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 27, 2018 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR2532.html

Year: 2018

Country: Europe

URL: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR2532.html

Shelf Number: 150950

Keywords:
Alcohol-Related Crime, Disorder
Antisocial Behavior
Camera Surveillance
Disorderly Conduct
Football Hooliganism
Soccer
Sporting Events
Sports Violence
Vandalism
Violence Prevention

Author: Our Watch

Title: Changing the picture: Background paper: Understanding violence against Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander women and their children

Summary: This document is a background paper that supports and informs the Our Watch resource Changing the picture: A national resource to support the prevention of violence against Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander women and their children. Changing the picture is a new resource whose overarching goal is to reframe and improve Australia's approach to the prevention of violence against Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander women and their children. It is a solutions-focused practice framework that outlines how violence against Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander women can be prevented, and describes the essential actions that are needed to change and shift the underlying drivers of this violence. It considers how this prevention work should be undertaken, and by whom, and it outlines the principles that should guide this shared national effort. It also includes examples of relevant work already being undertaken around the country. Violence against Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander women and their children is a national issue. Preventing it is everyone's responsibility. Some prevention initiatives need to be specifically aimed at Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people. These should be owned, developed and led by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people, and wherever possible, implemented by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander-controlled organisations. However, Indigenous people and organisations must not be expected to bear sole responsibility for preventing this violence. Non-indigenous people, 'mainstream' organisations and governments must also take action. They have a particular role to play in preventing violence perpetrated by non-Indigenous men and in combatting racism, structural inequality and discrimination. For these reasons, Changing the picture is aimed at a diverse audience - government and nongovernment, Indigenous and non-Indigenous, and including both individuals and organisations. It is relevant both to practitioners who are working 'on the ground' (in numerous fields, and in both Indigenous-specific and 'mainstream' contexts), as well as those involved in policy development and program funding, design, planning or implementation. It offers guidance to support evidence-informed, intersectional and culturally safe approaches to prevention policy and practice, across jurisdictions and sectors.

Details: Melbourne: Our Watch, 2018. 105p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 31, 2018 at: https://www.ourwatch.org.au/getmedia/8ecbd0af-0599-4518-a169-7801f35bf7b4/Changing-the-picture-background-paper-FINAL-AA.pdf.aspx

Year: 2018

Country: Australia

URL: https://www.ourwatch.org.au/getmedia/8ecbd0af-0599-4518-a169-7801f35bf7b4/Changing-the-picture-background-paper-FINAL-AA.pdf.aspx

Shelf Number: 150975

Keywords:
Aboriginals
Domestic Violence
Family Violence
Indigenous People
Violence Against Women, Children
Violence Prevention

Author: Richard, Patrick

Title: A Community-Based Intervention to Prevent Violence against Women and Girls in Haiti: Lessons Learned

Summary: Violence against women and girls (VAWG) is highly prevalent in Haiti and constitutes a serious public health problem. Social norms promoting power imbalance between women and men and condoning VAWG are also widespread. Changing these norms and curbing the cycle of VAWG in Haiti is an important step toward ensuring healthier, more productive, and safer communities in Haiti. This report documents the lessons learned from a review of the planning, implementation, and evaluation of community mobilization interventions concerning VAWG in Haiti, namely the SASA! program by Raising Voices and the Power to Girls program by Beyond Borders. The methods used to develop this report consist of a review of literature on VAWG prevention programs, as well as qualitative data collection with key informants in Haiti. Findings from this analysis will contribute to the broader literature on adapting, testing, implementing, and evaluating evidence-based interventions in developing countries.

Details: Washington, DC: Wilson Center, Latin American Program; Inter-American development Bank, 2018. 35p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 31, 2018 at: https://www.wilsoncenter.org/sites/default/files/a_community-based_intervention_to_prevent_violence-haiti_final.pdf

Year: 2018

Country: Haiti

URL: https://www.wilsoncenter.org/sites/default/files/a_community-based_intervention_to_prevent_violence-haiti_final.pdf

Shelf Number: 150987

Keywords:
Community-Based Programs
Violence Against Women, Girls
Violence Prevention

Author: Brotherton, David

Title: Social Inclusion from Below. The Perspectives of Street Gangs and Their Possible Effects on Declining Homicide Rates in Ecuador

Summary: Since 2007, the Ecuadorian approach to crime control has emphasized efforts to reach higher levels of social control based on policies of social inclusion and innovations in criminal justice and police reform. One innovative aspect of this approach was the decision to legalize a number of street gangs in 2007. The government claims the success of these policies can be seen in homicide rates that have fallen from 15.35 per 100,000 in 2011 to 5 per 100,000 in 2017. However, little is understood about the factors and their combination that have produced this outcome. To explore this phenomenon, we developed a research project focusing on the impact of street gangs involved in processes of social inclusion on violence reduction. From April to October 2017, we collected multiple data sets including 60 face-to-face interviews with members from four different street subcultures in several field sites, field observations, and archival materials to answer two primary questions: How has the relationship between street groups and state agencies changed in the past 10 years? How has this changed relationship contributed to a hitherto unexamined role in the homicide reduction phenomenon of Ecuador? We found that legalization helped reduce violence and criminality drastically while providing a space, both culturally and legally, to transform the social capital of the gang into effective vehicles of behavioral change. In policy terms, we argue that the social inclusion approach to street gangs should be continued and highlighted as a model of best practices of the state.

Details: Washington, DC: Inter-American Development Bank, 2018. 48p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 27, 2018 at: https://publications.iadb.org/bitstream/handle/11319/8837/Social-Inclusion-from-Below-The-Perspectives-of-Street-Gangs-and-Their-Possible-Effects-on-Declining-Homicide-Rates-in-Ecuador.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y

Year: 2018

Country: Ecuador

URL: https://publications.iadb.org/bitstream/handle/11319/8837/Social-Inclusion-from-Below-The-Perspectives-of-Street-Gangs-and-Their-Possible-Effects-on-Declining-Homicide-Rates-in-Ecuador.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y

Shelf Number: 151275

Keywords:
Crime Rates
Gang Violence
Gang-Related Violent
Gangs
Homicides
Street Gangs
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Brantingham, P. Jeffrey

Title: GRYD Intervention Incident Response and Gang Crime 2-17 Evaluation Report

Summary: As part of GRYD's violence interruption efforts, GRYD Intervention Incident Response (IR) is designed to address gang violence both by responding to incidents when they occur and by engaging in ongoing proactive peacemaking efforts within the community (see Figure 3 for an overview of GRYD IR). GRYD's protocol involves coordination and communication between the GRYD Office, GRYD IR Providers, and the Los Angeles Police Department (LAPD). These partners, referred to as the "Triangle Partners", work together in a relational triangle to reduce the potential for retaliation following an incident and to support victims and families impacted by violence. The Triangle Partners:  Gather and share information about incidents;  Deploy and provide community response (e.g., diffusion of rumors, crowd control);  Provide referrals to services (e.g., connection to GRYD services, victim assistance);  Negotiate peace treaties/ceasefire agreements; and,  Engage in proactive peacemaking activities and events (e.g., monitor hot-spots, conduct impact sessions). This protocol combines the oversight and community organizing principles of the GRYD Office (through GRYD Regional Program Coordinators-RPCs), the assessment and implementation of intervention strategies based on community knowledge (through Community Intervention Workers-CIWs), and the investigative and targeted suppression strategies of law enforcement. The interaction among these entities affirms the roles and boundaries of each, while adding flexibility to each entity's response to incidents as they collectively work to reduce gang violence. The GRYD Intervention Incident Response Protocol GRYD RPCs and CIWs are on call 24/7 to respond to violent incidents that occur in and around GRYD Zones. Each GRYD RPC has designated GRYD Zones which they oversee and where they have developed relationships with the GRYD Prevention and Intervention Providers and law enforcement officers in each Zone. GRYD RPCs act as a conduit among and between law enforcement and Intervention Providers to ensure that accurate information is gathered and disseminated to both partners. When a violent incident occurs, (typically these are homicides, shootings, or stabbings) and GRYD is notified, GRYD's initial response (within 24 hours of the incident) may vary based on the characteristics of the incident and the potential level of impact on the community. At initial response, GRYD may (1) respond to an incident via phone/or email, and/or (2) deploy to an incident location, such as an active crime scene, hospital, or place in the community. The level of response, or actions taken in response to an incident, depends on the assessment of the partners. The types of responses may include:  GRYD RPC Follows Up on the Incident (No CIW Action): GRYD RPC makes phone calls to follow up with LAPD about incidents, but limited information prevents further action from the GRYD RPC and CIW.  GRYD RPC Makes Phone Calls to Gather Information (No CIW Action): GRYD RPC makes phone calls and emails to gather information. CIW may be notified but no action will be taken (i.e., CIW actions are unable to mitigate post-incident dynamics).  GRYD RPC and CIW Takes Action: Both GRYD RPCs and CIWs take some type of action (e.g., GRYD RPC makes phone calls to gather information and deploys to the scene; CIW deploys to the scene and connects the victim to victim assistance services). Deployment to the scene or other places in the community may occur for one or more of the following reasons: for homicides, high profile incidents, information gathering, management requests, or areas where there is spike in crime or tension between particular gangs. While the initial response occurs within the first 24 hours of an incident, additional actions may also be taken in the days and weeks that follow as new information is gathered. These additional post-incident follow-up actions may be taken to direct community engagement efforts towards neighborhoods impacted by violence, to link victims and their families to services, and to provide mediation between gangs if possible. In addition to responding when incidents occur, CIWs also spend a significant amount of time in communities through proactive peacemaking efforts. These efforts aim to reduce violence in communities by conducting or participating in activities related to violence interruption.

Details: Los Angeles: California State University, Los Angeles; et al., 2017. 45p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 31, 2018 at: https://www.lagryd.org/sites/default/files/reports/GRYD%20IR%20and%20Gang%20Crime%20Report_2017_FINALv2_0.pdf

Year: 2017

Country: United States

URL: https://www.lagryd.org/sites/default/files/reports/GRYD%20IR%20and%20Gang%20Crime%20Report_2017_FINALv2_0.pdf

Shelf Number: 151323

Keywords:
Community Interventions
Gang Violence
Gang Violence Reduction
Gangs
Violence Prevention
Youth Gangs

Author: Potter, Sharyn J.

Title: Adaptation and Evaluation of Video Games to Reduce Sexual Violence on Campus

Summary: During the fall of 2014, Prevention Innovations Research Center Directors, Sharyn Potter and Jane Stapleton, were awarded funding from the National Institute of Justice to develop a video game that could teach college students how to identify and intervene in situations where sexual violence is occurring or has the potential to occur. Over the course of 11 months, and with the help of undergraduate students from a variety of majors, two video games were conceptualized: (1) an adventure game and (2) a multiplayer trivia game to act as a precursor to the adventure game. Prototypes for the two games were then designed and tested between Fall 2015 and Fall 2017. During this period, approximately 738 undergraduate participants were involved in various aspects of the game testing, including providing focus group feedback and participating in a pilot study consisting of a pretest, posttest, and follow-up survey. Student input was invaluable to the success of the game prototypes. With participants' help, we concluded that gameplay shows promise as an effective way to introduce the concept of bystander intervention and increase bystander attitudes and efficacy in situations of sexual and relationship violence and stalking for first-year college students.

Details: Durham: Prevention Innovations Research Center, University of New Hampshire, 2018. 26p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 4, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/251937.pdf

Year: 2018

Country: United States

URL: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/251937.pdf

Shelf Number: 151335

Keywords:
Bystander Intervention
Campus Crime
Campus Rape
Media Campaigns
Rape
Sexual Assaults
Sexual Violence
Violence Prevention

Author: Brady Center to Prevent Gun Violence

Title: The Truth About Kids and Guns

Summary: The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention's (CDC) National Center for Injury Prevention and Control attempts to collect information and details surrounding these deaths and other injury related deaths - where did they happen? What was the cause? Who was the victim? The truths revealed by this data should give us pause - but also hope. The majority of all child and teen gun deaths happen in a home; it's even more for our youngest children. So although improved legislation is critical to keeping guns out of the hands of dangerous people, it is not the entire answer. When it comes to kids, the danger is rarely outside their own homes, or the homes of their family and friends. That means we don't need to wait for Congress or anyone else to start reducing the toll guns take on our children. The "Truth About Kids & Guns" report catalogues this deadly impact, providing the most recent data available from leading credible sources, such as the CDC, to show where, how and why these deaths and injuries occur.

Details: Washington, DC: The Brady Center, 2014. 32p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2018 at: https://www.bradycampaign.org/sites/default/files/Kids-and-Guns-Report%202016_final.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: United States

URL: https://www.bradycampaign.org/sites/default/files/Kids-and-Guns-Report%202016_final.pdf

Shelf Number: 151601

Keywords:
Gun Violence
Gun-Related Violence
Violence Prevention

Author: Barclay, Alison

Title: Community Healing and Rebuilding Program: Evidence-Informed Innovation for the Prevention of Family and Community Violence in Papua New Guinea

Summary: Men's physical and sexual violence against women is rampant and severe across PNG, from rural communities to urban centres (although types of violence and prevalence rates vary considerably). Internationally, it has been well established that unequal gendered power relations are the root cause of violence against women. However, it has also been consistently demonstrated that violence against women is triggered and maintained by a plethora of other factors that manifest differently in different sociocultural and political contexts. This paper draws on theoretical frameworks from multiple disciplines and contexts to make sense of the factors that drive and maintain violence in PNG, and in so doing, demonstrates the need for an integrated approach to addressing family and community violence. The scoping study identified myriad factors that intersect to create an environment that fosters endemic levels of family and community violence, including violence against women and girls. An ecological framework can be utilised to analyse the web of interconnecting issues that foster violence in PNG. This well-supported framework is derived from evidence that no single factor can explain why some people or groups are at a higher risk of experiencing violence, rather, a combination of factors is involved. The framework views violence as an outcome of the interaction of many factors across four key levels: individual, relationship, community and societal, and encourages practitioners to design prevention strategies that work across these levels to address the interconnected issues that cause and maintain violence. This framework is broadly accepted as a tool for understanding violence against women and it informs the strategy of many NGOs that work across multiple levels such as primary prevention, crisis services and policy and legislative change. To date, however, this framework doesn't seem to have been widely applied to community-level primary prevention work, which most commonly focuses on redressing gender inequality, such as by increasing understanding of gender as a social construct and of violence as an abuse of power. Approaches that focus on only one risk factor will achieve limited results in remote communities that do not have access to other services and programs that address the other identified risk factors. The scoping study indicated that violence against women cannot easily be separated from other forms of violence and that violence is increasing exponentially in these communities as each generation is exposed to the trauma of living in communities marred by violence and abuse. This paper will establish that adults exposed to chronic and prolonged traumatic events as children commonly grow up feeling rage, betrayal, fear, resignation, defeat and shame; have more difficulty regulating their emotions and behaviour; are more likely to abuse alcohol and other drugs; and are more likely to perpetrate violence. This paper argues that understanding and addressing the trauma violence cycle will be critical if we are to succeed at preventing violence in PNG. A gender-based framework of analysis remains critical to understanding and addressing violence against women and girls in PNG. A gender-based framework explains the flow of violence from men to women and why rates of VAWG are so prolific in communities and societies that have high rates of gender inequality. Further, this framework provides insight into the way violence is maintained through legitimatising and excusing violence against women and silencing victims.

Details: Suva, Fiji: Australian Aid, 2017. 17p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2018 at: https://pacificwomen.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/Evidence-informed-innovation-for-the-prevention-of-family-and-community-violence-in-PNG.pdf

Year: 2017

Country: Papua New Guinea

URL: https://pacificwomen.org/resources/community-healing-rebuilding-program-oxfams-strategy-prevention-family-community-violence-papua-new-guinea/evidence-informed-innovation-for-the-prevention-of-family-and-community-violence-in

Shelf Number: 153030

Keywords:
Community Violence
Family Violence
Flow of Violence
Gender Based Framework
Gender Based Violence
Gender Inequality
Intimate Partner Violence
Relationship Violence
Spousal Abuse
Trauma Violence Cycle
Violence Against Women
Violence Prevention

Author: Maternowska, M. Catherine

Title: Research that Drives Change: Conceptualizing and Conducting Nationally Led Violence Prevention Research. Synthesis Report of the "Multi-Country Study on the Drivers of Violence Affecting Children" in Italy, Peru, Viet Nam and Zimbabwe

Summary: Globally, studies have demonstrated that children in every society are affected by physical, sexual and emotional violence. The drive to both quantify and qualify violence through data and research has been powerful: discourse among policy makers is shifting from "this does not happen here" to "what is driving this?" and "how can we address it?" To help answer these questions, the MultiCountry Study on the Drivers of Violence Affecting Children - conducted in Italy, Viet Nam, Peru and Zimbabwe - sought to disentangle the complex and often interrelated underlying causes of violence affecting children (VAC) in these four countries. Led by the UNICEF Office of Research - Innocenti with its academic partner, the University of Edinburgh, the Study was conducted by national research teams comprised of government, practitioners and academic researchers in each of the four countries. Drawing on human-centred principles, the Study used an iterative approach which put national ownership and co-creation at its core. Government partners were actively engaged as co-researchers and all data analysis was conducted in-country by government statisticians. Facilitating and prioritizing national meaning-making through dialogue and joint analysis and synthesis of findings was also a key part of the Study design. Each national team used a common process involving three separate components, all of which build on existing data and research: a systematic literature review of academic and 'grey' literature (such as research reports) including both quality quantitative and qualitative research, secondary analyses of nationally representative data sets and an initial mapping of the interventions landscape. Analysed together, these sources of information helped build initial hypotheses around what drives violence in each country. Two key frameworks were applied to the analysis in this Study: 1) a version of the socio-ecological model, which helps to understand the dynamic relationships between factors at the micro-, meso-and macro-levels, and 2) an age and gender framework, which recognizes that a child's vulnerability and ability to protect herself from violence changes over time with her evolving capacities. Through these lenses, common themes emerged across contexts. Guided by findings from the four countries highlighting the dynamic and constantly changing and/or overlapping domains that shape violence in children's lives, this Study moved beyond understanding the risk and protective factors for violence affecting children, which are often measured at the individual, interpersonal and community level. In doing so, it demonstrated how patterns of interpersonal violence are intimately connected to larger structural and institutional factors-or the drivers of violence. The structural drivers of violence identified across the four country sites, representing high (Italy), upper middle (Peru), lower middle (Viet Nam) and low income (Zimbabwe) settings, include: rapid socio-economic transformations accompanied by economic growth but also instability; poverty; migration; and gender inequality. The institutional drivers of violence, such as legal structures, ineffective child protection systems, weak school governance and harmful social and cultural norms, often serve to reinforce children's vulnerabilities. Drivers are rarely isolated factors and tend to work in potent combination with other factors within a single level as well as between levels of the social ecology that shapes children's lives. While some drivers can lead to positive change for children, in this study, these factors or combinations of factors are most often invisible forms of harm in and of themselves While VAC is present in every country, the analyses also show how violence conspires unevenly to create and maintain inequalities between and within countries. The institutions and communities upon which children and their families depend are changing social entities with many interdependent parts. The type of violence in any one or multiple settings may vary depending on a variety of risk or protective factors and/or by age and gender. One of the most important findings is that violence is a fluid and shifting phenomenon in children's lives as they move between the places where they live, play, sleep and learn. Identifying and addressing unequal power dynamics - wherever they may occur in the home, school or community - is of central importance to effective violence prevention. The research also shows how behaviours around violence are passed through generations, suggesting that the social tolerance of these behaviours is learned in childhood. Data across countries also shows how violence is intimately connected to how relationships are structured and defined by power dynamics within and among families, peers and communities. These findings, along with learning from the study process, led to the development of a new child-centred and integrated framework, which proposes a process by which interdisciplinary coalitions of researchers, practitioners and policymakers can understand violence affecting children and what can be done to prevent it. Using data to drive change, our proposed Child-Centred and Integrated Framework for Violence Prevention serves to situate national findings according to a child's social ecology, making clear how institutional and structural drivers and risk/protective factors together shape the many risks and opportunities of childhood around the world. KEY POINTS: - Unpacking the drivers of violence at the structural and institutional levels, and analysing how these interact with risk and protective factors at the community, interpersonal and individual levels is critical to understanding how violence affects children. It is this interaction between drivers and risk/protective factors that delineates how, where, when and why violence occurs in children's lives. - Focusing solely on the types of violence and the places where it occurs - as is commonly done in large-scale surveys and some qualitative studies - will only provide part of the picture of a child's risk of violence. - The role of age and gender as childhood unfolds over time is also essential to understanding violence. - Qualitative inquiry and analysis should be further promoted within the field of violence prevention - on its own or as part of a mixed-methods approach - to ensure meaningful data interpretation of the social world, including the webs of interactions and the concepts and behaviours of people within it. - Research that engages and empowers stakeholders can contribute to a common strategy for building and sustaining political will to end violence affecting children. - The way the study was conducted - led by national teams and using existing literature and data - provided a relatively low-cost and human-centred alternative model to costly surveys that assess the scope of violence without examining the drivers that determine it. - Moving forward, violence prevention research should continuously and critically examine the ways in which we count and construct the complex social phenomenon of violence affecting children: placing recognition of process and power at the heart of our research endeavours.

Details: Florence, Italy: UNICEF, Innocenti Office of Research, 2018. 91p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2018 at: https://www.unicef-irc.org/publications/pdf/Drivers-of-Violence_Study.pdf

Year: 2018

Country: International

URL: https://www.unicef-irc.org/publications/pdf/Drivers-of-Violence_Study.pdf

Shelf Number: 153883

Keywords:
Child Abuse and Neglect
Child Maltreatment
Child Sexual Violence
Children and Violence
Crime Prevention
Violence
Violence Against Children
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Berk-Seligson, Susan

Title: USAID's Community-Based Crime and Violence Prevention Approach in Central America Found Effective in LAPOP Impact Evaluation

Summary: Executive Summary LAPOP�s multi-year, multi-country randomized control trial impact evaluation of the USAID community-centered approach to violence prevention found that the programs have been a success on a wide variety of community-level indicators. The study was based on over 29,000 quantitative interviews and more than 800 qualitative interviews. Results show that outcomes in the treatment communities improved more (or declined less) than they would have if the programs had not been administered. Specifically, LAPOP found that the approach produced a significant reduction in the level expected of crime victimization and violence and also resulted in a significant increase in the level expected of citizens� sense of security. Perception of neighborhood insecurity and perception of insecurity when walking alone at night declined more than would be expected without USAID intervention. Levels of satisfaction with police performance and trust in the police have increased significantly over the levels expected in the absence of the treatment. Indirect effects of the programs include strengthening democratic values, which increased significantly over the expected level in the absence of the program. An extensive series of qualitative interviews generated many specific policy recommendations, some of which are summarized in this short report.

Details: Nashville, TN: Vanderbilt University, 2015. 5p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 14, 2019 at: https://www.vanderbilt.edu/lapop/insights/IO914en.pdf

Year: 2015

Country: Central America

URL: http://www.americasbarometer.org/

Shelf Number: 154145

Keywords:
Central America
Citizen Security
Community-Based
LAPOP
USAID
Violence Prevention

Author: Powell, Anastasia

Title: Review of bystander approaches in support of preventing violence against women

Summary: There has been a significant focus within recent Australian government and policy debates on the role of primary prevention to address violence against women; in particular, sexual and intimate partner violence. In 2007 VicHealth published Preventing violence before it occurs: A framework and background paper to guide the primary prevention of violence against women in Victoria In 2009 the then State Government of Victoria launched (VicHealth 2007). Drawing on an international evidence-base, this document set out the conceptual framework for the prevention of violence against women (henceforth referred to as the 'VicHealth framework') as well as the strategic directions and priority actions for state government policy. In particular, the VicHealth framework identified the social determinants of violence against women - such as unequal power relations between women and men, and social norms that reinforce this - and provided a roadmap for program and policy activity to address these determinants effectively. A Right to Respect: Victoria's Plan to Prevent Violence Against Women 2010-2020 (State Government of Victoria 2009). This 10-year plan set out a statewide strategy to enable the primary prevention of violence against women across settings and communities. At the federal level, in 2009 the Australian government released Time for Action, the National Council's Plan for Australia to Reduce Violence Against Women and their Children (National Council to Reduce Violence against Women and their Children 2009b). Time for Action Together these documents provide a high-level framework for the prevention of violence against women by identifying effective and promising strategies, priority areas, as well as population groups and sites. In turn, this local focus on preventing violence against women draws on a global context in which the United Nations (e.g. Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination against Women) and the World Health Organization (WHO 2002; 2004) have provided significant leadership as well as specific guidance on how to 'do' prevention work (see WHO 2004). proposed a 12-year national strategy for primary prevention and also further reform of the response and intervention systems for family violence and sexual assault. In 2011 the Council of Australian Governments launched the National Plan to Reduce Violence against Women and their Children to drive activity in six outcome areas, including primary prevention and respectful relationships (Commonwealth of Australia 2011) Tertiary responses to violence against women, such as legal penalties for perpetrators and support services for victims, continue to play a crucial role in society's overall response to violence against women. However, in the context of continuing rates of victimisation and low reporting of violence to police, such responses are not in of themselves enough to stop violence against women continuing to occur. For example, in the most recent Australian Personal Safety Survey, 40 per cent of women reported experiencing at least one incident of physical or sexual violence since the age of 15, and while men who experience violence are most likely to be assaulted by a stranger, women continue to be most likely assaulted by a current or former partner or family member (Australian Bureau of Statistics 2006). These findings reflect those in earlier research which indicated that more than a third of Australian women surveyed have experienced some form of physical or sexual violence during their lifetime, most often at the hands of a current or former intimate partner (Mouzos & Makkai 2004; Australian Bureau of Statistics 1996). Moreover, such research also indicates that approximately 80 per cent never report their experience of violence to police (Mouzos & Makkai 2004; Australian Bureau of Statistics 1996). In addition to the direct impacts of violence on women, children and families, there are also serious social costs of violence against women for the broader Australian community. For example, research commissioned by VicHealth (2004) found that domestic violence is the leading contributor to death, disability and illness in Victorian women aged 15 to 44 years, contributing more to ill-health than other risk factors such as smoking and obesity. Furthermore, the annual cost of domestic violence to the Australian economy has been estimated to be $13.6 billion including: health-related costs, lost productivity, legal system expenditure, provision of emergency accommodation and other costs (National Council to Reduce Violence Against Women and Their Children 2009a). In sum, the problem of violence against women is far too prevalent and its effects on individuals and communities far too serious to limit responses to those taking place only after violence has occurred (WHO 2002)....

Details: Carlton, Victoria, AUS: Victorian Health Promotion Foundation (VicHealth), 2011. 71p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 30, 2019 at: http://www.ncdsv.org/images/VicHealth_ReviewBystanderApproachesSupportPreventingVAW_5-2011.pdf

Year: 2011

Country: Australia

URL: http://www.ncdsv.org/images/VicHealth_ReviewBystanderApproachesSupportPreventingVAW_5-2011.pdf

Shelf Number: 154461

Keywords:
Bystander Intervention
Domestic Violence
Family Violence
Intimate Partner Violence
Sexual Assault
Violence Against Women (Australia)
Violence Prevention

Author: Pennay, Darren

Title: The role of bystander knowledge, attitudes and behaviours in preventing violence against women: A full technical report

Summary: VicHealth commissioned the Social Research Centre and academic associates from La Trobe University to develop and undertake a community survey on bystander knowledge, attitudes and behaviour in relation to preventing violence against women. The design of the survey was informed by VicHealth's evidence-based framework for preventing violence against women, Preventing Violence Before It Occurs: A Framework and Background Paper to Guide Primary Prevention of Violence Against Women in Victoria (2007), and the Review of Bystander Approaches in Support of Preventing Violence Against Women (Powell, 2010). Bystander action can have the objectives of stopping the perpetration of a specific incident of violence against women; reducing the risk of its escalation; and preventing the physical, psychological and social harms that may result. Bystander action may also be directed at challenging some of the key contributors towards violence, such as sexism and gender-based discrimination, as well as strengthening broader social norms and community and organisational cultures that reduce the likelihood of violence against women in the future. The survey developed for the VicHealth Bystander Research Project focused on bystander knowledge, attitudes and behaviour regarding sexism, discrimination and violence against women in three different settings. The pre-survey development work suggested that the survey items would work best in general social settings, sports club settings and workplaces. A telephone survey was conducted within a sample frame comprising a randomly generated list of landline telephone numbers across Victoria. The in-scope population for the survey was Victorian residents aged 18 years and over. The final achieved number of interviews was 603, with 399 being undertaken in the Melbourne Statistical Division and 204 in the rest of Victoria. The survey findings suggest that physical and verbal forms of violence against women are not acceptable in the community while sexist remarks and discriminatory behaviour are condoned by some. More than two-thirds of respondents considered sexist jokes in particular as always or sometimes acceptable. More than half reported taking some form of action in response to these behaviours, with action more likely for less acceptable forms of violence against women. There was very strong agreement that sports clubs and workplaces are welcoming and respectful toward women and are not accepting of sexism. It was widely perceived that these venues would act in response to discriminatory or violent incidents while playing a role in promoting gender equity and respect. However, a third of respondents had witnessed some form of violence against women, including sexist remarks and discriminatory behaviours, in the 12 months prior to the survey, with one in eight reporting incidents in each of sports clubs and workplaces. While just over two-thirds reported formal policies and practices in place to prevent gender-based discrimination at work, approximately a third reported such formal policies and practices in sports clubs. Violence and discrimination against women was less acceptable and responses to incidents more likely among those in larger workplaces or where formal anti-discrimination policies and practices were in place. The majority of in-scope employees were confident they could respond to an incident of violence against women if it occurred at their workplace, and that their employer and colleagues would support their action. However, women were far less confident than men, both in responding and regarding the support of their workplace and colleagues. Employer and/or colleague support was associated with pro-social behaviour at work. Pro-social inclination was related to pro-social behaviour while those with sexist attitudes showed lower pro-social inclination and behaviour. There were marked differences in the proportion of respondents who would say or do something to show their disapproval of violence and discrimination against women across the settings examined in the survey. Although younger persons (those aged 18 to 34 years) were more likely to have witnessed sexist behaviour towards women (with the behaviours witnessed also encompassing discrimination and violence), they were less likely to take action in response to those incidents. In general, women, university graduates and those aged 35 to 54 years were the most likely to respond to such incidents. The survey findings suggest strong support for bystander action to address violence and discrimination against women in the general community. However, the more subtle and systemic contributors to violence against women such as sexism and gender discrimination are still not considered very serious and more formal and/or informal support is required in key settings to enable more consistent and confident responses to various forms of discrimination and sexism, especially among young people and men.

Details: Melbourne: The Social Research Centre, 2012. 72p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 30, 2019 at: https://www.vichealth.vic.gov.au

Year: 2012

Country: Australia

URL: https://www.vichealth.vic.gov.au

Shelf Number: 154462

Keywords:
Bystander Intervention
Family Violence
Intimate Partner Violence
Sexual Assault
Violence Against Women (Australia)
Violence Prevention

Author: Giffords Law Center to Prevent Gun Violence

Title: Protecting the Next Generation: Strategies to Keep America's Kids Safe from Gun Violence

Summary: The courageous young survivors of the horrific school shooting in Parkland, Florida, have collectively raised their voices and declared that it is time for action-they are calling for gun safety laws proven to save lives from this uniquely American epidemic. No child-in any community-should live in fear of a shooting at their school or in their community. No child should live with the memory of their classmates' deaths. There are simple steps we can take to protect our kids and our communities from gun violence. KIDS AND FIREARMS KEY NUMBERS US children and teens are 17 times more likely to die from gun violence than their peers in other high-income countries. Studies show at least 40% of children in high-violence urban areas have witnessed a shooting. Nearly 60% of high schoolers report concerns about a potential mass shooting in their school or community. Since 1998, nearly 200,000 minors have been shot-a staggering toll-and another 187,000 have experienced a shooting in their schools. Among 14-17 year-olds, 17% have been exposed to gun violence. Shootings Cause Lasting Trauma - Children who survive shootings develop post-traumatic stress disorder, anxiety, and fearfulness, and can experience long-term decreases in academic achievement. One study found a 6% decrease in 9th-grade enrollment at schools that had experienced a deadly shooting. Violence Interferes with Education - Two-thirds of school districts now require schools to conduct active-shooter drills, with kids as young as two participating. These drills, and other costly security measures, can divert funds and time that are needed for education and create a culture of anxiety.

Details: San Francisco: The Authors, 2018. 64p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 4, 2019 at: https://lawcenter.giffords.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Giffords-Law-Center-Protecting-the-Next-Generation-7.19.18.pdf

Year: 2018

Country: United States

URL: https://lawcenter.giffords.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Giffords-Law-Center-Protecting-the-Next-Generation-7.19.18.pdf

Shelf Number: 154483

Keywords:
Gun Policy
Gun Violence
Gun-Related Violence
School Shootings
Violence Prevention

Author: IIan-Clarke, Yael

Title: Evaluation of Oasis Youth Support violence intervention at St. Thomas' hospital in London, UK

Summary: This is the final report of the Oasis Youth Support (OYS) service evaluation at St. Thomas' Hospital. The service is an intervention for young people (ages 12-20) who have experienced violence and attended the Emergency Department (ED) at St Thomas' Hospital in London. The service was initially launched in 2010, funded by Guys & St. Thomas' charity as a 3 year pilot and since then has received funding for a further 3 years. The evaluation of the original term demonstrated good service implementation, and high positive impact on service users' psychological and lifestyle risk factors. This report summarises the work done over the life of the evaluation, using mixed methods to collect baseline and follow up data from young people (YP) attending, staff, and other stakeholders with further emphasis on gaining longer term follow up data. This report is delivered by the evaluation team, based at the Centre for Abuse and Trauma Studies, Middlesex University. The report describes the development, and implementation of the intervention including changes and progress in methods and outcomes. The report includes an analysis of quantitative and qualitative outcomes for service users, including a long-term assessment of a subsample of cases. Data is presented on the last 3 years of the intervention (since the start of Term 2) and from the life course of the intervention over 6 years

Details: London: Middlesex University, Centre for Abuse and Trauma Studies (CATS), 2016. 68p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 20, 2019 at: http://www.oasiswaterloo.org/sites/default/files/Final%20report%2015%20Nov%202016_Evaluation%20of%20St%20Thomas%20OYS%20intervention%20%281%29.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://www.oasiswaterloo.org/sites/default/files/Final%20report%2015%20Nov%202016_Evaluation%20of%20St%20Thomas%20OYS%20intervention%20%281%29.pdf

Shelf Number: 154676

Keywords:
Hospital Programs
Injury Surveillance
Trauma
Violence Intervention
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Circo, Giovanni

Title: Detroit Ceasefire: Final Evaluation Report

Summary: Detroit Ceasefire has been a cornerstone of Detroit's violence reduction strategies. Ceasefire involves a focused deterrence model aimed at gang- and group- related violence. It involves direct communication of a deterrence message to high-risk individuals and groups, targeted enforcement and response to violent incidents, outreach and services, community partnerships and youth prevention. Detroit Ceasefire was initially developed and implemented in two East side precincts (5th and 9th). As the Ceasefire team developed expertise in the model, associated project management capacity, shared understanding and training in the model, and initial signs of success, Ceasefire expanded to West side precincts (6th, 8th, 12th) and more recently to the 4th and 7th precincts. This report describes the planning, development, initial implementation, and full implementation of Ceasefire and places the initiative in the context of national trends. This is followed by evaluation results at both the community and individual levels. Key findings include: - Detroit has experienced a significant decline in fatal and non-fatal shootings since the implementation of Ceasefire in 2013 and particularly since 2015 when Ceasefire received the support of a project management team and associated capacity building that strengthened implementation of the Ceasefire focused deterrence model. - These trends are particularly impressive when contrasted with national trends in violent crime and with trends in other large Midwestern cities. - The evaluation employed a state-of-the-art "synthetic control" design that compares trends in the Ceasefire precincts with comparable parts of the city that have not participated in Ceasefire. For the original east side Ceasefire precincts, we estimate an overall 13-14 percent decline in fatal and non-fatal shootings. For the specific age group of 15-24, the primary target for Ceasefire, the decline was 22 percent. - The trends in the West side precincts are more difficult to interpret. Simply observing the trends suggest declines following the implementation of Ceasefire. Yet, when using the synthetic controls we do not find evidence of declines. We suggest continued monitoring of the West side precincts to provide a longer implementation and observation period (as well as assessment of trends in the more recent 4th and 7th Ceasefire precincts). - Although Ceasefire clients had a very similar time until re-arrest as a matched comparison group of probationers and parolees, the Ceasefire clients had 23 percent fewer overall arrests and 23 percent fewer arrests for a violent offense. Ceasefire clients did have more arrests for weapons offenses but this may reflect increased scrutiny and surveillance of Ceasefire clients, particularly when they or their associates are involved in violence.

Details: East Lansing: Michigan Justice Statistics Center, Michigan State University, 2018. 39p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2019 at: https://cj.msu.edu/assets/MJSC-Detroit_Ceasefire_-Final_Report.pdf

Year: 2018

Country: United States

URL: https://cj.msu.edu/assets/MJSC-Detroit_Ceasefire_-Final_Report.pdf

Shelf Number: 154684

Keywords:
CeaseFire
Crime Prevention
Gangs
Gun Violence
Gun-Related Violence
Neighborhoods and Crime
Operation Ceasefire
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime
Youth Violence

Author: Skott, Sara

Title: Reduction in homicide and violence in Scotland is largely explained by fewer gangs and less knife crime

Summary: - Scotland has a longstanding reputation for violence, especially involving gangs of young people using knives in public places. - Since the mid-2000s, both homicide and non-lethal violence decreased significantly in Scotland; however, it was unclear whether this applied to all types of homicide and violence or reflected a change in the culture of gang violence and knife crime specifically. - Analysis of both police and survey data found four main 'types' of homicide and four main 'types' of violence, all of which had decreased over time but by different amounts. - This study shows that declining incidents involving gangs of young people using weapons in public places made the biggest overall contribution to the reduction in both homicide and other forms of violence in Scotland. - Strategies introduced to tackle the problem of gang violence and knife crime seem to have been effective, although strategies to tackle other types of violence need greater attention.

Details: s.l.: Applied Quantitative Methods Network (AQMeN): 2019. 5p.

Source: Internet Resource: Research Briefing 13: Accessed February 25, 2019 at: https://blogs.sps.ed.ac.uk/aqmen/files/2019/01/S-Skott-Types-of-Homicide-28.1.19.pdf

Year: 2019

Country: United Kingdom

URL: https://blogs.sps.ed.ac.uk/aqmen/files/2019/01/S-Skott-Types-of-Homicide-28.1.19.pdf

Shelf Number: 154768

Keywords:
Crime Drop
Gang Violence
Homicides
Knife Crime
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: London Serious Youth Violence Board

Title: London Serious Youth Violence Board: Final report

Summary: In April 2011 the London Serious Youth Violence Board published a final report setting out their key recommendations from the past two years, and broad proposals on how they should be taken forward and by who.

Details: London: The Author, 2011. 65p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 27, 2019 at: http://yvcommission.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/08/London-Serious-Youth-Violence-Board-Final-Report-2011.pdf

Year: 2011

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://yvcommission.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/08/London-Serious-Youth-Violence-Board-Final-Report-2011.pdf

Shelf Number: 154777

Keywords:
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime
Youth Violence

Author: Quigg, Zara

Title: STOP-SV: a training programme to prevent nightlife-related sexual violence (Evaluation Report)

Summary: Globally, sexual violence is a key public health issue, placing large burdens on individuals' health and well-being, local communities and services. Accordingly, preventing sexual violence and associated risk factors are key targets in the sustainable development goals (SDGs) . Efforts to understand, prevent and respond to sexual violence have increased in recent decades. Importantly, studies have started to emerge highlighting nightlife environments as key settings for sexual violence, and critically the importance of developing and implementing prevention strategies in these settings. However, few prevention strategies exist that specifically aim to address nightlife related sexual violence. As part of the European Union Rights, Equality and Citizenship Programme, in 2016 the STOPSV (staff training on prevention of sexual violence) project was established with partners from the Czech Republic (Charles University), Portugal (IREFREA), Spain (IREFREA) and the United Kingdom (UK; Liverpool John Moores University). The primary aim of STOP-SV is to support the prevention of nightlife related sexual violence, through: 1. Mobilising local communities and developing community coalitions to work together to prevent nightlife related sexual violence; 2. Providing local stakeholders with the knowledge and tools to train nightlife staff (e.g. servers, security) so that they can recognise and effectively prevent and respond to sexual violence in nightlife; and, 3. Training nightlife workers so that they can recognise and effectively prevent and respond to sexual violence in nightlife. Based on existing literature on nightlife related sexual violence, and programmes that aim to prevent and respond to sexual violence through bystander intervention, the project developed a new pilot training programme for nightlife workers. In 2017/18, STOP-SV project partners from three pilot site countries (Czech Republic, Portugal and Spain) identified and tutored local stakeholders (i.e. training facilitators; Czech Republic n=5; Portugal n=11; Spain n=12, Appendix 1) to implement the STOP-SV training programme with nightlife workers in their respective countries. Subsequently, training facilitators implemented a training session with 114 nightlife workers (i.e. trainees; Czech Republic n=70; Portugal n=26; Spain n=18). A research study was conducted to evaluate the implementation and impact of the pilot STOP-SV training programme. The core objectives were to explore:  The views of project partners, training facilitators and trainees of the STOP-SV training programme (following the piloting); and,  The associated impact of the STOP-SV pilot training programme on nightlife workers': - Knowledge, attitudes and perceptions of sexual violence; and, - Confidence in intervening in sexual violence in nightlife settings. In addition, the study sought to explore nightlife workers':  Experience of identifying vulnerable patrons and/or sexual violence in nightlife settings; and,  Personal experience of sexual violence in nightlife settings.

Details: Liverpool: Faculty of Education, Health and Community, Liverpool John Moores University, 2018. 53p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2019 at: https://phi.ljmu.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/STOP-SV-a-training-programme-to-prevent-nightlife-related-sexual-violence-evaluation-report.pdf

Year: 2018

Country: Europe

URL: https://phi.ljmu.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/STOP-SV-a-training-programme-to-prevent-nightlife-related-sexual-violence-evaluation-report.pdf

Shelf Number: 154940

Keywords:
Alcohol-Related Crime, Violence
Bystander Intervention
Night-time Economy
Public Health Issue
Rape
Sexual Assault
Sexual Violence
Violence prevention

Author: Davies, Tom

Title: Group Violence Intervention London: An Evaluation of the Shield Pilot

Summary: Gang, group and serious street orientated violence continue to be a significant problem in London, demanding innovative and collaborative solutions. In June 2014, at MOPAC's Policing Global Cities: Gangs Summit, Professor David Kennedy delivered a keynote speech outlining the Group Violence Intervention (GVI) approach he developed in Boston during the 1990's (known as 'Ceasefire'). Professor Kennedy was subsequently invited by MPS Trident to deliver a two day 'Ceasefire University' in the GVI model. As a result, the MOPAC Evidence and Insight team, with input from MPS central intelligence, undertook analysis using crime and social demographic data to develop a comprehensive borough level picture on gang and youth violence. The analysis was used to identify potential pilot boroughs with whom MOPAC initially engaged in dialogue, and this was followed up with senior level meetings with Lambeth, Haringey, Westminster, Hackney and Newham between August and October of 2014. Agreement followed from these meetings to proceed with Lambeth, Haringey, and Westminster. In selecting the three boroughs MOPAC recognised the strength of their community safety partnerships and willingness to trial the Group Violence Intervention approach. To this end, Shield - an adaptation of the Group Violence Intervention (GVI) strategy - was developed as a pilot programme and rolled out in three boroughs (Lambeth, Westminster and Haringey). This report presents learning from the evaluation covering performance, process (i.e. implementation challenges and benefits), and impact.

Details: London: Mayor of London, Office for Policing and Crime, 2016. 36p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2019 at: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/gvi_london_evaluation270117.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: United Kingdom

URL: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/gvi_london_evaluation270117.pdf

Shelf Number: 154949

Keywords:
Gang
Gang-Related Violence
Group Violence
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime
Youth Violence

Author: Safe State

Title: Acting to End Sexual, Domestic and Family Violence

Summary: Yet one in five women experience sexual violence and one in four women experience violence by a current or former partner. We can't let this continue. We must act now. Our Government must act to: Create cultural change to prevent violence and promote gender equality; Provide immediate and ongoing support for people experiencing violence; Ensure people experiencing violence have a safe home; Ensure people experiencing violence can access justice safely; Enable Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Peoples to lead change to end violence; Be accountable to specialist workers and the wider community. It's time to act now to ensure every person can live free from violence.

Details: NSW: The Author, 2019. 52p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 27, 2019 at: https://d3n8a8pro7vhmx.cloudfront.net/safensw/pages/41/attachments/original/1540514938/A_Safe_State_-_Final_Policy_Platform_%28Oct_2018-Mar_2019%29.pdf?1540514938

Year: 2019

Country: Australia

URL: https://d3n8a8pro7vhmx.cloudfront.net/safensw/pages/41/attachments/original/1540514938/A_Safe_State_-_Final_Policy_Platform_%28Oct_2018-Mar_2019%29.pdf?1540514938

Shelf Number: 155174

Keywords:
Domestic Violence
Family Violence
Intimate Partner Violence
Sexual Violence
Violence Prevention

Author: Graham, William

Title: Global Concepts, Local Contexts: A case study of international criminal justice policy transfer in violence reduction

Summary: Glasgow has long experienced the issue of gang-related violence, especially in the east end of the city, an area of high social deprivation and related problems. Faced with apparent failure to deal with the problems of violence, in 2008, the police in Glasgow, in partnership with other statutory agencies, engaged in a process of policy transfer of the Cincinnati Initiative to Reduce Violence (US CIRV). They formed a multi-agency strategy, the Community Initiative to Reduce Violence (Glasgow CIRV), to tackle violence by targeting gangs and gang members both collectively and individually, to encourage them to change their lifestyle. Glasgow CIRV operated for a period of three years (June 2008-July 2011), with some success in reducing violence and weapon carrying offences, however, in contrast to US CIRV, which is still in operation, it failed to achieve long-term sustainability. This article is based on doctoral research carried out by the author and was an in-depth case study of the policy transfer between US CIRV and Glasgow CIRV, initially guided by the question; 'to what extent could the apparent long-term failure of Glasgow CIRV be explained by the policy transfer process?' The model of policy transfer developed by Dolowitz and Marsh (1996 and 2000) was used to provide the theoretical and empirical framework to analyse the processes, mechanisms, and outcomes of the transfer of CIRV from Cincinnati to Glasgow. The transfer process was found to be a direct copy of the US CIRV project by Glasgow CIRV at the outset, however; it quickly became apparent that this process changed to one of emulation, due to differences, including the local context and legal constraints.

Details: Glasgow: Glasgow Caledonian University, 2016. 371p.

Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 1, 2019 at: https://rke.abertay.ac.uk/ws/portalfiles/portal/9195738/Graham_Final_Thesis_Strathclyde_210716.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: United Kingdom

URL: https://rke.abertay.ac.uk/ws/portalfiles/portal/9195738/Graham_Final_Thesis_Strathclyde_210716.pdf

Shelf Number: 155254

Keywords:
Gang-Related Violence
Gangs
Gun Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Great Britain. Office for Standards in Education, Children's Services and Skills (Ofsted)

Title: Safeguarding children and young people in education from knife crime: Lessons from London

Summary: This report summarises our findings and recommendations from a research project in London on knife crime in education. The research was carried out in 29 schools, colleges and pupil referral units in London and included focus groups with parents and children. We have condensed our findings into recommendations that focus on six areas of practice and policy that need further consideration from central government, local government and school leaders. No single agency, including schools, can solve knife crime on its own. But there are some areas of focus for schools and wider agencies individually, and together, that can be tightened to keep children and young people safer. The areas for consideration include: - improving partnership working and strategic planning in London - sharing and promoting good practice in relation to exclusions and managed moves - coordinating early help and prevention - improving information-sharing - teaching the curriculum and supporting children to achieve.

Details: Manchester: OFSTED, 2019. 38p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/785055/Knife_crime_safeguarding_children_and_young_people_110319.pdf

Year: 2019

Country: United Kingdom

URL: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/785055/Knife_crime_safeguarding_children_and_young_people_110319.pdf

Shelf Number: 155261

Keywords:
Child Protection
Crime Prevention
Educational Programs
Knife Crime
Knives
Violence Prevention

Author: Chicago. Office of Inspector General

Title: Evaluation of the Chicago Police Department's Compliance with the Firearm Owners Identification Card Act

Summary: The City of Chicago Office of Inspector General's Public Safety Section (PS) has issued an Evaluation that found that the Chicago Police Department (CPD) did not comply with the mandatory reporting requirements under the Illinois Firearm Owners Identification (FOID) Card Act for individuals CPD believes pose a clear and present danger. As a result, the Illinois State Police (ISP) was not notified of the need for a FOID card revocation determination and that CPD may have returned firearms to individuals whose FOID-based permission to possess firearms would have otherwise been revoked. In a time of continuously high gun violence in Chicago, full compliance with the FOID Card Act is an important mechanism for law enforcement to keep firearms from those who are not fit or qualified to possess them. The Illinois FOID Card Act mandates that law enforcement officials (as well as other specified categories of professionals including school administrators), preliminarily determine if a person they encounter poses a clear and present danger to themselves, others, or the public and, in such cases, file a FOID notification report with ISP within 24 hours. PS's Evaluation focused on one category of individual for whom such reporting would have been mandated and found that CPD was in compliance in only 2 of 37 cases in the past 3 years. PS recommended that CPD create and implement a department directive mandating compliance with the state law reporting requirement, improve department access to the mandatory reporting forms, create relevant curricula, and provide adequate training for current and new employees that includes: 1) an introduction to the FOID Card Act, with special attention paid to CPD's reporting duties and the importance of information provided to ISP; 2) guidance on what constitutes "clear and present danger"; and 3) instruction on how to properly complete and submit forms and other necessary identification that should be submitted to ISP. In response, CPD concurred with Public Safety's findings and recommendations. To address its noncompliance, CPD has formalized and began distribution and implementation of a stand-alone directive that instructs officers on reporting requirements. CPD has also updated the Police Academy's training curricula to reflect reporting obligations pursuant to the FOID Card Act. "CPD's noncompliance with the FOID Card Act has deprived it of a critical tool to take guns out of the hands of individuals who pose a threat to public safety as part of its larger effort to combat gun violence," said Inspector General Joe Ferguson. "Today's report, the first from the new Public Safety Section, is demonstrative of the benefits of independent civilian oversight in assisting CPD in identifying ways of improving operations, and enhancing public safety and fostering public confidence through effective performance of its important responsibilities.

Details: Chicago: Author, 2018. 15p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2019 at: https://igchicago.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CPD-FOID-Card-Act-Compliance-Evaluation.pdf

Year: 2018

Country: United States

URL: https://igchicago.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CPD-FOID-Card-Act-Compliance-Evaluation.pdf

Shelf Number: 155369

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Firearms
Gun Legislation
Gun Policy
Gun Violence
Public Safety
Violence Prevention

Author: McLively, Mike

Title: A Case Study in Hope: Lessons from Oakland's Remarkable Reduction in Gun Violence

Summary: In 2012, after several failures and facing great pressure from community activists, Oakland city leaders committed to launching a citywide violence reduction strategy, known as Oakland Ceasefire, with the help of technical experts from the California Partnership for Safe Communities (CPSC). Oakland Ceasefire is an ongoing partnership between community members, social service providers, and law enforcement officials, who work together to reduce violence, build police-community trust, and improve outcomes for high-risk individuals. The strategy has five main components: Analysis of violent incidents and trends, referred to as a problem analysis, to identify individuals at the highest risk of participating in serious violence. Oakland's problem analysis revealed a number of misconceptions about the city's violence dynamics. It also showed that only 400 individuals-just 0.1% of Oakland's total population-were at the highest risk for engaging in serious violence at any given time. Oakland Ceasefire partners intervene with this population. Respectful, in-person communications with high-risk individuals to warn about the risks of ongoing violence and provide a genuine offer of assistance. With Oakland Ceasefire, these communications primarily take the form of call-ins, interventions in which stakeholders communicate with small groups of those most at risk of serious violence, and custom notifications, a personalized method of heading off imminent violence. Relationship-based social services provided to high-risk individuals through the Oakland Unite network of community-based organizations. Oakland Unite is a unique city agency that uses taxpayer money to fund organizations that provide services like intensive mentoring, economic and educational training, and direct assistance to victims of violence and their families. Narrowly focused law enforcement actions by the Oakland Police Department's (OPD) Ceasefire Section, in addition to ongoing, department-wide training in the principles of procedural justice and other strategies to improve police-community relationships. Since reforming its approach to violence, OPD has seen a dramatic increase in its homicide solve rate, while use-of-force incidents and complaints against the department are on the decline. An intentional management structure built around regular communication between Oakland Ceasefire partners and city leaders to stay on top of changing violence dynamics and track progress toward yearly violence reduction goals. Regular meetings include weekly shooting reviews, bimonthly coordination meetings, and performance reviews led by Oakland's mayor.

Details: San Francisco: Giffords Law Center to Prevent Gun Violence, 2019. 107p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2019 at: https://lawcenter.giffords.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Giffords-Law-Center-A-Case-Study-in-Hope-Lessons-from-Oaklands-Remarkable-Reduction-in-Gun-Violence.pdf

Year: 2019

Country: United States

URL: https://lawcenter.giffords.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Giffords-Law-Center-A-Case-Study-in-Hope-Lessons-from-Oaklands-Remarkable-Reduction-in-Gun-Violence.pdf

Shelf Number: 155505

Keywords:
Community-Based Organizations
Gun Violence
Gun-Related Violence
Oakland Ceasefire
Operation Ceasefire
Partnerships
Police-Community Relations
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: The Equality Institute

Title: Global Scoping of Advocacy and Funding for the Prevention of Violence Against Women and Girls

Summary: The violence against women and girls (VAWG) prevention field has grown considerably over the past 20 years. There is currently more funding, and more national and global policies and initiatives to address VAWG, and we also have multiple targets addressing VAWG in the SDGs that will continue to shape national and international actions over the coming decade. The SDGs are vital in that they demonstrate sustainable, equitable development cannot be achieved without addressing VAWG in a holistic, coordinated and multisectoral way, and that reducing VAWG will contribute to the achievement of multiple development outcomes. This global moment presents a vital opportunity for the VAWG prevention field to establish strong connections with broader feminist and women's rights movements in order to build the support base. There is also an opportunity to use that collective power and public attention to advocate for greater investment in evidence-based approaches to preventing VAWG, which can include women's rights organisations.

Details: Australia: The Equality Institute, 2019. 18p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 8, 2019 at: https://www.svri.org/svrinterest/new-report-global-scoping-advocacy-and-funding-prevention-violence-against-women-and

Year: 2019

Country: International

URL: https://www.svri.org/sites/default/files/Global%20Scoping%20of%20Advocacy%20and%20Funding%20VAWG%20Prevention%20%28002%29.pdf

Shelf Number: 156258

Keywords:
Sexual Violence
Violence against Women and Girls
Violence Prevention

Author: Glenesk, Julian

Title: How can Crowd Behaviour Modelling be used to Prevent and Respond to Violence and Antisocial Behaviour at Qatar 2022?

Summary: This case study is part of a research project which RAND Europe was commissioned to undertake by Qatar University, examining violent and antisocial behaviours at football events, the factors associated with these behaviours, and strategies to prevent and reduce their occurrence. In line with the overall aim of this study, this case study offers early reflections on these topics in relation to the 2018 FIFA World Cup, held in Russia. The aim of this case study is to explore the potential for crowd behaviour modelling (CBM) to inform crowd management strategies to minimise the risk of violent or antisocial behaviour taking place during the 2022 FIFA World Cup in Qatar, and to reduce harm if it does take place. The case study builds on evidence identified in earlier stages of the project relating to violent and antisocial behaviours at football events and factors associated with these behaviours, as well as interventions to prevent and reduce violent and antisocial behaviour at football events (Strang et al. 2018; Taylor et al. 2018). It is based on a review of academic and grey literature, desk research on relevant tools and applications, prior experience in CBM among the RAND Europe research team, and interviews with internationally renowned experts who have experience of applying CBM.

Details: Cambridge, United Kingdom: RAND Europe, 2018. 18p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2019 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR2736.html

Year: 2018

Country: International

URL: https://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR2700/RR2736/RAND_RR2736.pdf

Shelf Number: 156428

Keywords:
Antisocial Behavior
Case Study
Crowd Behavior Modelling
Crowd Management
Modelling and Simulation
Sports Events
Urban Planning
Venue Security
Violence Prevention

Author: Liou, Caroline

Title: Using Social Media for the Prevention of Violence Against Women: Lessons Learned from Social Media Communication Campaigns to Prevent Violence Against Women in India, China and Viet Nam

Summary: The use of social media tools such as Facebook, You Tube and blogging sites have become part of the daily lives of millions of people in Asia. As of June 2012, Asia has more than 1,076,000,000 internet users - more than any other region of the world - and accounts for 45 percent of internet users worldwide. While internet penetration rates are only 28 percent, Asia - particularly amongst youth - is the world's fastest growing and largest segment of social network users in the world. Around the globe, social media tools have helped fuel social movements. Social media has been shown to strengthen social actors' ability to challenge and change power relations in society, providing platforms for debate, reflection, influencing and mobilizing people. To better understand the potential of social media to engage young people in efforts to prevent violence against women (VAW), the Partners for Prevention regional project, 'Engaging Young Men Through Social Media for the Prevention of Violence against Women' - which supported social media campaigns designed to raise awareness and motivate young people to take action to prevent VAW - has revealed practical lessons from three campaigns on the effective use of social media tools for violence prevention. The three campaigns, implemented in 2011/2012, were: the ''Must Bol'' Campaign, conducted by Community the Youth Collective (CYC), a youth NGO from Delhi, India; the 'Love Journey' campaign by Peace and Development Viet Nam (PYD), a Spanish NGO in Hanoi, Vietnam; and the ''17 Man'' campaign by Eastern Campus, a public relations company in Beijing, China, with guidance from UN Women China. This publication is based on best practices and lessons learned from these three social media campaigns implemented in China, Viet Nam and India.

Details: Bangkok, Thailand: Partners for Prevention, 2013. 50p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2019 at: http://www.partners4prevention.org/sites/default/files/resources/socialmedia_final.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: Asia

URL: http://www.partners4prevention.org/resource/using-social-media-prevention-violence-against-women-lessons-learned-social-media

Shelf Number: 156719

Keywords:
Asia
Awareness Campaign
Social Media
Social Network
Violence Against Women
Violence Prevention

Author: Ninnes, Peter, ed.

Title: Preventing domestic and family violence: Action research reports from five Australian local government councils

Summary: The purpose of this volume is to document the use of action research in evaluating domestic and family violence (DFV) prevention activities in local government authorities (LGAs) around Australia. The volume is intended for DFV prevention practitioners in local government and other community services. It provides insights into DFV prevention work in the local government context. It also demonstrates the use of action research as a means of integrating evaluation processes and continuous improvement into everyday DFV prevention work. The reports in this volume arose from the work of five LGAs around Australia that trialled the draft Local council domestic and family violence prevention toolkit ("the toolkit"). The toolkit was developed by Palladium under contract to the Australian Government Department of Social Services (DSS). The reports cover work undertaken both within council organisations and with the community, including: Creative arts activities undertaken in the City of Charles Sturt (South Australia) to raise awareness of the prevalence and impact of domestic and family violence; Community engagement activities initiated by Latrobe City Council (Victoria) to promote understanding of the drivers of domestic and family violence and preventative actions; A staff training program run by Mackay Regional Council (Queensland) to build the knowledge and understanding of DFV and bystander action among staff members and community leaders; A staff gender equality survey developed and administered by the City of Mandurah (Western Australia), which focused on understanding attitudes among staff; and A gender audit of theatre programs offered by Riverside Theatre, a council facility in the City of Parramatta (NSW).

Details: Sydney: Australia's National Research Organisation for Women's Safety Limited (ANROWS), 2019. 52p.

Source: Internet Resource: Anrows Institute Issue 3: Accessed July 16, 2019 at: https://d2rn9gno7zhxqg.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/24000208/Preventing_DFV_AR_from_5_LGC_IN6.19.1.pdf

Year: 2019

Country: Australia

URL: https://d2rn9gno7zhxqg.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/24000208/Preventing_DFV_AR_from_5_LGC_IN6.19.1.pdf

Shelf Number: 156903

Keywords:
Domestic Violence
Family Violence
Intimate Partner Violence
Violence Prevention

Rutgers - School of Law, Newark

Transaction Search Form: please type in any of the fields below.

Results for violence prevention